GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES INC
10-K, 1999-05-03
NURSING & PERSONAL CARE FACILITIES
Previous: RENTAL SERVICE CORP, SC 14D1/A, 1999-05-03
Next: MERIDIAN GOLD INC, 8-A12B, 1999-05-03




                                      FORM 10-K
                                    UNITED STATES
                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

          (Mark One)

          [ X ]     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                    SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                     For the fiscal year ended:  JANUARY 31, 1999
                                                ----------------

                                          OR

          [   ]     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                    THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

               For the transition period from             to
                                              -----------    -----------

                           Commission file number: 0-21249
                                                   -------

                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.
                (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                      DELAWARE                       22-3423087
            (State or other jurisdiction          (I.R.S. Employer
                of incorporation or              Identification No.)
                   organization)

             2650 North Military Trail,
                     Suite 350
                Boca Raton, Florida                     33431
               (Address of principal                    
                 executive offices)                  (Zip code)

          Registrant's telephone number, including area code:(561) 997-0323
                                                             --------------

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

          Title of each class     Name of each exchange on which registered
          -------------------     -----------------------------------------

                    None                          None

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                             Common Stock, $.01 par value
                                   (Title of class)


               Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
          all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months
          (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
          file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
          requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes   X       No     .
                                                  -----        ----

               Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
          pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (s229.405 of this chapter)
          is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
          of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
          statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-
          K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [    ] 

          The aggregate market value of the common stock held by
          nonaffiliates of the registrant was $22,022,420 at April 26,
          1999.

          On April 26, 1999, the Company had 17,800,000 shares of common
          stock outstanding.


<PAGE>


                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.
                         INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                      FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED January 31, 1999


                                                                       PAGE


          PART I  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
               ITEM 1.   BUSINESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
               ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
               ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
               ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY
                           HOLDERS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

          PART II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
               ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND
                           RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  . . . . . . . . . 22
               ITEM 6.   SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA . . . . . . 22
               ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                           FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
                           OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
               ITEM 7A.  QUANTATIVE AND QUALITIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT
                           MARKET RISK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
               ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA . . . 45

          INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . 45

          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

               ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH
                           ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
                           DISCLOSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

          PART III  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
               ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE 
                           REGISTRANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
               ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
               ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL
                           OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
               ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED
                           TRANSACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

          PART IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
               ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES,
                           AND REPORTS ON Form 8-K  . . . . . . . . . . . 76

                                         1

          < PAGE >


          PART I

               This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within
          the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of
          1934.  Forward-looking statements should be read with the
          cautionary statements and important factors included in this Form
          10-K at Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
          Financial Conditions and Results of Operations - Safe Harbor for
          Forward-Looking Statements."  Forward-looking statements are all
          statements other than statements of historical fact, including
          without limitation those that are identified by the use of the
          words "anticipates", "estimates", "expects", "intends",
          "believes", and similar expressions.  Unless the context
          otherwise requires, (i) all references herein to a "Fiscal" year
          refer to the fiscal year beginning on February 1 of that year
          (for example, "Fiscal 1995" refers to the fiscal year beginning
          on February 1, 1995) and (ii) all references to the Company,
          include the Company, its subsidiaries and its predecessors taken
          as a whole.

          ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

          GENERAL

               Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company") is a Delaware
          corporation formed in 1996 to consolidate substantially all of
          the assets of its predecessors, J&B Management Company, Leisure 
          Centers, Inc. and their affiliates.  The Company is a fully
          integrated provider of senior living accommodations and services
          which acquires, develops and manages senior living communities
          which offer independent and assisted living services.  The
          Company's revenues have been and are expected to continue to be,
          primarily derived from sales of partnership interests
          ("Syndications") of partnerships it organizes to acquire existing
          senior living communities ("Syndicated Communities").  The
          Company has established a development program (the "Development
          Plan") pursuant to which it is building new senior living
          communities which offer independent and assisted living services
          ("Development Communities"), which are either wholly-owned by the
          Company or owned pursuant to joint venture arrangements or
          operated pursuant to long-term leases. The Company presently does
          not intend to Syndicate the Development Communities constructed
          pursuant to its new Development Plan.  To the extent that the
          Company continues to successfully implement the Development Plan,
          the Company anticipates that the percentage of its revenues
          derived from Syndications would decrease and the percentage of
          revenues derived from Development Communities would increase and,
          the Company believes, over time, become the primary source of the
          Company's revenues.  The Company manages both the Syndicated
          Communities and the Development Communities.  The Company is one
          of the largest managers of senior living communities in the
          United States, operating communities offering both independent
          and assisted-living services. The Company's operating objective
          is to provide high-quality, personalized living services to
          senior residents, primarily persons over the age of 75. Although
          the Company has experienced operating losses in its last three
          fiscal years, the Company expects to report a profit for the
          first quarter of Fiscal 1999.

               The Company currently manages 41 Syndicated Communities
          containing approximately 5,700 senior living apartment units in
          15 states in the Sun Belt and the Midwest.  In addition, the
          Company manages (i) three Development Communities containing 410
          units which it owns pursuant to joint venture arrangements and
          (ii) four Development Communities containing 552 units which it
          operates under long-term leases. These seven Development
          Communities were developed and constructed pursuant to the
          Company's Development Plan. The Company has entered  into joint
          venture arrangements with a third party pursuant to which it has
          sold a 50% interest in four Development Communities which  were
          previously wholly owned by the Company.  The Company intends to
          enter into similar joint venture arrangements regarding other
          Development Communities constructed pursuant to its Development
          Plan.  The Company has commenced construction on three additional
          Development Communities. The Company has approximately 2,280
          employees and directly conducts the day-to-day operations of the
          senior living communities it manages.

               Prior to 1986, the Company acquired, developed, arranged for
          the Syndication of, and in most cases managed, 170 multi-family
          properties containing approximately 20,000 apartment units,
          primarily in the Sun Belt and the Midwest.  The Company is no

                                        2

          <PAGE>


          longer engaged in the acquisition, development, Syndication or
          management of multi-family properties and the Company does not
          presently intend to do so in the future.  The Company's only
          involvement with multi-family properties is as a holder of notes
          and receivables from the partnerships that own 118 multi-family
          properties containing 12,897 apartment units (the "Multi-Family
          Properties"), which notes and receivables are to be repaid from
          the cash flow and sale or refinancing proceeds these properties
          generate.  As of January 31, 1999, the recorded value, net of
          deferred income, of these notes was $100.8 million and the
          recorded amount of these receivables was $59.9 million.

               Historically, the Company has arranged for the acquisition
          of senior living communities by utilizing mortgage financing and
          by arranging Syndications of limited partnerships ("Investing
          Partnerships") formed to acquire interests in the other
          partnerships that own the Syndicated Communities ("Owning
          Partnerships") managed by the Company.  These Syndicated
          Communities are owned by the respective Owning Partnerships and
          not by the Company.  The Company is the managing general partner
          of all but one of the Owning Partnerships. The Company is also
          the general partner of most of the Investing Partnerships.

               In a typical Syndication, the Company identifies a senior
          living community suitable for acquisition and forms an Owning
          Partnership (in which it is the managing general partner and
          initially owns all of the partnership interests) to acquire the
          community.  An Investing Partnership is also formed  ( in which
          the Company is also the general partner with a 1% interest) to
          purchase from the Company a 99% partnership interest in the
          Owning Partnership (the "Purchased Interest"), leaving the
          Company with a 1% interest in each of the Owning Partnership and
          the Investing Partnership.  The purchase price for the Purchased
          Interest is paid in part in cash and in part by a note from the
          Investing Partnership with a term of approximately five years ( a
          "Purchase Note").  Limited partners purchase partnership
          interests in the Investing Partnership by agreeing to make
          capital contributions over approximately five years to the
          Investing Partnership, which allows the Investing Partnership to
          pay the purchase price for the Purchased Interest. Limited
          Partners are typically permitted to pre-pay their scheduled
          capital contributions.  The limited partnership agreement of an
          Investing Partnership provides that the limited partners are
          entitled to receive, for a period not to exceed five years,
          distributions equal to between 11% and 12% per annum of their
          then paid-in scheduled capital contributions.  Although the
          Company incurs certain costs in connection with acquiring the
          community and arranging for the Syndication of partnership
          interests in an Investing Partnership, the Company makes a profit 
          on the sale of the Purchased Interest.  In addition, as part of
          the purchase price paid by the Investing Partnership for the
          Purchased Interest, the Company receives a 40% interest in sale
          and refinancing proceeds after certain priority payments to the
          limited partners.  

               The Company also enters into a management contract with the
          Owning Partnership pursuant to which the Company agrees to manage
          the Syndicated Community. As part of the management fee
          arrangements, the management contract requires the Company, for a
          period not to exceed five years, to pay to the Owning Partnership
          (to the extent that cash flows generated by the property are
          insufficient) amounts sufficient to fund (i) any operating cash
          deficiencies of such Owning Partnership and (ii) any part of the
          specified rate of return to limited partners not paid from cash
          flow from the related Syndicated Community (which the Owning
          Partnerships distribute to the Investing Partnerships for
          distribution to limited partners) (collectively, the "Management
          Contract Obligations").  The Company, therefore, has no direct
          obligation to pay specified returns to limited partners.  Rather,
          the Company is obligated pursuant to the management contract to
          pay to the Owning Partnership amounts sufficient to make the
          specified returns to the limited partners, to the extent the cash
          flows generated by the Syndicated Community are insufficient to
          do so.  The Owning Partnership then distributes these amounts to
          the Investing Partnership which, in turn, distributes these
          amounts to the limited partners.  As a result of the Management
          Contract Obligations, the Company essentially bears the risks of
          operations and financial viability of the related property for
          such five-year period.  The management contract, however, rewards
          the Company for successful management of the property by allowing
          the Company to retain as an incentive management fee any cash
          flow generated by the Syndicated Community in excess of the
          amount needed to satisfy the Management Contract Obligations. 
          After the initial five-year period, the limited partners are
          entitled to the same specified rate of return, but only to the
          extent there is sufficient cash flow from the Syndicated
          Community.  Any amounts of cash flow available after payment of
          the specified return to limited partners are shared as follows:


                                       3

         <PAGE>

          40% to the Company as an incentive management fee and 60% for
          distribution to the limited partners.  The management contract is
          not terminable during this five-year period and is terminable
          thereafter by either party upon thirty to sixty days notice. 

               The management contract with each Owning Partnership
          requires the Company to manage and operate the day-to-day
          operations of the Syndicated Community.  Under each management
          contract, the Company acts as an independent contractor. 
          Required services performed by the Company for each Syndicated
          Community include marketing and advertising; renting apartment
          units and collecting rents and charges; providing independent -
          and assisted - living services (including providing meals,       
          activities, transportation and, for assisted-living residents,
          assistance with activities of daily living ("ADLs")); hiring,
          paying and supervising the on-site employees; maintaining the
          property; purchasing supplies; and preparing operating budgets
          and reports.  Although the Company has the right to sub-contract
          for such services, the Company directly performs such services
          utilizing employees of the Company.

               All Syndicated Communities are managed by the Company in its
          capacity as property manager and, for all but one of the related
          Owning Partnerships, as managing general partner. Because the
          Company serves as both the managing general partner and the
          property manager, it receives partnership administration fees and
          property management fees. As the managing general partner of
          these partnerships, the Company generally has full authority and
          power to act for the partnerships as if it were the sole general
          partner. The Company has fiduciary responsibility for the
          management and administration of these partnerships and, subject
          to certain matters requiring the consent of the other partners
          such as a sale of the related property, may generally, on behalf
          of the partnerships, borrow money, execute contracts, employ
          persons and services, compromise and settle claims, determine and
          pay distributions, prepare and distribute reports, and take such
          other actions which are necessary or desirable with respect to
          matters affecting the partnerships or individual partners.

               The Company intends to continue to arrange for future
          acquisitions of existing senior living communities by utilizing
          mortgage financing and by arranging Syndications. The Company
          anticipates acquiring between six and twelve communities during
          the next two years.

               Current demographic trends suggest that demand for both
          independent-living and assisted-living services will continue to
          grow.  According to U.S. Bureau of Census data, the Company's
          target market, people over age 75, is one of the fastest growing
          segments of the U.S. population and is projected to increase by
          more than 24% to 16.3 million between 1990 and 2000.  While the
          population of seniors grows, other demographic trends suggest
          that an increasing number of them will choose senior living
          centers as their residences.  According to U.S. Bureau of Census
          data, the median net worth of householders over age 75 has
          increased to over $75,000.  At the same time, the Census shows
          that the number of seniors living alone has increased, while
          women, who have been the traditional care-givers, are more likely
          to be working and unable to provide care in the home.  The
          Company believes that many seniors find that senior living
          centers provide them with a number of services and features that
          increasingly they are unable to find at home, including security,
          nutritious food and companionship.  Furthermore, the National
          Long Term Care Surveys, a Federal study that regularly surveys
          close to 20,000 people aged 65 and older, indicate that, despite
          the growth in the elderly population, the percentage of elderly
          that are disabled and need assistance with ADLs has decreased
          substantially and is expected to continue to decrease.  This
          suggests that demand for independent living communities will
          increase in the future.

               Assisted-living supplements independent-living services with
          assistance with ADLs in a cost effective manner while maintaining
          residents' independence, dignity and quality of life.  Such
          assistance consists of personalized support services and health
          care in a non-institutional setting designed to respond to the
          individual needs of the elderly who need assistance but who do
          not need the level of health care provided in a skilled nursing
          facility.

               The Company has instituted a Development Plan pursuant to
          which it has completed construction of seven Development
          Communities, is nearing completion of the construction of one


                                       4
         <PAGE>

          additional Development Community, has commenced construction on
          three additional Development Communities and intends to commence
          construction on between 24 to 28 additional Development
          Communities over the next two years. The Company plans to own
          pursuant to joint venture arrangements or operate pursuant to
          long-term operating leases or similar arrangements the
          Development Communities that will be developed under the plan. 
          The Company will manage and operate each of the Development
          Communities.  The Company expects to complete the construction of
          one of the four Development Communities currently under
          construction by the end of the first quarter of Fiscal 1999 and
          expects to complete the construction of the remaining Development
          Communities under construction by the end of Fiscal 1999.  These
          four Development Communities, along with the seven Development
          Communities whose construction is already completed, contain an
          aggregate of approximately 1,490 senior living apartment units. 
          The 24 to 28 additional Development Communities which the Company
          intends to commence construction on over the next two years will
          contain between 3,024 and 3,528 additional senior living
          apartment units.  Each new Development Community developed by the
          Company offers both independent and assisted-living services. 

               The first Development Communities constructed pursuant to
          the Company's Development Plan are in Texas.  The Company has
          obtained development financing from Capstone Capital Corporation
          ("Capstone") pursuant to which Capstone provided $37.7 million
          for development of four Development Communities. The Company has
          completed construction on these communities which are being operated
          by the Company pursuant to long-term leases with Capstone. The 
          Company has completed construction with mortgage financing on 
          three Development Communities in Texas. The Company has commenced 
          construction on four additional Development Communities in Texas.
          The Company holds options to acquire sites in Knoxville, Tennessee
          and Jackson, Tennessee, is actively negotiating to obtain control 
          over additional sites in the Southeast and Midwest and is negotiating
          with several additional lenders to obtain financing to develop these 
          sites.

               The Company anticipates that most of its Development
          Communities will be financed with a combination of mortgage
          financing and the contribution of capital by the Company. The
          Company estimates that the cost of developing each new
          Development Community (including reserves necessary to carry the
          community through its lease-up period) will be approximately
          $10.5 million. Subsequent to Fiscal 1998, the Company has entered
          into joint venture arrangements regarding the three completed and
          one substantially completed Development Communities financed with
          mortgage financing. Pursuant to each joint venture arrangement,
          the Company sold a 50% interest in the Development Community to a
          third party. The Company realized a profit from each of the sales
          and earns a management fee for managing the communities. The
          third party has the right to terminate the Company's  management
          of the community upon 30 day's written notice. The third party
          receives a cumulative priority return on each investment from all
          cash flow generated by the community and any excess cash flow is
          shared 50% by the Company and 50% by the third party. The Company
          believes that such joint venture arrangements are beneficial
          because they generate revenues upon the sale, reward the Company
          for its continued management of the Development Community, 
          provide the Company with capital to continue to pursue its
          Development Plan and allocate 50% of the start-up losses incurred
          during the community's lease up period to the joint venturer
          rather than the Company.  However, the Company remains fully
          liable on the mortgage financing for such Development
          Communities. The Company expects to enter into similar joint
          venture arrangements for the other Development Communities that
          it will develop, although there can be no assurance that
          sufficient joint venture capital will be available to the Company
          on favorable terms. The Company may also utilize other types of
          financings including sale/leaseback or similar arrangements which
          require little or no capital on the part of the Company to
          finance its Development Plan.

               Upon the completion of construction of each of the
          Development Communities developed pursuant to the Capstone
          Development Agreement, and upon the satisfaction of certain other
          conditions, the Company  became the lessee under long-term lease
          arrangements with Capstone.  The initial term of each lease,
          which began upon the completion of a facility and meeting of
          other criteria, is 15 years with three five-year extension
          options.  Under the terms of each lease, the Company has the
          option to acquire the community after operating the community for
          four years.  The option price is equal to the sum of 100% of the
          cost incurred to develop the community and an additional 20% of
          such cost (which declines by 2 percentage points per year but in


                                       5

         <PAGE>

          no event declines below 10%).  The initial lease rate is 350
          basis points in excess of the ten-year Treasury Bill yield (but
          in no event less than 9.75% per annum).  The lease rate has an
          annual upward adjustment equal to 3% of the previous year's rent. 
          The four leases have cross-default provisions.  Each lease is a
          triple net lease, as the Company is responsible for all costs,
          including but not limited to maintenance, repair, insurance,
          taxes, utilities, and compliance with legal and regulatory
          requirements.  If a community is damaged or destroyed, the
          Company is required to restore the community to substantially the
          same condition it was in immediately before such damage or
          destruction, or acquire the facility for the option price
          described above.

               The Company generally plans to concentrate on developing
          projects in only a limited number of states at any given time. 
          The Company believes that this focus will allow it to realize
          certain efficiencies in the development and management of
          Development Communities.  The effectuation of the Development
          Plan will expose the Company to additional risk.  These risks
          include, but are not limited to, the risk that  the construction
          of each Development Community will exceed the estimated  12 month
          construction period and that each Development Community will
          incur start-up losses for more than the estimated ten  months
          after commencement of operations.  In addition, there can be no
          assurance that the Development Communities will generate positive
          cash flow or that the Company will not suffer delays or cost
          overruns in instituting its Development Plan.

               The Company's senior living communities offer personalized
          assistance, supportive services and selected health care services
          in a professionally managed group living environment.  Residents
          may receive individualized assistance which is available 24 hours
          a day, and is designed to meet their scheduled and unscheduled
          needs.  The services for independent- living generally include
          three restaurant-style meals per day served in a common dining
          room, weekly housekeeping and flat linen service, social and
          recreational activities, transportation to shopping and medical
          appointments, 24-hour security and emergency call systems in each
          unit.  The services for assisted-living residents generally
          include those provided to independent-living residents, as
          supplemented by assistance with ADLs including eating, bathing,
          dressing, grooming, personal hygiene and ambulating, health
          monitoring, medication management, personal laundry services, and
          daily housekeeping services.

               The Company focuses exclusively on "private-pay" residents,
          who pay for housing or related services out of their own funds or
          through private insurance, rather than relying on the few states
          that have enacted legislation enabling assisted-living facilities
          to receive Medicare funding similar to funding generally provided
          to skilled nursing facilities.  The Company intends to continue
          its "private-pay" focus as it believes this market segment is,
          and will continue to be, the most profitable.  This focus will
          enable the Company to increase rental revenues as demographic
          pressure increases demand for senior living communities and avoid
          potential financial difficulties it might encounter if it were
          dependent on Medicare or other government reimbursement programs
          that may suffer from health care reform, budget deficit reduction
          or other pending or future government initiatives.

          PARTNERSHIP OFFERINGS

               The Company has arranged for the acquisition of the
          Syndicated Communities that it manages by utilizing mortgage
          financing and Syndications of the Investing Partnerships formed
          to acquire investments in the Owning Partnerships that own these
          properties. The Company is the managing general partner of all
          but one of the Owning Partnerships that own the Syndicated
          Communities. The Company manages all of the Syndicated
          Communities. The Company is also the general partner of most of
          the Investing Partnerships. The Company has a participation in
          the cash flow, sale proceeds and refinancing proceeds of the
          Syndicated Communities after certain priority payments to the
          limited partners.  In a typical Syndication, an Owning
          Partnership is organized by the Company to acquire a property
          which the Company has identified and selected based on a broad
          range of factors.  Generally, 99% to 100% of the partnership
          interests in an Owning Partnership initially are owned by the
          Company.  An Investing Partnership is formed as a limited
          partnership for the purpose of acquiring all or substantially all
          of the  partnership interests in the Owning Partnership owned by
          the Company (the "Purchased Interest").  Limited partnership
          interests in the Investing Partnership are sold to investors in
          exchange for (i) all cash or (ii) a cash down payment and full
          recourse promissory notes ("Investor Notes").  In the case of an


                                       6

         <PAGE>

          investor that does not purchase a limited partnership interest
          for all cash, the investor's limited partnership interest (a
          "Limited Partnership Interest") serves as collateral security for
          that investor's Investor Note.  Under the terms of an agreement
          (a "Purchase Agreement"), the Investing Partnership purchases
          from the Company the Purchased Interest partially with cash
          raised from the cash down payment made by its investors and the
          balance by the delivery of the Investing Partnership's promissory
          note (a "Purchase Note").  The Purchase Notes executed by
          Investing Partnerships prior to 1986  (relating to the Company's
          pre-1986 Syndication of Multi-Family Properties) have balloon
          payments of principal due on maturity.  The Purchase Notes
          executed since January 1, 1987 (relating to the Company's post-
          1986 Syndication of senior living communities) are self-
          liquidating (without balloon payments).  The Investing
          Partnership, as collateral security for its Purchase Note,
          pledges to the Company the Investor Notes received from its
          investors, its interest in the Limited Partnership Interests
          securing the Investor Notes, as well as the entire Purchased    
          Interest it holds in the Owning Partnership which it purchased
          from the Company.  In addition, each Purchase Agreement provides
          that the Investing Partnership shall pay the Company an amount
          equal to a specified percentage of the Investing Partnership's
          share of the net proceeds from capital transactions (such as the
          sale or refinancing of the underlying property) in excess of
          certain amounts.

               The limited partners purchase partnership interests in the
          Investing Partnerships by agreeing to make capital contributions
          over approximately five years to the Investing Partnership, which
          allows the Investing Partnership to pay the purchase price for
          the Purchased Interest, including the Purchase Note.  Limited
          partners are typically permitted to pre-pay their scheduled
          capital contributions.  The limited partnership agreement of the
          Investing Partnership provides that the limited partners are
          entitled to receive for a period not to exceed five years
          distributions equal to between 11% and 12% per annum of their
          then paid-in scheduled capital contributions.  Pursuant to the
          management contracts with the Owning Partnerships, the Company is
          required to pay the Management Contract Obligations which support
          the Syndicated Community's operations and the payment of such
          returns to the limited partners.  As a result of the Management
          Contract Obligations, the Company essentially bears the risks of
          operations and financial viability of the related Syndicated
          Community for such five-year period.  The management contract,
          however, rewards the Company for successful management of the
          Syndicated Community by allowing the Company to retain as an
          incentive management fee any cash flow generated by the
          Syndicated Community  in excess of the amount needed to satisfy
          the Management Contract Obligations.  After the initial five-year
          period, the limited partners are still entitled to the same
          specified rate of return on their investment, but only to the
          extent there are sufficient cash flows from the related
          Syndicated Communities.  To the extent property cash flows are
          not sufficient to pay the limited partners their specified
          return, the right to receive this shortfall accrues until
          proceeds are available from a sale or refinancing of the
          property.  After the initial five-year period, the Company's
          incentive management fee is 40% of the excess of cash flow over
          the amount necessary to make the specified rate of return to the
          limited partners.  The remaining  60% of cash flows are to be
          distributed by the Owning Partnerships to the Investing
          Partnerships for distribution to limited partners.

               The initial five-year term of the management contracts and
          the related Management Contract Obligations have expired for a
          portion of the Owning Partnerships and their related Investing
          Partnerships.  Although the Company has no obligation to fund
          operating shortfalls after the five-year term of the management
          contract, as of January 31, 1999, the Company has advanced an
          aggregate of approximately $2.2 million to these Owning        
          Partnerships to fund operating shortfalls.  All such advances are
          recorded as "Other Partnership Receivables" on the Company's
          Consolidated Balance Sheet.  Although the Company does not intend
          to do so in the future, from time to time, the Company has also
          made discretionary advances to Owning Partnerships beyond the
          Management Contract Obligations period for the purpose of making
          distributions to limited partners.

               In the past, limited partners have been allowed to prepay
          capital contributions.  Prepayments of capital contributions do
          not result in the prepayment of the related Purchase Notes. 
          Instead, such amounts are loaned to the Company by the Investing
          Partnership.   The purchase agreements provide that, should any
          failure to repay any such loan occur, the Company must credit to
          the Investing Partnership the amounts loaned at the time such
          amount would be required to be paid by the Investing Partnership
          to meet its obligations then due under the Purchase Note.  As a

                                       7

<PAGE>

          result of such loans and such provisions of the purchase
          agreements, the Company records the notes receivable
          corresponding to the Purchase Notes net of such loans. 
          Therefore, these prepayments act to reduce the recorded value of
          the Company's notes receivable and reduce interest income
          received by the Company.  Pursuant to the terms of its
          Syndications, the Company has the option not to accept future
          prepayments by limited partners of capital contributions.  The
          Company has not determined to what extent  it will continue to
          accept prepayments by limited partners of capital contributions.

               All of the Syndicated Communities are managed by the Company
          pursuant to written management contracts, which generally have a
          five year term coterminous with the Company's Management Contract
          Obligations.  After the initial five-year term, the Management
          Contract Obligations terminate and the management contracts are
          automatically renewed each year, but are cancelable on 30 to 60
          days notice at the election of either the Company or the related
          Owning Partnership.  The termination of any management contracts
          would result in the loss of fee income, if any, under those
          contracts.  In general, under the terms of the Investing
          Partnerships' partnership agreements, limited partners have only
          limited rights to take part in the conduct or operation of the
          partnerships.  The partnership agreements for the Investing
          Partnerships for which the Company is the general partner provide
          that a majority in ownership interests of the limited partners
          can remove the Company as the general partner at any time.  It is
          anticipated that all future Investing Partnership agreements will
          contain the same right to remove the Company as a general
          partner.  In addition, the consent of a majority in ownership
          interests of limited partners in such Investing Partnerships is
          required to be obtained in connection with any sale or
          disposition of the underlying property.

               The Company intends to continue to arrange for acquisitions
          of existing senior living communities by utilizing mortgage
          financing and by arranging Syndications. The Company plans to
          acquire and Syndicate between six and twelve existing senior
          living communities over the next two years.  The Company is, and
          will continue to be, the managing general partner of the
          partnerships that own Syndicated Communities.

               In addition, the Company arranged for the sale of limited
          partnership interests in two partnerships organized to make
          second mortgage loans to the Company to fund approximately 20% of
          the costs of developing three Development Communities.

          STRATEGY

               Growth.  The Company's growth strategy focuses on
          Development  Communities offering both independent and assisted-
          living apartment units and on continued intensive communities
          management.  The Company believes that there are numerous markets
          that are not served or are underserved by existing senior living
          communities and intends to take advantage of these circumstances,
          plus the present availability of construction financing on
          favorable terms, to develop Development Communities of its own
          design in desirable markets.  Historically, the Company has
          expanded by the acquisition and Syndication of existing senior
          living communities.  The Company has taken advantage of the
          inexperience and operating inefficiencies of the previous owners
          of these communities and has improved the financial performance
          of these properties by implementing its own management and
          marketing techniques. 

               The Company will continue to acquire existing senior living
          communities and intends to arrange for these acquisitions, in
          part, by Syndications.  The Company believes that its continuing
          practice of arranging for the acquisition of senior living
          communities through Syndications and privately placing debt
          securities will provide additional cash flow to help the Company
          pursue its Development Plan.

               The Company rents apartment units in the senior living
          communities which it operates pursuant to annual leases on a
          strictly "private pay" basis.  The Company believes this "private
          pay" focus will allow it to increase rental revenues as
          demographic pressure increases demand for senior living
          communities and to avoid potential financial difficulties it
          might encounter if it were dependent on Medicare or other


                                       8

<PAGE>

          government reimbursement programs that may suffer from health
          care reform, budget deficit reduction or other pending or future
          government initiatives.  

               New Development.  While the acquisition and Syndication of
          existing senior living communities will continue to play a
          significant role in the Company's expansion program, the primary
          focus of the expansion program is the development of Development
          Communities.  The Company's Development Plan emphasizes a
          "prototype" senior  living community that it has designed.  The
          Company designed the prototype based upon its experience
          operating its  portfolio of acquired Syndicated  Communities. 
          Because each of its Syndicated Communities has a different
          design, and due to the Company's experience in operating such
          communities, the Company believes its Development Community
          prototype incorporates the most beneficial characteristics of the
          various communities in the industry and represents an innovative
          and "state of the art" community.

               The prototype Development Community has been developed in
          two sizes, 126 apartment units and 142 apartment units, and is
          located on sites of up to seven acres. The Company currently
          intends to build primarily 126 apartment unit Development
          Communities. The Company believes that its development prototype
          is larger than many independent-living and most assisted-living
          communities, which typically range from 40 to 80 units.  The
          Company believes that the greater number of units will allow the
          Company to achieve economies of scale in operations, resulting in
          lower operating costs per unit, without sacrificing quality of
          service.  These savings primarily are achieved through lower
          staffing, maintenance and food preparation costs per unit,
          without sacrificing quality of service.  In that the time and
          effort required to develop a community (including site selection,
          land acquisition, zoning approvals, financing, and construction)
          do not vary materially for a larger community than for a smaller
          one, developmental economies of scale also are realized in that
          more apartment units are being produced for each Development
          Community that is developed. The prototype Development Community
          is targeted to the "middle to upper income" segment of the
          elderly population, which is the broadest segment of the elderly
          population and allows the Company to provide a high quality level
          of service.

               Common areas  include recreation areas, dining rooms, a
          kitchen, administrative offices, an arts and crafts room, a
          multi-purpose room, laundry rooms for each floor, a beauty
          salon/barber shop, a library reading area, card rooms, a
          billiards room, a health center to monitor residents' medical
          needs and assigned parking.  The Company believes that the common
          areas and amenities offered by its prototype Development
          Community represent the state of the art for independent-living
          communities and are superior to those offered by smaller
          independent-living communities or by most communities that offer
          only assisted living services.  The Company believes that such
          substantial common areas, which would often be unaffordable in
          smaller communities, will provide the Company's prototype
          Development Communities with a competitive advantage over smaller
          communities.  The Company believes that these common areas will
          attract residents and promote continued stable occupancy of its
          prototype communities.  Unit sizes range from 400 square feet for
          a studio to 850 square feet for a two bedroom/two bath unit.  A
          typical Development Community contains 8 studio apartments, 112
          one bedroom/one bathroom apartments and 6 two bedroom/two
          bathroom apartments, encompassing approximately 110,000 square
          feet.  Each Development Community apartment unit is a full
          apartment, including a kitchen or kitchenette.

               Each Development  Community offers residents a choice
          between independent-living and assisted-living services.  As a
          result, the market for each community is broader than for
          communities that offer only either independent-living or
          assisted-living services.  Although the licensing requirements
          and the expense and difficulty of converting between existing
          independent-living units and assisted-living units typically make
          it impractical to accomplish such conversions, the Company's
          Development Community prototype is designed to allow, at any
          time, for conversion of units, at minimum expense, for use as
          either independent-living or assisted-living units.  Each
          Development Community therefore may adjust its mix of
          independent-living and assisted-living units as the market or
          existing residents demand.  The Company believes that this
          innovative feature distinguishes its prototype Development
          Community.  The Company believes that part of the appeal of this
          type of community is that residents will be able to "age in
          place" with the knowledge that they need not move to another

                                        9

<PAGE>

          community if they require assistance with ADLs.  The Company
          believes that the ability to retain residents by offering them
          higher levels of services will result in stable occupancy with
          enhanced revenue streams.

               The Company's prototype Development Community also
          incorporates two interior courtyards, from which the Company's
          "Grand Court"  name originates.  These courtyards allow residents
          to enjoy the outdoors while remaining in a secure environment. 
          The Company believes that this feature distinguishes its
          prototype Development Community.

               In summary, the Company believes that the size, design and
          target markets of its prototype Development Community and the
          convertibility of its apartments to either independent or
          assisted-living units results in "state of the art" senior living
          communities that provide an excellent vehicle for economic
          growth.

               Market Selection Process.  In selecting geographic markets
          for potential expansion, the Company considers such factors as a
          potential market's population, demographics and income levels,
          including the existing and anticipated future population of
          seniors who may benefit from the Company's services, the number
          of existing and anticipated long-term care communities in the
          market area and the income level of the target population.  While
          the Company does not apply its market selection criteria
          mechanically or inflexibly, it generally seeks to select
          Development Community locations that are non-urban with
          populations of no more than 100,000 people and containing 3,000
          elderly households within a 20-mile radius with an annual income
          of at least $35,000, and have a regulatory climate that the
          Company considers favorable toward development.  Communities with
          these characteristics are referred to as secondary markets as
          opposed to primary markets, which are major urban centers, or
          tertiary markets, which are smaller rural communities.  The
          Company has found that secondary markets generally have a
          receptive population of seniors who desire and can afford the
          services offered in the Company's Development Communities.  The
          Company believes that it can obtain zoning and other necessary
          approvals in secondary markets more quickly and easily than would
          be the case in primary markets.  In focusing on secondary
          markets, the Company believes it will avoid overdevelopment to
          which primary markets are prone and obtain the benefit of
          demographic concentrations that do not exist in yet smaller
          markets.  The Company believes that high-quality, affordable
          employees are easier to attract and retain in secondary markets
          than in primary markets.

               Centralized Management.  The senior living business is
          highly management intensive.  While the location of a community
          and its physical layout are extremely important, another key to
          the success of a senior living community lies in the ability to
          maximize its financial potential through sophisticated,
          experienced management.  Such success requires the establishment
          and supervision of programs involving the numerous facets of a
          senior living community, including menu planning, food and supply
          purchasing, meal preparation and service, assistance with ADLs,
          recreational activities, social events, health care services,
          housekeeping, maintenance and security. The Company's strategy
          emphasizes centralized management in order to achieve operational
          efficiencies and ensure consistent quality of services.  The
          Company has established standardized policies and procedures
          governing, among other things, social activities, maintenance and
          housekeeping, health care services, and food services.  An annual
          budget is established by the Company for each community against
          which performance is tested each month.

               Marketing.  Marketing is critical to the rent up and
          continued high occupancy of a community.  The Company's marketing
          strategy focuses on enhancing the reputation of the Company's
          senior living communities and creating awareness of the Company
          and its services among potential referral sources.  The Company's
          experience is that satisfied residents and their families are an
          important source of referrals for the Company.  In addition, the
          Company plans to use its common Development Community design and
          its "The Grand Court" [registered trademark]  trademarked name to
          promote national brand-name recognition.  The Company has adopted
          the trademarked name.  Historically, senior  living communities
          have generally been independently owned and operated and there
          has been little national brand-name recognition.  The Company
          believes that national recognition will be increasingly important
          in the senior living business.  The Company intends to
          continuously use its trademarked name in its business activities,

                                        10

<PAGE>

          and the life of this trademark will extend for the duration of
          its use.  The Company considers this trademark to be a valuable
          intangible intellectual property asset.

          THE LONG-TERM CARE MARKET

               The long-term care services industry encompasses a broad
          range of accommodations and healthcare services that are provided
          primarily to seniors.  Independent-living communities attract
          seniors who desire to be freed from the burdens and expense of
          home ownership, food shopping and meal preparation and who are
          interested in the companionship and social and recreational
          opportunities offered by such communities.  As a senior's need
          for assistance increases, the provision of assisted-living
          services in a community setting is more cost-effective than care
          in a nursing home. A community which offers its residents
          assisted-living services can provide assistance with various ADLs
          (such as bathing, dressing, personal hygiene, grooming,
          ambulating and eating), support services (such as housekeeping
          and laundry services) and health-related services (such as
          medication supervision and health monitoring), while allowing
          seniors to preserve a high degree of autonomy.  Generally,
          residents of assisted-living communities require higher levels of
          care than residents of independent-living facilities, but require
          lower levels of care than residents of skilled-nursing
          facilities.

          INDUSTRY TRENDS

               The Company believes its business benefits from significant
          trends affecting the long-term care industry.  The first is an
          increase in the demand for elder care resulting from the
          continued aging of the U.S. population.  U.S. Bureau of Census
          shows that the average age of the Company's residents (83 years
          old) places them within one of the fastest growing segments of
          the U.S. population.  While increasing numbers of Americans are
          living longer and healthier lives, many choose senior living
          communities as a cost-effective method of obtaining the services
          and life-style they desire.  Senior living communities  that
          offer both independent and assisted-living services give seniors
          the comfort of knowing that they will be able to "age in place" -
          something they are increasingly unable to do at home.

               The primary consumers of long-term care services are persons
          over the age of 65.  This group represents one of the fastest
          growing segments of the population.  According to U.S. Bureau of
          the Census data, the number of people in the U.S. age 65 and
          older increased by more than 27% from 1981 to 1994, growing from
          26.2 million to 33.2 million.  Such census data also shows that
          the segment of the population over 85 years of age, which
          comprises the largest percentage of residents at long-term care
          facilities, is projected to increase by more than 37% between the
          years 1990 and 2000, growing from 3.0 million to 4.1 million. 
          The Company believes that these trends depicted in the graph
          below will contribute to continued strong demand for senior
          living communities.

          Projected Percentage Change in the Elderly Population of the U.S.

                      1981     1990     1995      2000     2005     2010
                      ----     ----     ----      ----     ----     ----

           65-84       0       17.5%    25.2%     26.2%    27.3%    34.6%

           85+         0       28.4%    54.3%     76.3%    94.1%   112.7%

                          Source:  U.S. Bureau of the Census

                                         11
<PAGE>


               A trend benefiting the Company, and especially its provision
          of independent-living services, is that as the population of
          seniors swells, the percentage of seniors that are disabled and
          need assistance with ADLs has steadily declined.  According to
          the National Long Term Care Surveys, a federal study, disability
          rates for persons aged 65 and older have declined by 1 to 2
          percent each year since 1982, the year the study was commenced. 
          In 1982, approximately 21% of the 65 and over population was
          disabled and in 1995 only 10% was disabled.  This trend suggests
          that demand for independent living services will increase in the
          future.

               Other trends benefiting the Company include the increased
          financial net worth of the elderly population, the changing role
          of women and the increase in the population of individuals living
          alone.  As the number of elderly in need of assistance has
          increased, so too has the number of the elderly able to afford
          residences in communities which offer independent and/or
          assisted-living services.  According to U.S. Bureau of the Census
          data, the median net worth of householders age 75 or older has
          increased from $55,178 in 1984 and $61,491 in 1988 to $76,541 in
          1991.  Furthermore, according to the same source, the percentage
          of people 65 years and older below the poverty line has decreased
          from 24.6% in 1970 to 15.7% in 1980 to 12.2% in 1990. 
          Historically, unpaid women (mostly daughters or daughters-in-law)
          represented a large portion of the care givers of the non-
          institutionalized elderly.  The increased number of women in the
          labor force, however, has reduced the supply of care givers, and
          led many seniors to choose senior living communities as an
          alternative.  Since 1970, the population of individuals living
          alone has increased significantly as a percentage of the total
          elderly population.  This increase has been the result of an
          aging population in which women outlive men by an average of 6.9
          years, rising divorce rates, and an increase in the number of
          unmarried individuals.  The increase in the number of the elderly
          living alone has also led many seniors to choose to live in
          senior living communities.

               The increased financial net worth of the elderly population
          is illustrated by the following chart:


                                   Median Net Worth

                                   1988                1991
                                   ----                ----

           45-54                   57,466              56,250

           55-64                   80,032              83,041

           65+                     73,471              88,192

                          Source:  U.S. Bureau of the Census

               Another trend benefiting the Company, and especially its
          provision of assisted-living services, is the effort by the
          government, private insurers and managed care organizations to
          contain health care costs by limiting lengths of stay, services,
          and reimbursement amounts.  This has resulted in hospitals
          discharging patients earlier and referring them to nursing homes. 
          At the same time, nursing home operators continue to focus on
          providing services to sub-acute patients requiring significantly
          higher levels of skilled nursing care.  The Company believes that
          this "push down" effect has and will continue to increase demand
          for assisted-living facilities that offer the appropriate levels
          of care in a non-institutional setting in a more cost-effective
          manner.  The Company believes that all of these trends have, and
          will continue to, result in an increasing demand for senior
          living facilities which provide both independent and assisted-
          living services.

          SERVICES

               It is important to identify the specific tastes and needs of
          the residents of a senior living community, which can vary from
          region to region and from one age group to the next.  Residents
          who are 70 years old have different needs than those who are 85. 
          The Company has retained a gerontologist to insure that programs
          and activities are suitable for all of the residents in a
          community and that they are adjusted as these residents "age in


                                         12

<PAGE>

          place".  Both independent and assisted-living services will be
          offered at all of the Company's Development Communities.
                                          
               Basic Service and Care Package.  The Company provides three
          levels of service at its senior living communities:

               Level I, Independent Living, includes three meals per day,
          weekly housekeeping, activities program, 24-hour security and
          transportation for shopping and medical appointments.

               Level II, Catered Living, offers all of the amenities of
          Level I in addition to all utilities, personal laundry and daily
          housekeeping.

               Level III, Assisted Living, provides three meals per day,
          daily housekeeping, 24-hour security, all utilities, medication
          management, activities and nurse's aides to assist the residents
          with any ADLs which they might require.  Rehabilitative services
          such as physical and speech therapy are also provided by licensed
          third party home health care providers.  Each resident can design
          a package of services that will be monitored by his or her own
          physician.  Several of the Company's Syndicated Communities are
          designed to meet the needs of assisted living residents who
          suffer from the early stages of Alzheimer's or dementia.

               The Company charges an average fee of $1,400 per month for
          Level I services, $1,700 per month for Level II services, and
          $2,000 per month for Level III services, but the fee levels vary
          from community to community. Residents at the communities which
          offer services for early stages of Alzheimer's or dementia pay an
          average of an additional $500 per month for such services.  As
          the residents of the communities managed by the Company continue
          to age, the Company expects that an increasing number of
          residents will utilize Level III services.  The Company's
          internal growth plan is focused on increasing revenue by
          continuing to expand the number and diversity of its tiered
          additional assisted-living services and the number of residents
          using these services.

          OPERATIONS

               Corporate.  Over the past ten years the Company has
          developed extensive policies, procedures and systems for the
          operation of its senior living communities.  The Company also has
          adopted a formal quality assurance program. In connection with
          this program the Company conducts a minimum of two full-day
          annual quality assurance reviews at each community. The entire
          regional staff team participates in the review which thoroughly
          examines all aspects of the senior living community from the
          provision of services to the maintenance of the physical
          buildings. The reports generated from these quality assurance
          reviews are then implemented by the community administrator.
          Corporate headquarters also provides human resources services, a
          licensing facilitator, and in-house accounting and legal support
          systems.


               Regional. The Company has ten regional administrators. Each
          administrator is responsible for three to six communities.  The
          Company also has a regional administrator and a registered
          dietician who oversee the food division.  Each regional
          administrator is reported to by the manager of those communities
          he oversees.
           
               Community.  The management team at each senior living
          community consists of an administrator, who has overall
          responsibility for the operation of the community, an activity
          director, a marketing director and, at certain larger
          communities, one or two assistant administrators. Each senior
          living community which offers assisted-living services has a
          staff responsible for the assisted-living care giving services. 
          This staff consists of a lead resident aide, a medication room
          aide, certified nurse aides and trained aides, and, in those
          states which so require, registered nurses. At least one staff
          member is on duty 24 hours per day to respond to the emergency or
          scheduled 24-hour assisted-living services available to the
          residents. Each community has a kitchen staff, a housekeeping
          staff and a maintenance staff. The average community currently
          operated by the Company has 40 to 50 full-time employees

                                        13

<PAGE>

          depending on the size of the community and the extent of services
          provided in that community.  Based upon its experience in
          operating senior living communities in both primary and secondary
          markets, the Company believes that its secondary market focus
          will make it easier for the Company to attract and retain high-
          quality, affordable staff.

               The Company places emphasis on diet and nutrition, as well
          as preparing attractively presented healthy meals which can be
          enjoyed by the residents. The Company's in-house food service
          program is led by a regional administrator who reviews all menus
          and recipes for each community. The menus and recipes are
          reviewed and changed based on consultation with the food director
          and input from the residents. The Company provides special meals
          for residents who require special diets.

               Employees.  The Company emphasizes maximizing each
          employee's potential through support and training. The Company's
          training program is conducted on three levels. Approximately six
          times per year, corporate headquarters staff conduct training
          sessions for the management staff in the areas of supervision and
          management skills, and caring for the needs of an aging
          population. At the regional level, regional staff train the
          community staff on issues such as policies, procedures and
          systems, activities for the elderly, the administration and
          provision of specific services, food service, maintenance,
          reporting systems and other operational areas of the business. 
          At the community level, the administrators of each community
          conduct training sessions on at least a monthly basis relating to
          various practical areas of care-giving at the community.  These
          monthly sessions cover, on an annual basis, all phases of the
          community's operations, including special areas such as safety,
          fire and disaster procedures, resident care, and policies and
          procedures.

          COMPETITION

               The senior housing and health care industries are highly
          competitive and the Company expects that both the independent-
          living business, and assisted-living businesses in particular,
          will become more competitive in the future.  The Company will
          continue to face competition from numerous local, regional and
          national providers of long-term care whose communities and
          services are on either end of the senior care continuum.  The
          Company will compete in providing independent-living services
          with home health care providers and other providers of
          independent-living services, primarily on the basis of quality
          and cost of  services offered.  The Company will compete in
          providing assisted-living with other providers of assisted-living
          services, skilled nursing communities and acute care hospitals
          primarily on the basis of cost, quality of care, array of
          services provided and physician referrals.  The Company also will
          compete with companies providing home based health care, and even
          family members, based on those factors as well as the reputation,
          geographic location, physical appearance of communities and
          family preferences.  In addition, the Company expects that as the
          provision of long-term care receives increased attention,
          competition from new market entrants, including, in particular,
          companies focused on independent and assisted-living, will grow. 
          Some of the Company's competitors operate on a not-for-profit
          basis or as charitable organizations, while others have, or may
          obtain, greater financial resources than those of the Company. 
          However, the Company anticipates that its most significant
          competition will come from other senior living communities within
          the same geographic area as the Company's communities because
          management's experience indicates that senior citizens frequently
          elect to move into communities near their homes.

               Moreover, in the implementation of the Company's expansion
          program, the Company expects to face competition for the
          development of senior living communities.  Some of the Company's
          present and potential competitors are significantly larger or
          have, or may obtain, greater financial resources than those of
          the Company.  Consequently, there can be no assurance that the
          Company will not encounter increased competition in the future
          which could limit its ability to attract residents or expand its
          business and could have a material adverse effect on the
          Company's financial condition, results of operations and
          prospects.  In addition, if the development of new senior living
          communities outpaces demand for those communities in certain

                                        14

<PAGE>

          markets, such markets may become saturated.  Such an oversupply
          of facilities could cause the Company to experience decreased
          occupancy, depressed margins and lower operating results.

          COMPANY HISTORY

               In  April, 1996, John Luciani and Bernard M. Rodin, the
          principal stockholders of the Company (the "Principal
          Stockholders") reorganized their businesses by consolidating them
          into the Company.  Pursuant to the reorganization, substantially
          all of the assets and liabilities of such businesses were
          transferred to the Company in exchange for shares of the
          Company's Common Stock.  See "Certain Transactions".  The primary
          predecessors of Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. are J&B Management
          Company, and Leisure Centers, Inc.  J&B Management Company is a
          private partnership founded in 1969 which specialized in the
          development and management of multi-family real estate and senior
          living communities.  Prior to the formation of the Company in
          April, 1996, the Company's property development and management
          operations were conducted through its affiliate, Leisure Centers,
          Inc., located in Boca Raton, Florida.   Leisure Centers, Inc. was
          merged with and into the Company.  Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc.,
          its subsidiaries, J&B Management Company and Leisure Centers,
          Inc. and their affiliates are collectively referred to as the
          "Company".

               Through the 1970's and early 1980's, the Company's primary
          focus was on the acquisition, development, and management of
          multi-family properties.  Senior management, collectively, has
          over 80 years of experience in multi-family housing, having had
          interests in 170 properties containing approximately 20,000
          apartment units located in 22 states, primarily in the sun-belt. 
          Beginning in the mid-1980's, the Company's sole focus has been on
          the acquisition, and management of senior living communities
          building one of the largest operating portfolios of senior living
          communities in the nation, encompassing the entire spectrum of
          the long-term care industry, from independent-living to assisted-
          living, with a limited involvement in nursing homes.  Senior
          management, collectively, has over 40 years of experience in the
          senior living field.
           
          GOVERNMENT REGULATION

               Regulations applicable to the Company's operations vary
          among the types of senior living communities operated by the
          Company and from state to state.  Independent-living communities
          generally do not have any licensing requirements.  Assisted-
          living communities are subject to less regulation than other
          licensed health care providers but more regulation than
          independent-living communities.  However, the Company anticipates
          that additional regulations and licensing requirements will
          likely be imposed by the states and the federal government. 
          Currently, all states except South Dakota require licenses to
          provide the assisted-living services.  The licensing statutes
          typically establish physical plant specifications, resident care
          policies and services, administration and staffing requirements,
          financial requirements and emergency service procedures.  The
          licensing process can take from two months to one year.  New
          Jersey requires Certificates of Need for assisted-living
          communities.  The Company's communities also must comply with the
          requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act ("ADA") and
          are subject to various local building codes and other ordinances,
          including fire safety codes.  While the Company relies almost
          exclusively on private pay residents, the Company operates a
          Syndicated nursing home and one Syndicated Community operated by
          the Company contains nursing home beds in which some residents
          rely on Medicare.  As a provider of services under the Medicare
          program, the Company is subject to Medicare regulations designed
          to limit fraud and abuse, violations of which could result in
          civil and criminal penalties and exclusion from participation in
          the Medicare program.  Revenues derived from Medicare comprise
          less than 1% of the revenues of the communities operated by the
          Company. The Company does not intend to expand its nursing home
          activities and intends to pursue an exclusively "private-pay"
          clientele.  The Company believes it is in substantial compliance
          with all applicable regulatory requirements.  No actions are
          pending against the Company for non-compliance with any
          regulatory requirement.

               Under various federal, state and local environmental laws,
          ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or
          operator of real property may be held liable for the costs of
          removal or remediation of certain hazardous or toxic substances,
          including, without limitation, asbestos-containing materials,

                                       15

<PAGE>

          that could be located on, in or under such property.  Such laws
          and regulations often impose liability whether or not the owner
          or operator knows of, or was responsible for, the presence of the
          hazardous or toxic substances.  The costs of any required
          remediation or removal of these substances could be substantial
          and the liability of an owner or operator as to any property is
          generally not limited under such laws and regulations, and could
          exceed the property's value and the aggregate assets of the owner
          or operator.  The presence of these substances or failure to
          remediate such substances properly may also adversely affect the
          owner's ability to sell or rent the property, or to borrow using
          the property as collateral.  Under these laws and regulations, an
          owner, operator or any entity who arranges for the disposal of
          hazardous or toxic substances, such as asbestos-containing
          materials, at a disposal site may also be liable for these costs,
          as well as certain other costs, including governmental fines and
          injuries to persons or properties.  As a result, the presence,
          with or without the Company's knowledge, of hazardous or toxic
          substances at any senior living communities owned or operated by
          the Company could have an adverse effect on the Company's
          business, operating results and financial condition. Although the
          Company has not incurred any material costs for removal or
          remediation of hazardous or toxic substances, there can be no
          assurance that this will remain the case in the future.

               Under the ADA, all places of public accommodation are
          required to meet certain federal requirements related to access
          and use by disabled persons.  A number of additional federal,
          state and local laws exist which also may require modifications
          to existing and planned properties to create access to the
          properties by disabled persons.  While the Company believes that
          its senior living communities are substantially in compliance
          with present requirements or are exempt therefrom, if required
          changes involve a greater expenditure than anticipated or must be
          made on a more accelerated basis than anticipated, additional
          costs would be incurred by the Company.  Further legislation may
          impose additional burdens or restrictions with respect to access
          by disabled persons, the costs of compliance with which could be
          substantial.

          EMPLOYEES

               As of March 19, 1999, the Company employed approximately
          2,280 persons, including 57 in the Company's principal executive
          offices.  None of the Company's employees are covered by
          collective bargaining agreements. The Company believes its
          employee relations are good.

          ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

          SYNDICATED COMMUNITIES

               The Company currently manages 41 Syndicated Communities
          containing 5,694 senior living apartment units and one Syndicated
          nursing home containing 57 beds.  One of the Company's Syndicated
          Communities contains 70 nursing home beds.  Such communities are
          owned by Owning Partnerships and not by the Company.  The Company
          generally has a 1% interest in the Owning Partnerships and a 1%
          interest in the Investing Partnerships which are formed to
          purchase a 99% partnership interest in the Owning Partnership. 
          The following chart sets forth information regarding the
          Syndicated Communities managed by the Company:

                                                            NUMBER OF
               COMMUNITY (1)                   STATE          UNITS
               -------------                   -----        ---------
               The Grand Court Mesa            Arizona         174
               The Grand Court Phoenix         Arizona         136
               The Grand Court Sacramento      California      122
               The Grand Court Fort Myers      Florida         184
               The Grand Court Lakeland        Florida         126
               The Grand Court Lake Worth      Florida         170

                                                               AVERAGE 
                                                            OCCUPANCY % AS
                                                 YEAR        OF MARCH 31,
           COMMUNITY (1)                     ACQUIRED (2)      1999(8)
           -------------                     ------------    ------------
           The Grand Court Mesa                  1997            97% 
           The Grand Court Phoenix               1991            97%
           The Grand Court Sacramento            1998            74%
           The Grand Court Fort Myers            1989            93%
           The Grand Court Lakeland              1996            80%
           The Grand Court Lake Worth            1992            75%


                                         16

<PAGE>


                                                            NUMBER OF
               COMMUNITY (1)                   STATE          UNITS
               -------------                   -----        ---------
               The Grand Court North Miami     Florida         189
               The Grand Court Pensacola       Florida          60
               The Grand Court I and II        Florida         114
                  Pompano Beach
               The Grand Court South Miami     Florida          96
               The Grand Court Tampa           Florida         165
               The Grand Court Tavares         Florida          94
               The Grand Court Winterhaven     Florida         130
               The Grand Court Carrolton       Georgia          68
               The Grand Court Belleville      Illinois         76
               The Grand Court II Kansas City  Kansas          127
               The Grand Court Overland Park   Kansas          275
               The Grand Court Adrian          Michigan        103
               The Grand Court Farmington
                  Hills                        Michigan        164

               The Grand Court Novi            Michigan        114
               The Grand Court Westland        Michigan        153
               The Grand Court I Kansas City   Missouri        173
               The Grand Court III Kansas
                  City(3)                      Missouri        217
               The Grand Court Seward          Nebraska         65
               The Grand Court Las Vegas       Nevada          152
               The Grand Court Albuquerque     New Mexico      200(7)
               The Grand Court Columbus        Ohio            120
               The Grand Court Dayton          Ohio            185
               The Grand Court Findlay         Ohio             73
               The Grand Court Springfield     Ohio             77
               The Grand Court I Chattanooga   Tennessee       143(4)
               The Grand Court II Chattanooga  Tennessee       146
               The Grand Court Memphis         Tennessee       197
               The Grand Court Morristown      Tennessee       187
               The Grand Court Bryan           Texas           180
               The Grand Court Garland         Texas           112

               The Grand Court Longview        Texas           132
               The Grand Court Lubbock         Texas           139
               The Grand Court I San Antonio   Texas           198
               The Grand Court II San Antonio  Texas            57(5)
               The Grand Court Weatherford     Texas            60
               The Grand Court Bristol         Virginia         98

                                                               AVERAGE 
                                                            OCCUPANCY % AS
                                                 YEAR        OF MARCH 31,
           COMMUNITY (1)                     ACQUIRED (2)      1999(8)
           -------------                     ------------    ------------

           The Grand Court North Miami           1995            76%
           The Grand Court Pensacola             1993            91%
           The Grand Court I and II
              Pompano Beach                      1994            73%(6)
           The Grand Court South Miami           1998            39%(6)
           The Grand Court Tampa                 1997            99%
           The Grand Court Tavares               1995            99%
           The Grand Court Winterhaven           1997            89%
           The Grand Court Carrolton             1998            96%
           The Grand Court Belleville            1993            97%
           The Grand Court II Kansas City        1994            89%
           The Grand Court Overland Park         1997            99%(6)
           The Grand Court Adrian                1998            95%
           The Grand Court Farmington
              Hills                              1993            99%
           The Grand Court Novi                  1994            96%
           The Grand Court Westland              1997            98%
           The Grand Court I Kansas City         1989            94%
           The Grand Court III Kansas
              City(3)                            1989            83%(6)
           The Grand Court Seward                1999            92%
           The Grand Court Las Vegas             1991            94%
           The Grand Court Albuquerque           1997            83%
           The Grand Court Columbus              1994            94%
           The Grand Court Dayton                1994            99%
           The Grand Court Findlay               1992            95%
           The Grand Court Springfield           1992            96%

           The Grand Court I Chattanooga         1995            77%
           The Grand Court II Chattanooga        1995            91%
           The Grand Court Memphis               1992            90%
           The Grand Court Morristown            1996            85%
           The Grand Court Bryan                 1992            93%
           The Grand Court Garland               1997            97%(6)
           The Grand Court Longview              1990            74%
           The Grand Court Lubbock               1991            80%
           The Grand Court I San Antonio         1993            93%
           The Grand Court II San Antonio        1995            79%
           The Grand Court Weatherford           1996            89%
           The Grand Court Bristol               1995            96%

                                            
          ------------------------
          (1)  In certain cases, more than one Investing Partnership owns
               an interest in one Owning Partnership.  There are therefore,
               more Investing Partnerships than there are Owning
               Partnership.  One of the Owning Partnerships owns two senior
               living communities and another Owning Partnership owns one
               Syndicated Community and one Syndicated nursing home.  As a
               result, there are 42 properties listed, which relate to 40

                                          17

<PAGE>

               Owning Partnerships. In addition, the senior living
               community to be owned by one Owning Partnership is currently
               under construction.

          (2)  Represents year in which the Owning Partnership acquired the
               community.

          (3)  A portion of the units at The Grand Court III Kansas City
               are currently rented as residential apartment units.

          (4)  Grand Court I Chattanooga's unit count includes a 70-bed
               nursing wing.

          (5)  Grand Court II San Antonio is a 57-bed licensed nursing
               facility.

          (6)  Occupancy percentage includes 1-2 units occupied by staff.

          (7)  Sixty (60) additional units were constructed during Fiscal
               1998. Such construction was substantially completed by
               October 1, 1998. The Company is in the process of renting
               these additional units.

          (8)  The average occupancy percentage of each individual
               community was determined by adding the average occupancy
               percentages as of the end of each month in which the
               individual community was managed by the Company and dividing
               that number by the total number of months the community was
               managed by the Company during the periods April 1998 through
               March 1999.  The average monthly occupancy percentage for
               each individual community was determined by dividing the
               number of occupied units in the individual community as of
               the end of the month by the total number of apartment units
               in the individual community.

               The Syndicated Communities currently operated by the Company
          are generally encumbered with mortgage financing.  While these
          mortgage loans are obligations of the Owning Partnerships rather
          than direct obligations of the Company, the Company typically
          provides a guaranty of certain obligations under the mortgages
          including, for example, any costs incurred for the correction of
          hazardous environmental conditions.  To date, the Company has
          incurred no material costs or expenses relating to the correction
          of hazardous environmental conditions. Although most of the
          mortgage loans are non-recourse, as of January 31, 1999, (i) the
          Company is liable as a general partner for approximately $12.8
          million in principal amount of mortgage debt relating to six
          Syndicated Communities and (ii) wholly-owned entities (whose only
          asset is a specific general partner interest) are liable as
          general partners for approximately $35.6 million in principal
          amount of mortgage debt relating to seven Syndicated Communities
          and one Syndicated nursing home managed by the Company as of
          January 31, 1999.  In the case of the general partner liabilities
          of the wholly-owned entities (whose only asset is a specific
          general partner interest), the only assets of the Company at risk
          of loss are the general partnership interests in the wholly-owned
          entities.  As of January 31, 1999, the aggregate principal amount
          of the mortgage debt of the Owning Partnerships was approximately
          $209.4 million and the aggregate annual debt service obligations,
          excluding any balloon amounts payable at maturity, was
          approximately $19.9 million.  Most of this debt contains
          provisions which limit the ability of the respective Owning
          Partnerships to further encumber the property.  Through January
          31, 2003, approximately $195.3 million of balloon payments under
          the mortgages will become due and payable.  The Company
          anticipates that it will continue to arrange for future
          acquisitions of existing senior living communities through
          mortgage financing and Syndications.

          DEVELOPMENT COMMUNITIES

               The Company has completed construction of and currently
          operates seven Development Communities containing 962 senior
          living apartment units which were constructed pursuant to the
          Company's Development Plan.  The Company has entered into joint
          venture arrangements with a third party pursuant to which it has
          sold 50% interests in three of these seven Development
          Communities and a fourth Development Community which is not yet
          completed. The other four completed Development Communities are
          operated by the Company pursuant to long-term leases.  The

                                        18

<PAGE>

          following chart sets forth information regarding the seven
          completed Development Communities.

                                                               NUMBER OF
            COMMUNITY                               STATE        UNITS
            ---------                               -----       --------
            The Grand Court Abilene(4)              Texas        126
            The Grand Court Corpus Christi (3)      Texas        142
            The Grand Court El Paso (4)             Texas        142
            The Grand Court San Angelo (4)          Texas        142
            The Grand Court Temple (3)              Texas        126
            The Grand Court Wichita Falls(4)        Texas        142
            The Grand Court Round Rock (3)          Texas        142

                                                   YEAR         AVERAGE
           COMMUNITY                            BUILT (1)    OCCUPANCY (2)
           ---------                            ---------    ------------
           The Grand Court Abilene(4)              1998           --
           The Grand Court Corpus Christi (3)      1998           --
           The Grand Court El Paso (4)             1998           --
           The Grand Court San Angelo (4)          1998           --
           The Grand Court Temple (3)              1998           --
           The Grand Court Wichita Falls(4)        1998           --
           The Grand Court Round Rock (3)          1998           --


          ------------------------
          (1)  Represents the year in which the property was placed into
               service.
          (2)  There is no occupancy percentage calculated as yet due to
               the properties being in their initial lease-up period.
          (3)  Represents Development Communities which are owned by the
               Company pursuant to joint venture arrangements.
          (4)  Represents Development Communities which are operated by the
               Company pursuant to long-term leases.

               The Development Communities which were wholly-owned by the
          Company as of January 31, 1999 and currently owned by the Company
          pursuant to joint venture arrangements were developed with
          mortgage financing. The Company intends to finance its future
          development of Development Communities primarily through mortgage
          financing and other types of financing, including joint venture
          arrangements. In addition, the Company may enter into long-term
          operating leases arising through sale/leaseback transactions or
          similar transactions and may issue additional debt or equity
          securities, to the extent necessary.  The mortgage financing of
          Development Communities will be direct obligations of the Company
          and, accordingly, the amount of its mortgage indebtedness is
          expected to increase and the Company expects to have substantial
          debt service, and may have substantial annual lease payment,
          requirements in the future as the Company pursues its growth
          strategy.

          ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

               The Company is involved in various lawsuits and other
          matters arising in the normal course of business, including
          employment-related claims.  In the opinion of management of the
          Company, although the outcomes of these claims and suits are
          uncertain, in the aggregate they should not have a material
          adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of
          operations.  The Company business entails an inherent risk of
          liability.  In recent years, participants in the long-term care
          industry have become subject to an increasing number of lawsuits
          alleging malpractice or related legal claims, many of which seek
          large amounts and result in significant legal costs.  The Company
          expects that from time to time it may be subject to such suits as
          a result of the nature of its business.  The Company currently
          maintains insurance policies in amounts and with such coverage
          and deductibles as it deems appropriate, based on the nature and
          risks of its business, historical experience and industry
          standards.  There can be no assurance, however, that claims in
          excess of the Company's insurance coverage or claims not covered
          by the Company's insurance coverage will not arise.  A successful
          claim against the Company not covered by, or in excess of, the
          Company's insurance could have a material adverse effect on the
          Company's operating results and financial condition.  Claims
          against the Company, regardless of their merit or eventual
          outcome, may also have a material adverse effect on the Company's
          ability to attract residents or expand its business and would
          require management to devote time to matters unrelated to the
          operation of the Company's business.  In addition, the Company's
          insurance policies must be renewed annually, and there can be no

                                          19

<PAGE>

          assurance that the Company will be able to obtain liability
          insurance coverage in the future or, if available, that such
          coverage will be on acceptable terms.


          ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

               There were no matters submitted to a vote of security
          holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during
          the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999.


                                         20

<PAGE>


          PART II

          ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
          STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

               The Company's common stock (the "Common Stock") is traded on
          the National Market tier of the Nasdaq Stock Market, which
          reports the daily high, low and closing transaction prices, as
          well as volume data, under the symbol "GCLI".  Trading in the
          Common Stock began on March 16, 1998.  The high and low bid
          prices of the Common Stock are as follows: 

                       3/16/98-    5/1/98-   8/1/98-    11/1/98-   2/1/99-
                        4/30/98    7/31/98  10/31/98     1/31/99   4/26/99
                      --------    -------   --------   --------   -------
           High        $11.000    $10.500   $10.250     $9.500     $9.000
           Low         $10.375    $ 9.375   $ 8.000     $8.000     $6.375
                                
          As of April 26, 1999, there were approximately 17 holders of
          record of the Common Stock.

               The Company has not declared and paid cash dividends and it
          does not anticipate paying future dividends on its Common Stock. 
          It is the present policy of the Board of Directors to retain
          earnings, if any, to finance the expansion of the Company's
          business.  The payment of dividends on its Common Stock in the
          future will depend on the results of operations, financial
          condition, capital expenditure plans and other cash obligations
          of the Company and will be at the sole discretion of the Board of
          Directors.  In addition, certain provisions of future
          indebtedness of the Company may prohibit or limit the Company's
          ability to pay dividends.

               The effective date of the registration statements (Nos. 333-
          05855 and 333-43331) for the Company's initial public offering of
          its common stock, $.01 par value, was March 13, 1998. The
          offering commenced on March 16, 1998. The managing underwriter of
          the offering was Royce Investment Group, Inc. ("Royce"). Pursuant
          to the offering, the Company sold to the public 2,800,000 shares
          of its common stock at an initial offering price of $9.50 per
          share. The aggregate price of the offering registered by the
          Company was $26.6 million. On April 29, 1998, pursuant to an
          over-allotment option granted to the underwriters, John Luciani
          and Bernard M. Rodin (the "Selling Shareholders") each sold
          173,030 shares of the Company's common stock to the public at a
          price of $9.50 per share.  The aggregate price of the shares
          offered by and registered on behalf of the Selling Shareholders
          was $3,287,600. Under the terms of the offering, the Company
          incurred underwriting discounts of $1.6 million, and the Selling
          Shareholders incurred aggregate underwriting discounts of
          $197,250. The Company incurred the following expenses in
          connection with the offering: (i) a non-accountable expense
          allowance paid to Royce in the amount of $798,000, (ii) a
          consulting fee paid to Royce in the amount of $266,000, and (iii)
          other expenses related to the offering in the amount of $1.6
          million. The net proceeds that the Company received as a result
          of this offering were $22.3 million. As of January 31, 1999, the
          Company's net proceeds have been used as follows: $11.3 million
          has been used to purchase a series of treasury bills pending
          application of the funds. $9.4 million has been used for the
          purchase of land and towards the construction of plant, building
          and facilities and $1.6 million has been used for working
          capital.

          ITEM 6.   SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                    (in thousands, except per share data and other data)

               The following selected consolidated financial statement of
          operations and balance sheet data have been derived from the
          Company's consolidated financial statements and should be read in
          conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the
          related notes thereto included herein.  All references herein to
          a "fiscal" year refer to the fiscal year beginning on February 1
          of that year (for example, "fiscal 1995" refers to the fiscal
          year beginning on February 1, 1995). See "Management's Discussion
          and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

                                         21
<PAGE>

                                                  YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31
                                               ---------------------------
                                                1995       1996       1997
                                                ----       ----       ----
     STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
     Revenues:
          Sales  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $22,532    $31,973    $36,021
          Syndication fee income . . . . .     5,587      8,603      7,690
          Deferred income earned . . . . .     4,399      9,971      5,037
          Interest income  . . . . . . . .     9,503     12,689     13,773
          Property management fees from
            related parties  . . . . . . .     4,351      4,057      2,093
          Equity in earnings from
            partnerships . . . . . . . . .       276        356        423
          Senior living revenues . . . . .        --         --         --
          Other income . . . . . . . . . .        --      1,013         --
                                              ------     ------     ------
                                              46,648     68,662     65,037
          Total Revenues . . . . . . . . .    ======     ======     ======
     Costs and expenses:
          Cost of sales  . . . . . . . . .    21,743     27,688     34,019
          Selling  . . . . . . . . . . . .     6,002      7,664      7,176
          Interest . . . . . . . . . . . .    13,610     15,808     16,394
          General and administrative . . .     6,450      7,871      7,796
          Loss on impairment of notes and
            receivables  . . . . . . . . .        --         --     18,442
          Write-off of registration costs         --         --         --
          Senior living operating expenses        --         --         --

          Officers' compensation(1)  . . .     1,200      1,200      1,200
                                               2,290      2,620      3,331
          Depreciation and amortization  .    ------     ------     ------
                                              51,295     62,851     88,358
          Total Costs and Expenses  . . . .   ======     ======     ======
          Net income (loss) . . . . . . . .   (4,647)     5,811    (23,321)
          Pro-forma income tax provision  
          (benefit)(2)  . . . . . . . . . .   (1,859)     2,324         --
                                              ------     ------     ------
                                             $(2,788)    $3,487   $(23,321)
     Pro-forma net income (loss)(2)  . . .    ======     ======     ======
    
     Pro-forma earnings (loss) per             $(.19)       $.23   $(1.55)
        common share (basic and diluted)(2)   ======     ======     ======
     Pro-forma weighted average               15,000     15,000     15,000
        common shares used . . . . . . . .    ======     ======     ======

     OTHER DATA:

     Senior living communities                    24         28         31
        operated (end of period) . . . . .    ======     ======     ======
     Number of units (end of                   3,683      4,164      4,480
        period)  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    ======     ======     ======
                                               89.3%       94.7%    91.3%
     Average occupancy percentage (3)         ======      ======   ======     

                                             YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31
                                             ----------------------
                                                 1998         1999  
                                                 ----         ----  

     STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
     Revenues:
          Sales  . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $38,135      $58,010
          Syndication fee income . . . . .        7,923        7,283
          Deferred income earned . . . . .        7,254        3,701
          Interest income  . . . . . . . .       12,051       12,349
          Property management fees from
            related parties  . . . . . . .        3,684        3,219
          Equity in earnings from
            partnerships . . . . . . . . .          541          685
          Senior living revenues . . . . .           --        5,093
                                                  4,683        1,350
          Other income . . . . . . . . . .       ------      -------
                                                 74,271       91,690
          Total Revenues . . . . . . . . .       ======      =======
     Costs and expenses:

          Cost of sales  . . . . . . . . .       33,635       53,547
          Selling  . . . . . . . . . . . .        7,602        6,335
          Interest . . . . . . . . . . . .       19,409       22,066
          General and administrative . . .        8,437       10,388
          Loss on impairment of notes and
            receivables  . . . . . . . . .           --           --
          Write-off of registration costs         3,107           --
          Senior living operating expenses           --        6,098
          Officers' compensation(1)  . . .        1,200        1,200
                                                  3,340        5,032
          Depreciation and amortization  .       ------      -------
                                                 76,730      104,666
          Total Costs and Expenses  . . . .      ======      =======
          Net income (loss) . . . . . . . .      (2,459)     (12,976)
          Pro-forma income tax provision       
          (benefit)(2)  . . . . . . . . . .          --           --
                                                 ------      -------
                                               $(2,459)    $(12,976)
     Pro-forma net income (loss)(2)  . . .       ======      =======
     Pro-forma earnings (loss) per
        common share (basic and                  $(.16)       $(.74)
        diluted)(2)  . . . . . . . . . . .       ======      =======
     Pro-forma weighted average                  15,000       17,455
        common shares used . . . . . . . .       ======      =======

     OTHER DATA:

     Senior living communities                       37           47
        operated (end of period) . . . . .       ======      =======

     Number of units (end of                      5,261        6,591
        period)  . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ======      =======
                                                  93.3%        89.1%
     Average occupancy percentage (3)            ======      ======= 

                                      22
<PAGE>

                                                  AS OF JANUARY 31,
                                           ---------------------------
                                            1995       1996      1997
                                            ----       ----      ----
     BALANCE SHEET DATA:
       Cash and cash equivalents . . . . $ 10,950  $ 17,961   $ 14,111
       Notes and receivables-net . . . .  220,482   224,204    222,399

       Total assets  . . . . . . . . . .  248,553   260,023    261,661
       Total liabilities . . . . . . . .  217,879   225,238    229,658
       Stockholders' equity  . . . . . .   30,674    34,785     32,003

                                              AS OF JANUARY 31,
                                              -----------------
                                              1998         1999
                                              ----         ----
     BALANCE SHEET DATA:

       Cash and cash equivalents . . . .    $ 11,964     $ 22,784
       Notes and receivables-net . . . .     231,140      227,104
       Total assets  . . . . . . . . . .     295,799      319,314
       Total liabilities . . . . . . . .     269,387      283,588
       Stockholders' equity  . . . . . .      26,412       35,726


       -------------------------

          (1)  John Luciani and Bernard M. Rodin, the Chairman of the Board
               and President, respectively, of the Company received
               dividends and distributions from the Company's predecessors
               but did not receive compensation.  Officers' Compensation is
               based upon the aggregate compensation currently received by
               such officers, $600 a year for each such officer.  Amounts
               received by such officers in excess of such amounts are
               treated as distributions for purposes of the Company's
               financial statements.  In  fiscal 1994 through fiscal 1997,
               such officers also received $943; $850, $397 and $1,566 each
               respectively as a distribution.  See "Management."

          (2)  The Company's predecessors were Sub-chapter S corporations
               and a partnership.  The pro forma statement of operations
               data reflects provisions for federal and state income taxes
               as if the Company had been subject to federal and state
               income taxation as a C corporation during the years ended
               January 31, 1995 and January 31, 1996.

          (3)  Average occupancy percentages were determined by adding all
               of the occupancy percentages of the individual communities 
               and dividing that number by the total number of communities. 
               The average occupancy percentage for each particular
               community was determined by dividing the number of occupied
               apartment units in the particular community on the given
               date by the total number of apartment units in the
               particular community.

                                          23

<PAGE>


          ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
          CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

          SAFE HARBOR FOR FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

               The Company is including the following cautionary statements
          to make applicable and take advantage of the safe harbor
          provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
          1995 for any forward-looking statements made by, or on behalf, of
          the Company in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Forward-looking
          statements include statements concerning plans, objectives,
          goals, strategies, future events or performance and underlying
          assumptions and other statements which are other than statements
          of historical facts.  Such forward-looking statements may be
          identified, without limitation, by the use of the words
          "anticipates", "estimates", "expects", "intends", "believes" and
          similar expressions.  From time to time, the Company or one of
          its subsidiaries individually may publish or otherwise make
          available forward-looking statements of this nature.  All such
          forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, and whether
          made by or on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries, are
          expressly qualified by these cautionary statements and any other
          cautionary statements which may accompany the forward-looking
          statements.  In addition, the Company disclaims any obligation to
          update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or
          circumstances after the date hereof.

               Forward-looking statements made by the Company are subject
          to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or
          events to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied
          by, the forward-looking statements.  These forward-looking
          statements include, among others, statements concerning the
          Company's revenue and cost and expense trends, the number and
          economic impact of anticipated acquisitions and new developments,
          planned capital expenditures and financing needs and
          availability.  Investors or other users of the forward-looking
          statements are cautioned that such statements are not a guarantee
          of future performance by the Company and that such forward-
          looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that
          could cause actual results to differ materially from those
          expressed in, or implied by, such statements.  In addition to
          other factors and matters discussed elsewhere herein, the
          following are some, but not all, of the important factors that,
          in the view of the Company, could cause actual results to differ
          materially from those discussed in the forward looking
          statements:

               1.   The ability of the Company to service its substantial
                    debt obligations.

               2.   The ability of the Company to pay Management Contract
                    Obligations from the cash flow generated by the
                    Syndicated Communities and the impact of the terms of
                    future Syndications.

               3.   The need for the Company to utilize cash from
                    operations and obtain additional financing to pursue
                    its  Development Plan.

               4.   The Company's ability to identify and Syndicate
                    suitable acquisition opportunities, a significant
                    source of revenues for the Company.

               5.   The Company's ability to identify suitable development
                    opportunities, pursue such opportunities, complete
                    development, lease-up and effectively operate the
                    Development Communities.

               6.   The ability of the Company to obtain sufficient joint
                    venture capital for its Development Program on
                    favorable terms, anticipated to be a significant source
                    of revenues for the Company.

               7.   The impact of mortgage defaults and/or foreclosures
                    relating to Multi-Family Properties (as defined below)
                    on the Company's ability to collect on its Multi-Family
                    Notes (as defined below).


                                         24

<PAGE>

               8.   Governmental regulatory actions and initiatives,
                    including without limitation, those relating to
                    healthcare laws, benefitting disabled persons,
                    government mortgage insurance and subsidy programs,
                    environmental requirements and safety requirements.
               9.   The ability to attract seniors with sufficient
                    resources to pay for the Company's services.

               10.  Changes in anticipated construction costs, operating
                    expenses and start-up losses relating to the Company's
                    new Development Plan.

               11.  Unanticipated delays in the Company's Development Plan
                    including, without limitation, permitting, licensing
                    and construction delays.

               12.  Changes in general economic conditions, including, but
                    not limited to, factors particularly affecting real
                    estate and the capital markets including, but not
                    limited to, changes in interest rates.

               13.  Changes in operating costs of senior living
                    communities, including without limitation, staffing and
                    labor costs.

               14.  The Company's ability to attract and retain qualified
                    personnel.

               15.  Competitive factors affecting the long-term care
                    services industry.

               16.  The potential recourse and guarantee obligations of the
                    Company, including, without limitation, the correction
                    of hazardous environmental conditions relating to the
                    mortgage financing of the senior living communities.

               17.  The potential liabilities arising from the Company's
                    status as the general partner of Syndicated
                    Communities.

               18.  The potential impact of recent net losses.

               19.  The potential impact of computer related Year 2000
                    problems on the Company's operations, including the
                    ability of the Company and material third parties to
                    identify and/or address all  material Year 2000 issues
                    and implement contingency plans.

          OVERVIEW

               The Company is a fully integrated provider of senior living
          accommodations and services which acquires, develops and manages
          senior living communities which provide independent and assisted-
          living services.  The Company's revenues have been, and are
          expected to continue to be, primarily derived from the sales of
          partnership interests ("Syndications") of partnerships it
          organizes to acquire existing senior living communities
          ("Syndicated Communities") .  The Company has established a new
          development program (the "Development Plan") pursuant to which it
          is building new senior living communities which offer independent
          and assisted living services ("Development Communities"). The
          Company currently owns the Development Communities pursuant to
          joint venture arrangements or operates such communities pursuant
          to long-term leases. To the extent that the Company's Development
          Plan  is successfully implemented, the Company anticipates that
          the percentage of its revenues derived from Syndications would
          decrease and the percentage of its revenues derived from the
          Development Communities  would increase and, the Company
          believes, over time, become the primary source of the Company's
          revenues. Although the Company has experienced operating losses
          in the last three fiscal years, the Company expects to report a
          profit for the first quarter of Fiscal 1999.

                                         25
<PAGE>


                    Historically, the Company has arranged for the
          acquisition and development of senior living communities and
          multi-family properties by utilizing mortgage financing and
          Syndications. The multi-family properties, which were Syndicated
          by the Company prior to 1986, are not owned or managed by the
          Company. Such properties are owned by their respective Owning
          Partnerships and are managed by third party managing agents. The
          senior living communities Syndicated by the Company since 1986
          are managed by the Company but are owned by the respective Owning
          Partnerships and not by the Company.

               Future revenues, if any, of the Company relating to
          previously Syndicated Communities would primarily arise in the
          form of (i) deferred income earned on the sale of the Purchased
          Interests in the related Owning Partnerships, (ii) management
          fees, (iii) amounts payable by the Investing Partnerships to the
          Company in the event of the subsequent sale or refinancing of
          such communities, (iv) interest income on purchase notes
          receivable, and (v) earnings derived from the Company's equity
          interests in Owning Partnerships and Investing Partnerships. 
          Future revenues, if any, of the Company relating to future
          Syndicated Communities would primarily arise from any initial
          profit recognized upon completion of the Syndication and from the
          same items listed in the previous sentence.  

               The Company intends to continue to arrange for future
          acquisitions of existing senior living communities by utilizing
          mortgage financing and by arranging Syndications, and anticipates
          that between six and twelve communities will be acquired and
          Syndicated in this manner during the next two years.  Future
          Syndications will require the allocation of funds generated by
          the Company to cover the Company's initial costs relating to the
          Syndication transactions (primarily any funds required to acquire
          the property above the amounts received from the mortgage
          financing obtained, the costs of any improvements to the property
          deemed necessary and the costs associated with arranging for the
          sale of the partnership interests).  The Company typically pays
          these costs from the proceeds it receives from its sale of the
          Purchased Interests to the Investing Partnership.  In addition,
          future Syndications may require the allocation of the Company's
          funds to satisfy any associated Management Contract Obligations
          (including payment of required returns for distribution to
          limited partners) that are not funded from the respective
          property's operations.  

               The Company continually seeks senior living communities
          which it deems are good acquisition prospects.  In deciding which
          properties it has and will acquire, the Company's senior
          management exercises its business judgement to determine which
          properties are good acquisition candidates and what constitutes
          an acceptable purchase price.  There are no fixed criteria for
          these decisions, but rather, a number of factors are considered,
          including the size, location, occupancy history, physical
          condition, current income and expenses, quality of current
          management, local demographic and market conditions, existing
          competition and proposed entrants to the market.  

           .   Sales.  Income from sales of general partnership interests
          in Owning Partnerships is recognized when the profit on the
          transaction is determinable, that is, the collectibility of the
          sales price is reasonably assured and the earnings process is
          virtually complete.  The Company determines the collectibility of
          the sales price by evidence supporting the buyers' substantial
          initial and continuing investment in the purchased property as
          well as other factors such as age, location and cash flow of the
          underlying property.

           .   Syndication Fee Income.  The Company earns Syndication fee
          income equal to the expenses of the Syndication which include
          commissions.

           .   Deferred Income Earned.  The Company has deferred income on
          sales to Investing Partnerships of interests in Owning
          Partnerships.  The Company has arranged for the Syndications of
          Investing Partnerships which were formed to acquire controlling
          interests in Owning Partnerships which own senior living
          communities ("Senior Living Owning Partnerships").  In a typical
          Syndication, the Company enters into a management contract with
          the Senior Living Owning Partnership, pursuant to which the
          Company is required to pay, for a five-year period, any
          Management Contract Obligations not paid from cash flow from the

                                       26
<PAGE>
          related property.  The amount of deferred income for each
          property is calculated in a multi-step process.  First, based on
          the property's cash flow in the previous fiscal year, the
          probable cash flow for the property for the current fiscal year
          is determined and that amount is initially assumed to be constant
          for each remaining year of the Management Contract Obligations
          period (the "Initial Cash Flow").  The Initial Cash Flow is then
          compared to the Management Contract Obligations for the property
          for each remaining year of the five-year period.  If the Initial
          Cash Flow exceeds the Management Contract Obligations for any
          fiscal year, the excess Initial Cash Flow is added to the assumed
          Initial Cash Flow for the following fiscal year and this adjusted
          Initial Cash Flow is then compared to the Management Contract
          Obligations for said following fiscal year.  If the Initial Cash
          Flow is less than the Management Contract Obligations for any
          fiscal year, a deferred income liability is created in an amount
          equal to such shortfall and no adjustment is made to the Initial
          Cash Flow for the following year.  As this process is performed
          for each property on a quarterly basis, changes in a property's
          actual cash flow will result in changes to the assumed Initial
          Cash Flow utilized in this process and will result in increases
          or decreases to the deferred income liability for the property. 
          Any deferred income liability created during a period increases
          the cost of sales for that period.  The payment of the Management
          Contract Obligations, however, will generally not result in the
          recognition of expense unless the property's actual Cash Flow for
          the year is less than the Initial Cash Flow for the year, as
          adjusted, and as a result thereof, the amount paid by the Company
          in respect of the Management Contract Obligations is greater than
          the amount assumed in establishing the deferred income liability
          (such excess amount expended during any period is included as a
          component of cost of sales for that period).  If, however, the
          property's actual cash flow is greater than the Initial Cash Flow
          for the period, as adjusted, the Company's earnings will be
          enhanced by the recognition of deferred income earned and, to the
          extent cash flow exceeds Management Contract Obligations,
          incentive management fees.  The Company recognized such incentive
          management fees in the amount of $1.2 million, $2.8 million and
          $2.2 million for the years ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999,
          respectively.  

               The Company accounts for the pre-1986 Syndication of
          Investing Partnerships which were formed to acquire controlling
          interests in Owning Partnerships which own Multi-Family
          Properties ("Multi-Family Owning Partnerships") under the
          installment method.  Under the installment method the gross
          profit was determined at the time of sale.  The revenue recorded
          in any given year would equal the cash collections multiplied by
          the gross profit percentage.  At the time of the sale, the
          Company deferred all future income to be recognized on each of
          these transactions.  Losses on these properties are recognized
          immediately upon sale.  Syndications relating to Multi-Family
          Owning Partnerships account for 86% of the Company's deferred
          income.

           .   Interest Income.  The Company has notes receivable with
          respect to Purchase Notes arising from the post-1986 Syndication
          of senior living communities ("Senior Living Notes").  Such
          Senior Living Notes have stated interest rates ranging from 11%
          to 13.875% per annum and are due in installments over five years
          from the date the Investing Partnership acquired its interest in
          the Senior Living Owning Partnership.  Each Senior Living Note
          represents senior indebtedness of the related Investing
          Partnership and is collateralized by the Investing Partnership's
          interest in the Senior Living Owning Partnership that owns the
          related senior living community.  These properties generally are
          encumbered by mortgages.  The mortgages generally bear interest
          at rates ranging from 7.27% to 10.50% per annum.  The mortgages
          generally are collateralized by a mortgage lien on the related
          senior living communities. Principal and interest payments on
          each Senior Living Note also are collateralized by the investor
          notes payable to the Investing Partnership to which the limited
          partners are admitted. The Company also recognizes interest
          income relating to interest earned on cash and government
          securities. 

               The Company also has notes receivable with respect to
          Purchase Notes ("Multi-Family Notes") arising from the pre-1986
          Syndication of multi-family properties (the "Multi-Family
          Properties").  Such Multi-Family Notes generally have maturity
          dates ranging from ten to fifteen years from the date the
          partnership interests were sold.  Eighty-four of the 157 Multi-
          Family Notes have reached their final maturity dates and, due to
          the inability, in view of the current cash flows of the Multi-
          Family Properties, to maximize the value of the underlying
          property at such maturity dates, either through a sale or
          refinancing, these final maturity dates have been extended by the


                                         27

<PAGE>

          Company.  The underlying Multi-Family Properties relating to two
          extended Multi-Family Notes were refinanced and the underlying
          properties relating to eight previously extended Multi-Family
          Notes were sold as of January 31, 1999.  During the period such
          notes are extended, the Company will continue to receive the cash
          flow and sale or refinancing proceeds, if any, generated by the
          underlying properties.  The Company expects that it may need to
          extend maturities of other Multi-Family Notes.  The notes
          represent senior indebtedness of the related Investing
          Partnership and typically are collateralized by a 99% partnership
          interest in the Multi-Family Owning Partnership that owns the
          related Multi-Family Property.  These properties are encumbered
          by mortgages, which generally bear interest at rates ranging from
          7% to 12% per annum.  The mortgages are typically collateralized
          by a mortgage lien on the related Multi-Family Property. 
          Interest payments on each Multi-Family Note also are
          collateralized by the related investor notes.

           .   Property Management Fees.  Property management fees earned
          for services provided to related parties are recognized as
          revenue when related services have been performed.

           .   Equity in Earnings from Partnerships.  The Company accounts
          for its interests in limited partnerships under the equity method
          of accounting.  Under this method the Company records its share
          of income and loss of the entity based upon its general
          partnership interest. Fifty percent interests in four of the
          Development Communities owned by the Company on January 31, 1999,
          have subsequently been sold to a third party pursuant to joint
          venture arrangements. The Company intends to enter into similar
          joint venture arrangements regarding the other Development
          Communities developed pursuant to its Development Plan. As of
          January 31, 1999, all of the Company's Development Communities
          were wholly-owned and consolidated into its consolidated
          financial statements. To the extent that the Company enters into
          such joint venture arrangements, such Development Communities
          will no longer be so consolidated. Instead, the Company's
          investment in such Development Communities will be reflected
          under the equity basis of accounting. 

           .   Senior Living Revenues. Senior living revenues represent the
          income earned from consolidated or leased Development
          Communities. 


          RESULTS OF OPERATION

           .   Revenues - Overview

               Total revenues for the year ended January 31, 1999 ("Fiscal
          1998") were $91.7 million as compared to $74.3 million for the
          year ended January 31, 1997 ("Fiscal 1997"), representing an
          increase of $17.4 million or 23.4%.  Total revenues for Fiscal
          1997 were $74.3 million compared to $65.0 million for the year
          ending January 31, 1997 ("Fiscal 1996"), representing an increase
          of $9.3 million or 14.3%. 

           .   Syndication Communities

               Revenues from this segment are derived from sales of general
          partnership interests in Owning Partnerships to Investing
          Partnerships, recognition of deferred income with respect to such
          sales of general partnership interests, interest on Purchase
          Notes received by the Company from such Investing Partnerships as
          part of the purchase price paid for such general partnership
          interests, property management fees received by the Company and
          the Company's share of income and loss of the entities based upon
          its retained general partnership interest.  

                                                     JANUARY 31,
                                            -----------------------------
                                             1997       1998       1999
                                             ----       ----       ----

           Sales . . . . . . . . . . . .    $36,021    $38,135    $31,616


                                        28
<PAGE>

                                                     JANUARY 31,
                                            -----------------------------

           Syndication fee income  . . .      7,690      7,923      7,283
           Deferred income earned  . . .      4,093      6,140      2,913
           Interest income . . . . . . .      7,054      4,768      4,204
           Property management fees from
              related parties  . . . . .      2,093      3,684      3,219
           Equity in earnings from              423        541        685
              partnerships . . . . . . .     ------     ------     ------
                                             57,374     61,191     49,920
           Total revenues  . . . . . . .     ======     ======     ======
           Cost of sales . . . . . . . .     34,019     33,635     31,019
           Selling . . . . . . . . . . .      6,634      6,945      5,656
           Interest expense  . . . . . .      3,493      4,945      4,152

           General and administrative  .      6,877      6,951      5,656
           Officers' compensation  . . .      1,059        989        653
                                                319        363        490
           Depreciation and amortization     ------     ------     ------
                                             52,401     53,828     47,626
           Total costs and expenses  . .     ------     ------     ------
                                            $ 4,973    $ 7,363    $ 2,294
           Net income  . . . . . . . . .     ======     ======     ======

               Sales for Fiscal 1998 were $31.6 million as compared to
          $38.1 million for Fiscal 1997, representing a decrease of  $6.5
          million, or 17.1%.  The decrease was attributable to the sale of
          fewer partnership units in Fiscal 1998 as compared to Fiscal
          1997.  Sales for Fiscal 1997 was $38.1 million as compared to
          $36.0 million in Fiscal 1996, representing an increase of $2.1
          million, or 5.8%.  The increase was attributable to the sale of a
          greater number of partnership units in Fiscal 1997 as compared to
          Fiscal 1996.

               The primary factors that affect the number of partnership
          units available for sale are ( i) the availability of senior
          living communities for Syndications, (ii) the terms of the
          Syndications and (iii) the initial cash flow of the senior living
          communities being Syndicated.  More favorable Syndication terms
          along with a greater initial cash flow of the Syndicated
          Communities will yield a greater number of units available to be
          sold.  Syndication terms become more favorable for the Company if
          there is an increase in the ratio of (a) the purchase price paid
          to the Company by the Investing Partnership for its interest in
          the Operating Partnership, to (b) the initial cash flow of the
          Syndicated Community.  The Syndications completed in Fiscal 1998
          had less favorable terms, as offset by greater initial cash flows
          of the Syndicated Communities, than the Syndications completed in
          Fiscal 1997.  The Syndications completed in Fiscal 1997 had more
          favorable terms, as offset by slightly less initial cash flows of
          the Syndicated Communities than the Syndications completed in
          Fiscal 1996. 

               Syndication fee income for Fiscal 1998 was $7.3 million as
          compared to $7.9 million for Fiscal 1997, representing a decrease
          of $600,000 or 7.6%.  The decrease was attributable to less
          commissions and professional fees paid on a lower sales volume in
          Fiscal 1998 as compared to Fiscal 1997. Syndication fee income
          for Fiscal 1997 did not materially change as compared to Fiscal
          1996.

               Deferred income earned in Fiscal 1998 was $2.9 million as
          compared to $6.1 million in Fiscal 1997, representing a decrease
          of  $3.2 million, or 52.5%.  The decrease is attributable to the
          cash flows generated by Syndicated Communities during Fiscal 1998
          exceeding  the estimates used to establish deferred income
          liabilities in Fiscal 1998 to a lesser degree than such cash
          flows exceeded estimates in Fiscal 1997. Deferred income earned
          for Fiscal 1997 was $6.1 million as compared to $4.1 million for
          Fiscal 1996, representing an increase of $2.0 million or 48.8%. 
          The increase is attributable to the cash flows generated by
          Syndicated Communities during Fiscal 1997 exceeding the estimates
          used to establish deferred income liabilities in Fiscal 1997 to a
          greater degree than such cash flow exceeded estimates in Fiscal
          1996. 

                                       29

<PAGE>

               Interest income for Fiscal 1998 was $4.2 million as compared
          to $4.8 million in Fiscal 1997, representing a decrease of
          $600,000, or 12.5%.  The decrease is attributable to less
          interest recognized on Senior Living Notes in Fiscal 1998 as
          compared to Fiscal 1997 due to (i) sale of fewer partnership
          units and (ii) an increase in percentage of prepayments received
          from the purchasers of limited partnership units. Interest income
          for Fiscal 1997 was $4.8 million as compared to $7.1 million for
          Fiscal 1996, representing a decrease of $2.3 million or 32.4%. 
          The decrease is attributable to (i) the accelerated receipt of
          interest payments on Senior Living Notes in Fiscal 1996 due to
          the receipt of proceeds from the refinancing of a number of
          Syndicated Communities (which includes the initial mortgage
          financing of certain Syndicated Communities that had been
          previously acquired without a mortgage) in March 1996, which
          reduced interest payments that otherwise would have been received
          in Fiscal 1997, and (ii) a reduction of interest income due to
          the refinancings of certain Syndicated Communities which resulted
          in the prepayment of mortgages which were previously assets of
          the Company.  

               Property management fees from related parties for Fiscal
          1998 was $3.2 million as compared $3.7 million in Fiscal 1997,
          representing a decrease of $500,000, or 13.5%.  The decrease was
          attributable to the cash flows from the Syndicated Communities
          exceeding the cash flow necessary to pay the specified rate of
          return to the limited partners to a lesser extent in Fiscal 1998
          as compared to Fiscal 1997. Property management fees from related
          parties for Fiscal 1997 was $3.7 million as compared to $2.1
          million for Fiscal 1996, representing an increase of $1.6 million
          or 76.2%.  The increase is primarily attributable to the cash
          flows from the Syndicated Communities exceeding cash flow
          necessary to pay the specified rate of return to the limited
          partners in Fiscal 1997 to a greater extent than in Fiscal 1996. 

               Cost of sales (which includes (i) the cash portion of the
          purchase price for Syndicated Communities plus related
          transaction costs and expenses, (ii) any payments with respect to
          Management Contract Obligations other than payments relating to
          previously established deferred income liabilities and (iii) any
          increases in deferred income liabilities established in the
          relevant periods) for Fiscal 1998 was $31.0 million as compared
          to $33.6 million for Fiscal 1997, representing a decrease of $2.6
          million, or 7.7%. The decrease is attributable to a reduction in
          the aggregate cash portion of the purchase price plus related
          transaction costs and expenses paid for the Syndicated
          Communities due to more favorable terms for the acquisition of
          the Syndicated Communities (in view of the relationship between
          the cumulative initial cash flows generated by the properties and
          the cumulative purchase prices paid for such properties) as
          partially offset by increased funding of Management Contract
          Obligations in Fiscal 1998 as compared to Fiscal 1997. Cost of
          sales for Fiscal 1997 did not materially change as compared to
          Fiscal 1996.  Cost of Sales and selling expenses (as described
          below) as a percentage of sales and syndication fee income was
          94.3% in Fiscal 1998 as compared to 88.1% in Fiscal 1997. The
          increase is attributable to sales and syndication fee income
          decreasing more than the decrease  in cost of sales and selling
          expenses. Cost of sales and selling expenses as a percentage of
          sales and syndication fee income was 88.1% in Fiscal 1997 as
          compared to 93.0% in Fiscal 1996. The decrease is attributable to
          sales and syndication fee income increasing and cost of sales and
          selling expenses decreasing.

                Several factors, including the decline of the real estate
          market in the late 1980's and early 1990's, which resulted in a
          number of distressed property sales and limited competition from
          other prospective purchasers, allowed the Company to acquire
          existing senior living communities at such time on relatively
          favorable terms. Mortgage financing, however, was generally
          either not available or available only on relatively unattractive
          terms during this period, which made acquisitions more difficult
          because they either required large outlays of cash or the use of
          mortgage financing on relatively unfavorable terms. Several
          factors have contributed towards a trend to less favorable terms
          for acquisitions of senior living communities, including a
          recovery in the market for senior living communities and
          increased competition from other prospective purchasers of senior
          living communities. Although the Company acquired senior living
          communities on more favorable terms in Fiscal 1998 as compared to
          Fiscal 1997, the Company acquired senior living communities on
          less favorable terms in Fiscal 1997 as compared to Fiscal 1996
          and the Company believes that the general trend towards less
          favorable acquisition terms experienced in the years immediately
          prior to Fiscal 1998 will continue in the future. In recent
          years, however, the Company has been able to obtain mortgage
          financing for a greater percentage of the purchase price and with

                                        30
<PAGE>

          more favorable terms (i.e., lower interest rates and longer
          amortization periods) than in previous years. This factor,
          combined with an overall reduction of interest rates, has
          partially offset the factors that have led to more unfavorable
          acquisition terms. A significant change in these or other factors
          (including, in particular, a significant rise in interest rates)
          could prevent the Company from acquiring and Syndicating senior
          living communities on terms favorable enough to offset the start-
          up losses of the Development Communities as well as the Company's
          debt service obligations, Management Contract Obligations and
          overhead expenses.

               Selling expenses for Fiscal 1998 was $5.7 million as
          compared to $6.9 million for Fiscal 1997, representing a decrease
          of $1.2 million, or 17.3%. The decrease is attributable to lower
          commissions paid on a lower sales volume for Syndications
          completed in Fiscal 1998 as compared to Fiscal 1997. Selling
          expenses for Fiscal 1997 did not materially change as compared to
          Fiscal 1996.  

           .   Multi-Family Properties

               Revenues from this segment are comprised of sales of the
          underlying Syndicated Multi-Family Properties or controlling
          interests therein,  interest income on the Multi-Family Notes and
          recognition of deferred income from such Syndications, which
          income is being recognized on the installment method. 


                                                    JANUARY 31,
                                            ---------------------------
                                             1997      1998        1999
                                             ----      ----        ----
           Sales . . . . . . . . . . . .  $    --  $     --     $26,394
           Deferred income earned  . . .      944     1,114         788
           Interest income . . . . . . .    6,719     7,283       7,317
           Other Income  . . . . . . . .      --      4,683          --
                                            -----    ------      ------
           Total Revenues  . . . . . . .    7,663    13,080      34,499
                                            =====    ======      ======
           Cost of Sales . . . . . . . .       --        --      22,528
           Selling . . . . . . . . . . .      542       657         679
           Interest expense  . . . . . .   12,752    13,778      14,887
           General and administrative  .      919     1,486       3,908
           Officers compensation . . . .      141       211         452
           Loss on impairment of notes
             and receivables . . . . . .   18,442        --          --

           Depreciation and amortization    2,947     2,770       3,591
                                           ------    ------      ------
           Total costs and expenses  . .   35,743    18,902      46,045
                                           ------    ------      ------
           Net loss  . . . . . . . . . . $(28,080)  $(5,822)   $(11,546)
                                           ======    ======      ======

               In Fiscal 1998, one Multi-Family Property and controlling
          interests in eight Multi-Family Owning Partnerships were sold to
          third parties, resulting in the Company recognizing sales
          proceeds of $26.4 million. The costs associated with these sales
          were $22.5 million. The Company succeeded to these interests by
          acquiring the collateral securing the related Multi-Family Note
          upon such Notes becoming due without being paid and concurrently
          selling such collateral to third parties. A significant portion
          of the sales proceeds were generated from the sales to a single
          unrelated third party. There were no such sales in Fiscal 1997 or
          Fiscal 1996. 

               Interest income in Fiscal 1998 did not change as compared to
          Fiscal 1997.  Interest income in Fiscal 1997 was $7.3 million as
          compared to $6.7 million in Fiscal 1996, representing an increase
          of  $600,000, or 8.9%.  The increase is primarily attributable to 
          increased interest payments received as a result of the receipt
          of excess proceeds from the refinancing of the mortgage debt on
          four Multi-Family Properties in Fiscal 1997 as compared to the
          interest payment received as a result of excess proceeds received
          as a result of a mortgage debt restructuring on one Multi-Family
          Property in Fiscal 1996.

                                         31
<PAGE>


               The Company realized non-cash other income of $4.7 million
          in Fiscal 1997 as compared to no other income in Fiscal 1998 or
          Fiscal 1996. Two Protected Partnerships (as defined below)
          successfully emerged from their bankruptcy proceedings in Fiscal
          1997 by paying off their mortgages at a discount with the
          proceeds of new mortgage financings, resulting in these
          properties having current, fully performing mortgages. This
          allowed the Company to recognize other income of $3.1 million.
          Approximately $1.0 million of this non-cash income resulted from
          the reduction of certain previously established reserves
          associated with the Company's notes and receivables. The
          remaining $600,000 of this income resulted from the write-off of
          liabilities which are no longer required.

               The Company realized a non-cash loss on impairment of notes
          and receivables of $18.4 million in Fiscal 1996 as compared to no
          such loss for Fiscal 1998 or Fiscal 1997. This loss is based upon
          a reduction in the recorded value, net of deferred income and
          reserves, of the Multi-Family Notes and the "Other Partnership
          Receivables" relating to the Protected Partnerships, as defined
          below. As a result of the transfers by the Principal Stockholders
          and one of their affiliates of additional assets to the Investing
          Partnerships which  issued such Multi-Family Notes, the Company
          recorded a contribution to capital of $21.3 million in Fiscal
          1996. 

               In Fiscal 1996, nine Multi-Family Owning Partnerships, which
          were in default on their mortgages, filed petitions seeking
          protection from foreclosure under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
          Bankruptcy Code.  In addition, one Multi-Family Owning
          Partnership surrendered its property pursuant to an uncontested
          foreclosure sale of such property (this Multi-Family Owning
          Partnership, along with the nine Multi-Family Owning Partnerships
          that filed bankruptcy petitions, are referred to herein as the
          "Protected Partnerships").  Seven of the Chapter 11 petitions
          resulted in the respective Protected Partnerships losing their
          properties through foreclosure or voluntary conveyances of their
          properties.  The remaining two Protected Partnerships
          successfully emerged from their bankruptcy proceedings by paying
          off their mortgages at a discount with the proceeds of new
          mortgage financings, resulting in these properties having
          current, fully performing mortgages. Fourteen Multi-Family Owning
          Partnerships are currently in default on their mortgages.  HUD
          has recently taken steps to foreclose on four of the defaulted
          mortgages, but the relevant Multi-Family Owning Partnerships are
          negotiating with HUD to obtain workout agreements or mortgage
          restructurings to cure those defaults.  It is possible that the
          fourteen Multi-Family Owning Partnerships currently in default on
          their mortgages will also file Chapter 11 Petitions or lose their
          properties through foreclosure.  In addition, there can be no
          assurance that other Multi-Family Owning Partnerships will not
          default on their mortgages, file Chapter 11 Petitions, and/or
          lose their properties through foreclosure.  As of January 31,
          1999, the recorded value, net of deferred income, of the Multi-
          Family Notes and the related advances held by the Company
          relating to these fourteen Multi-Family Owning Partnerships was
          $29.7 million.  The Company has established reserves of $10.1
          million to address the possibility that these Multi-Family Notes
          and related advances may not be collected in full.  One of these
          fourteen remaining Multi-Family Owning Partnerships whose
          mortgage is in default has had its application to refinance its
          mortgage loan accepted and believes that the refinancing will
          close. Other Multi-Family Owning Partnerships intend to cure
          their mortgage defaults by refinancing their mortgages in the
          future, although there can be no assurance that this will be the
          case . The Company neither owns nor manages the Multi-Family
          Properties, nor is it the general partner of any Multi-Family
          Owning Partnerships but rather merely holds the related Multi-
          Family Notes and other receivables relating to Multi-Family
          Properties as receivables.  The Company, therefore, has no
          liability in connection with these mortgage defaults or
          bankruptcy proceedings. Furthermore, it should be noted that in
          Fiscal 1998 and previous years, six Multi-Family Owning
          Partnerships whose mortgages had been in default cured these
          defaults by refinancing their mortgage debt with new mortgages
          and now have fully performing mortgages.  

                                       32
<PAGE>


           .   DEVELOPMENT COMMUNITIES

                                                     JANUARY 31,
                                             --------------------------
                                             1997        1996      1999
                                             ----        ----      ----
           Senior living revenues  . . .      $--         $--    $5,093
           Other income  . . . . . . . .       --          --     1,350
           Interest income . . . . . . .       --          --       828
                                             ----       -----    ------
           Total revenues  . . . . . . .       --          --     7,271
                                             ====       =====   =======
           Senior living operating
             expenses  . . . . . . . . .       --          --     6,098
           Interest expense  . . . . . .      149         686     3,027
           General and administrative  .       --          --       824
           Write off of registration
             costs . . . . . . . . . . .       --       3,107        --
           Officers compensation . . . .       --          --        95
           Depreciation and amortization       65         207       951
                                             ----       -----    ------
           Total costs and expenses  . .      214       4,000    10,995
                                             ----       -----    ------
           Net loss  . . . . . . . . . .    $(214)    $(4,000)  $(3,724)
                                             ====       =====    ======


               Pursuant to the Company's Development Plan, seven
          Development Communities were placed in service during Fiscal
          1998. The Company recognized senior living revenues and operating
          expenses of $5.1 million and $6.1 million, respectively.  None of
          the Development Communities had been completed in Fiscal 1997 or
          Fiscal 1996. 

               Other income was $1.4 million in Fiscal 1998. In Fiscal
          1998,  the Company earned developer's fees in connection with the
          four Development Communities which are owned by a third party and
          which the Company operates pursuant to long-term leases. There
          was no other income in Fiscal 1997 or Fiscal 1996.  

               Interest income of $800,000 for Fiscal 1998 represents
          interest earned on the Company's net proceeds from its initial
          public offering, which proceeds are being used primarily for the
          Company's Development Plan.  There was no interest income in
          Fiscal 1996 or Fiscal 1997. 

               The Company expensed approximately $3.1 million of costs
          relating to a proposed initial public offering of equity
          securities in Fiscal 1997.  Such costs were incurred prior to
          April 30, 1997.  

          Expenses-Overview

               The following expenses were allocated to each segment for
          reporting purposes based upon gross revenues or gross assets
          based upon the particular expense. The Company, however, does not
          view these expenses as segment related but rather on a Company
          wide basis.

               General and administrative expenses for Fiscal 1998 was
          $10.4 million as compared to $8.4 million for Fiscal 1997,
          representing an increase of $2.0 million or 23.8%. The increase
          is primarily attributable to increases in salary costs,
          professional fees and other office costs in arranging for the
          acquisition of the Company's portfolio of Syndicated Communities,
          in managing the Company's portfolio of Syndicated Communities and
          in developing and managing the Company's portfolio of Development
          Communities which portfolios, in the aggregate, were larger in
          Fiscal 1998 than in Fiscal 1997. General and administrative
          expenses were $8.4 million in Fiscal 1997 as compared to $7.8
          million for Fiscal 1996, representing an increase of $600,000 or
          7.6%. The increase is attributable to increases in professional
          fees, salary costs and other office expenses in managing and

                                      33
<PAGE>

          arranging for the acquisition of the Company's portfolio of
          Syndicated Communities which increased in Fiscal 1997, as
          partially offset by the capitalization of expenses relating to
          the implementation of the Company's Development Plan.

               Interest expenses was $22.1 million in Fiscal 1998 as
          compared to $19.4 million in Fiscal 1997, representing an
          increase of $2.7 million or 13.9% The increase is primarily
          attributable to (i) the increase in principal amount of debt and
          the interest rates related to such debt in Fiscal 1998 as
          compared to Fiscal 1997, and (ii) interest on construction loans
          payable on the three Development Communities placed in service in
          Fiscal 1998 (which the Company owned directly as of January 31,
          1999, but which the Company now owns pursuant to joint venture
          arrangements) which construction loan interest was capitalized in
          Fiscal 1997 as these communities were under construction in
          Fiscal 1997.  Interest expense for Fiscal 1997 was $19.4 million
          as compared to $16.4 million in Fiscal 1996, representing an
          increase of $3.0 million or $18.2%. The increase is attributable
          to an increase in principal amount of debt and an increase in
          interest rates for such debt during Fiscal 1997 as compared to
          Fiscal 1996, as partially offset by the elimination of certain of
          the Company's mortgage debt due to the refinancing of three
          Syndicated Communities in Fiscal 1996. Interest expense includes
          interest on debentures ("Debenture Debt") which are secured by
          Multi-Family Notes (the "Purchase Note Collateral"). During
          Fiscal 1998 and Fiscal 1997, the Debenture Debt had an average
          interest rate of 11.8% and 12.05%, respectively. Interest expense
          with respect to such debt for Fiscal 1998 and Fiscal 1997 was
          $8.0 million and $8.4 million, respectively. During Fiscal 1997
          and Fiscal 1996, the Debenture Debt had an average interest rate
          of 12.05%. Interest expense with respect to such debt for Fiscal
          1997 and Fiscal 1996 was $8.4 million and $9.2 million,
          respectively. In structuring the Debenture Debt, the cash flow
          generated by the Purchase Note Collateral was not expected to
          fully fund the amount necessary to pay interest on the Debenture
          Debt. During Fiscal 1996 through Fiscal 1999, the cash flow
          generated by the Purchase Note Collateral was less than the
          amount required to pay interest on the Debenture Debt. 

               Depreciation and amortization consists of (i) amortization
          of deferred loan costs incurred in connection with debt
          issuances, (ii) amortization of leasehold costs incurred in
          connection with four Development Communities which the Company
          operates pursuant to long-term leases, and (iii) depreciation of
          building, furniture and equipment of three Development
          Communities the Company owned directly at January 31, 1999 but
          which the Company now owns pursuant to joint venture
          arrangements. Depreciation and amortization was $5.0 million in
          Fiscal 1998 as compared to $3.3 million in Fiscal 1997,
          representing an increase of $1.7 million or 51.5%. The increase
          is attributable to (i) the increase in amortization of deferred
          loan costs due to additional Debenture Debt and unsecured debt
          incurred by the Company, (ii) the amortization of leasehold costs
          associated with the four Development Communities operated by the
          Company pursuant to long-term leases, and (iii) the depreciation
          of buildings, furniture and equipment associated with the three
          Development Communities owned directly by the Company as of
          January 31, 1999, but which the Company now owns pursuant to
          joint venture arrangements, which communities were not completed
          in Fiscal 1997. Depreciation and amortization for Fiscal 1997 did
          not change as compared to Fiscal 1996.  

          LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

               The Company historically has financed operations through
          cash flow generated by operations, Syndications and borrowings
          consisting of Investor Note Debt, Unsecured Debt, Mortgage Debt
          and Debenture Debt.  Now that the Company has completed
          development of seven Development Communities, the ownership
          and/or operation of these communities is an additional source of
          cash flow.  The Company's principal liquidity requirements are
          for payment of operating expenses, costs associated with
          development of  Development Communities, debt service
          obligations, and Management Contract Obligations.

               Cash flow used by operating activities for Fiscal 1998 was
          $9.1 million and were comprised of ( i ) net loss of $13.0
          million, plus (i) adjustments for non-cash items of $1.3 million
          plus (iii) the net change in operating assets and liabilities of
          $2.6 million.  The adjustments for non-cash items is comprised of
          depreciation and amortization of $5.0 million  offset by deferred
          income earned of $3.7 million.  Cash flows used by operating

                                       34
<PAGE>

          activities for Fiscal 1997 were $11.3 million and were comprised
          of (i) net loss of $2.5 million less (ii) adjustments for non-
          cash items of $5.0 million less (iii) the net change in operating
          assets and liabilities of $3.8 million.  The adjustments for non-
          cash items is comprised of depreciation and amortization of $3.3
          million, plus write-off of registration costs of $3.1 million,
          offset by deferred income earned of $7.3 million, the reduction
          of impairment reserves on notes and receivables of $1.0 million
          and non-cash other income of $3.1 million. Cash flows provided by
          operating activities for Fiscal 1996 were $2.5 million and were
          comprised of: (i) net loss of $23.3 million plus (ii) adjustments
          for non-cash items of $16.7 million plus (iii) the net change in
          operating assets and liabilities of $9.1 million.  The
          adjustments for non-cash items is comprised of depreciation and
          amortization of $3.3 million and loss on impairment of
          receivables of $18.4 million less deferred income earned of $5.0
          million. 

               Net cash used by investing activities for fiscal 1998 of
          $22.0 million was comprised of an increase of building, furniture
          and equipment of $10.8 million, an increase in the cost of the
          Development Communities the Company is constructing of $10.2
          million and the increase in investments in general partner
          interests  in Syndicated Communities of  $1.0 million. Net cash
          used by investing activities for Fiscal 1997 of $20.4 million was
          comprised of the increase in the cost of Development Communities
          the Company is currently constructing of $19.5 million and the
          increase in investments in general partner interests in
          Syndicated Communities of $900,000.  Net cash used by investing
          activities for Fiscal 1996 of $7.2 million was comprised of the
          increase in the cost of the Development Communities the Company
          is currently constructing of $6.7 million and the increase in
          investments and general partner interests in Syndicated
          Communities for the period offset by a decrease in investments
          due to the receipt of distributions of refinancing proceeds by
          the Company based upon its general partner interests in
          Syndicated Communities. 

               Net cash provided by financing activities for Fiscal 1998 of
          $41.9 million was comprised of (i) proceeds from the issuance of
          new debt of $49.2 million less debt repayments of $41.3 million,
          plus (ii) the proceeds from construction mortgage financing of
          $12.7 million less (iii) payments of notes payable of $1.5
          million, plus (iv) the proceeds of notes payable of $300,000 plus
          (v) the decrease in other assets of $200,000 plus ( vi) the net
          proceeds of the initial public offering of $22.3 million. Net
          cash provided by financing activities for Fiscal 1997 of $29.5
          million was comprised of (i) proceeds from the issuance of new
          debt of $63.4 million less debt repayments of $44.2 million plus
          (ii) proceeds from construction mortgage financing of $19.8
          million less (iii) payments of notes payable of $400,000 plus
          (iv) increase in notes payable of $4.5 million less (v) the
          increase in other assets of $13.6 million.  Net cash used by
          financing activities for Fiscal 1996 of $900,000 was comprised
          of: (i) proceeds from the issuance of new debt of $57.8 million
          less debt repayments of $55.3 million plus (ii) proceeds from
          construction mortgage financing of $2.8 million less (iii)
          payments of notes payable of $200,000 less (iv) distributions
          paid of $800,000 and less (v) the increase in other assets of
          $3.4 million due to the capitalization of costs relating to the
          development and construction of new properties and the issuance
          of new debt offset by the amortization of loan costs primarily in
          connection with Debenture Debt. 

               At  January 31, 1999, the Company had total indebtedness,
          excluding accrued interest and construction mortgage indebtedness
          on the Development Communities of $168.8 million, consisting of
          $69.8 million of Debenture Debt, $72.5 million of Unsecured Debt,
          $5.0 million of Mortgage Debt and $21.5 million of Investor Note
          Debt, and the Company had cash and cash equivalents at January
          31, 1999 of $22.8 million.

               Of the principal amount of total indebtedness at January 31,
          1999 described above, $29.4 million becomes due in the fiscal
          year ending January 31, 2000; $35.3 million becomes due in the
          fiscal year ending January 31, 2001; $38.3 million becomes due in
          the fiscal year ending January 31, 2002; $22.1 million becomes
          due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 2003; $10.1 million
          becomes due in the fiscal year ending January 31, 2004, and the
          balance of $33.6 million becomes due thereafter.  Of the amount
          maturing in the fiscal year ending January 31, 2000, $1.9 million
          is Investor Note Debt which the Company expects to repay through
          the collection of investor notes.  The balance, approximately
          $27.5 million, includes $7.9 million of Debenture Debt and $19.6
          million of Unsecured Debt. The Company expects to repay (i) a
          portion of this debt with  funds generated by the Company's
          business operations, and (ii) the balance of the indebtedness
          through the issuance of new debt. 



                                        35

<PAGE>

               During the fiscal years ended January 31, 1998 and January
          31, 1999, respectively, first mortgage loans were obtained to
          finance approximately 80% of the cost of developing six
          Development Communities. The interest rate on four of the loans
          equals the 30-day LIBOR plus 2 3/4% per annum. The fifth loan
          bears interest at the lender's prime rate plus 1.5% per annum.
          The sixth loan bears interest at the lender's prime rate for the
          first fifteen months and then converts to LIBOR plus 2 3/4% per
          annum for the following twenty-four months. These loans mature
          between November, 1999 and February, 2001.  As of January 31,
          1998 and January 31, 1999, respectively, total funding under such
          first mortgage loans amounted to $13.3 million and $26.0 million,
          respectively. As a result of the Company entering into joint
          venture arrangements regarding four of the Development
          Communities, the Company will not reflect such mortgages on its
          consolidated financial statements in future periods. The Company
          intends to pursue similar joint venture arrangements regarding
          the additional Development Communities to be developed. The
          Company intends to increase its construction loans payable as it
          pursues its Development Plan.

               Pursuant to the Company's Development Plan, two limited
          partnerships, in each of which the Company holds a 1% general
          partnership interest, have issued limited partnership interests
          for aggregate capital contributions of $9.3 million, the net
          proceeds of which have been used to make second mortgage loans to
          the Company to fund approximately 20% of the cost of developing
          three Development Communities. Such second mortgage loans were
          entered  into in 1996 and bear interest at the rate of 13.125%.
          These second mortgage loans mature between November 2001 and
          March 2002. The Company intends to repay these second mortgage
          loans from a portion of the proceeds from three of the four joint
          venture arrangements which the Company  recently entered into
          regarding four Development Communities.

               The Company's debt obligations contain various covenants and
          default provisions, including provisions relating to, in some
          obligations, certain Partnerships, Owning Partnerships or
          affiliates of the Company.  The Company has experienced
          fluctuations in its net worth over the last several years. At
          January 31, 1996, the Company had a net worth of $34.8 million,
          at January 31, 1997, the Company had a net worth of $32.0
          million, at January 31, 1998, the Company has a net worth of
          $26.4 million, and at January 31, 1999, the Company had a net
          worth of $35.7 million.  Pursuant to one Obligation, the Company
          is required to maintain a net worth of no less than $35.3
          million.  Certain obligations of the Company contain covenants
          requiring the Company to maintain maximum ratios of the Company's
          liabilities to its net worth.  As of January 31, 1998, the most
          the most restrictive covenant requires that the Company maintain
          a ratio of "loans and accrued interest payable" to consolidated
          net worth of no more than 7 to 1. As of January 31, 1999, the
          most restrictive covenant requires that the Company maintain a
          ratio of liabilities to consolidated net worth of no more than 10
          to 1.  At January 31, 1998 and January 31, 1999, the Company's
          respective ratios were 6.1 to 1 and 8.2 to 1. In addition,
          certain obligations of the Company provide that an event of
          default will arise upon the occurrence of a material adverse
          change in the financial condition of the Company or upon a
          default in other obligations of the Company.

               The Company has utilized mortgage financing and Syndications
          to arrange for the acquisitions of the Syndicated Communities
          which it operates. It intends to continue this practice for
          future acquisitions of Syndicated Communities. The limited
          partnership agreements of the Investing Partnerships provide that
          the limited partners are entitled to receive for a period not to
          exceed five-years specified distributions equal to 11% to 12% per
          annum of their then paid-in scheduled capital contributions. 
          Pursuant to the management contracts with the Owning
          Partnerships, for such five-year period, the Company has
          Management Contract Obligations.  During Fiscal 1997 and 1998,
          the Syndicated Communities with respect to which the Company had
          such Management Contract Obligations distributed to the Company,
          after payment of all operating expenses and debt service, an
          aggregate of $11.0 million and $9.6 million, respectively, for
          application to the Company's Management Contract Obligations. 
          During such periods, the Company's Management Contract
          Obligations exceeded such distributions by an aggregate of  $6.4
          million and $9.3 million, respectively. The $6.4 million the
          Company paid in respect to Management Contract Obligations for
          Fiscal 1997 was attributable to (i) operating expenses (including
          maintenance and repair costs) increasing at a greater rate than
          historically, as partially offset by increases in rental
          revenues, (ii) the decrease in the average occupancy of the
          Company's portfolio of Syndicated Communities, and (iii) 
          difficulties the Company experienced in renting apartment units

                                       36

<PAGE>

          relating to one Syndicated Community which had been converted
          from a multi-family property (which community is currently 82%
          occupied by senior living residents) and one underperforming
          Syndicated Community. The $9.3 million of funding that was
          required in respect to Management Contract Obligations in Fiscal
          1998 was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in the
          scheduled capital contributions by the limited partners on which
          the Company is required to pay the specified rate of return, (ii)
          a decrease in the average occupancy of certain Syndicated
          Communities in the Company's portfolio, and (iii) an increase in
          operating expenses of the same Syndicated Communities. 

               The refinancings of a number of Syndicated Communities in
          Fiscal 1996 resulted in over $43 million being returned to
          limited partners, which reduced the amount of capital upon which
          the Company is obligated to make payments in respect of the
          Management Contract Obligations.  The amount paid by the Company
          with respect to its Management Contract Obligations for Fiscal
          1996 was partially offset by an increase in interest income
          received by the Company for Fiscal 1996, which was also the
          result of the refinancings.  While the refinancings increased the
          Company's funding of Management Contract Obligations in the short
          term, the long term effect will be a reduction of the Company's
          Management Contract Obligations relating to the refinanced
          Syndicated Communities.  The capital that was returned to the
          limited partners (which causes the reduction in the Company's
          Management Contract Obligations) was applied first to the later
          years in which their capital contributions are due and then to
          the earlier years.  The refinancings, therefore, reduce the
          Company's Management Contract Obligations more in Fiscal 1999 and
          subsequent years than in Fiscal  1996 through 1998. The aggregate
          gross amount (before considering the cash flow from the
          properties) of Management Contract Obligations relating solely to
          returns to limited partners based on existing management
          contracts is $19.8 million for Fiscal 1999, which will increase
          to $19.9 million in Fiscal 2000, and decrease to $15.8 million in
          Fiscal 2001, decrease to $8.0 million in Fiscal 2002 and decrease
          to $2.0 million in Fiscal 2003.  Such amounts of Management
          Contract Obligations are calculated based upon all remaining
          scheduled capital contributions with respect to fiscal years 1999
          through 2003.  Actual amounts of Management Contract Obligations
          in respect of such contracts will vary based upon the timing and
          amount of such capital contributions. Furthermore, such amounts
          of Management Contract Obligations are calculated without regard
          to Management Contract Obligations relating to future
          Syndications.

               The aggregate amount of the Company's Management Contract
          Obligations will depend upon a number of factors, including,
          among others, the expiration of such obligations for certain
          partnerships, the cash flow generated by the Syndicated
          Communities and the terms of future Syndications.  The Company
          anticipates that for at least two years the Management Contract
          Obligations with respect to existing and future  Syndications
          will exceed the cash flow generated by the related Syndicated
          Communities, which will result in the need to utilize funds
          generated by the Company from sources other than the operations
          of the Syndicated Communities to make Management Contract
          Obligations payments. In general, the payment of expenses arising
          from obligations of the Company, including Management Contract
          Obligations, have priority over earnings that might otherwise be
          available for distribution to shareholders. The Company intends
          to structure future Syndications to minimize the likelihood that
          it will be required to utilize the cash it generates to pay
          Management Contract Obligations, but there can be no assurance
          that this will be the case.

               The initial five-year term of the management contracts and
          the related Management Contract Obligations have expired for 13
          Owning Partnerships and their seventeen related Investing
          Partnerships. Although the Company has no obligation to fund
          operating shortfalls after the five-year term of the management
          contracts, as of January 31, 1999, the Company had advanced an
          aggregate of approximately  $2.2 million to seven of these Owning
          Partnerships to fund operating shortfalls.   All such advances
          are recorded as "Other Partnership Receivables" on the Company's
          Consolidated Balance Sheet.  Although the Company does not intend
          to do so in the future, from time to time, the Company has also
          made discretionary payments to Owning Partnerships beyond the
          Management Contract Obligations period for the purpose of making
          distributions to limited partners.


                                        37

<PAGE>

               In the past, limited partners have been allowed to prepay
          capital contributions.  The percentage of the prepayments
          received upon the closings of the sales of limited partnership
          interests in Investing Partnerships averaged 65.7% in Fiscal
          1996, 78.8% in Fiscal 1997 and 75.4% for Fiscal 1998. 
          Prepayments of capital contributions do not result in the
          prepayment of the related Purchase Notes held by the Company. 
          Instead, such amounts are loaned to the Company by the Investing
          Partnership.  As a result of such loans and the crediting
          provisions of the related purchase agreements, the Company
          records the Purchase Notes net of such loans.  Therefore, these
          prepayments act to reduce the recorded value of the Company's
          note receivables and reduce interest income received by the
          Company.  Pursuant to the terms of the Syndication offerings, the
          Company has the option not to accept future prepayments by
          limited partners of capital contributions.  The Company has not
          determined to what extent it will continue to accept prepayments
          by limited partners of capital contributions.

               As of January 31, 1999, the Company holds 157 Purchase Notes
          ("Multi-Family Notes") which are secured by controlling interests
          in Multi-Family Owning Partnerships which own 118 multi-family
          properties that were Syndicated by the Company prior to 1986 (the
          "Multi-Family Properties").  Although it has no obligation to do
          so, the Company has also made advances to various Multi-Family
          Owning Partnerships to support the operation of their properties,
          which advances are included in the "Other Partnership
          Receivables" recorded on the Company's Consolidated Balance
          Sheet.  The Multi-Family Notes and the Other Partnership
          Receivables entitle the Company to receive all cash flow and sale
          or refinancing proceeds generated by the respective Multi-Family
          Property until the Multi-Family Note and Other Partnership
          Receivables  are satisfied. As of January 31, 1999, the recorded
          value, net of deferred income, of Multi-Family Notes was $100.8
          million.  All but approximately $3.4 million of the $63.3 million
          of Other Partnership Receivables recorded on the Company's
          Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 31, 1999 relate to
          advances to Multi-Family Owning Partnerships.

               Fourteen of the Multi-Family Owning Partnerships are in
          default on their respective mortgages.  The Company neither owns
          nor manages these properties, nor is it the general partner of
          any Multi-Family Owning Partnerships, but rather, merely holds
          the related Multi-Family Notes and related advances as
          receivables.  The Company, therefore, has no liability in
          connection with these mortgage defaults.  In that these mortgages
          were insured by the United States Department of Housing and Urban
          Development ("HUD"), HUD became the holder of these mortgages
          after they went into default.  In the past, HUD has instituted
          initiatives to deal with its portfolio of defaulted mortgages,
          such as selling such mortgages at auction.  Although HUD has
          discontinued this auction program, these auctions resulted in one
          of the fourteen defaulted mortgages being sold to a third party,
          subject to an existing workout agreement.  The remaining thirteen
          defaulted mortgages are held by HUD, with workout agreements in
          place regarding three of them with terms of from one to nine
          years.  HUD's policies regarding the granting of workout
          agreements have become more restrictive in recent years and there
          can be no assurance that HUD will renew these workout agreements
          or restructure the related mortgage debt when these workout
          agreements expire.  Similarly, there can be no assurance that the
          related Multi-Family Owning Partnerships can obtain workout
          agreements or restructure the related mortgage debt for the ten
          defaulted mortgages without workout agreements currently in
          place.  HUD has recently taken steps to foreclose on four of the
          defaulted mortgages without workouts. Notwithstanding these
          steps, the relevant Multi-Family Owning Partnerships are
          negotiating with HUD to obtain workout agreements or mortgage
          restructurings (which are now possible pursuant to new HUD
          policies) to cure the defaults.  In view of the foregoing, it is
          possible that the fourteen Multi-Family Owning Partnerships which
          are in default of their mortgages will file bankruptcy petitions
          or take similar actions seeking protection from the creditors
          and/or lose their properties through foreclosure. As of January
          31, 1999, the recorded value, net of deferred income, of the
          Multi-Family Notes and the related advances held by the Company
          relating to these fourteen Multi-Family Owning Partnerships was
          $29.7 million.  The Company has established reserves of $10.1
          million to address the possibility that these Multi-Family Notes
          and related advances may not be collected in full.  One of these
          fourteen remaining Multi-Family Owning Partnerships whose
          mortgage is in default has had its application to refinance its
          mortgage loan accepted and believes that the refinancing will
          close. Other Multi-Family Owning Partnerships intend to cure
          their mortgage defaults by refinancing their mortgages in the
          future, although there can be no assurance that this will be the
          case. Furthermore, in Fiscal 1998 and previous years, six Multi-
          Family Owning Partnerships whose mortgages had been in default

                                       38

<PAGE>
          cured those defaults by refinancing their mortgages with new
          mortgage financings and now have fully performing mortgages.

                The Multi-Family Properties were typically built or
          acquired with the assistance of programs administered by HUD that
          provide mortgage insurance, favorable financing terms and/or
          rental assistance payments to the owners.  As a condition to the
          receipt of assistance under these and other HUD programs, the
          properties must comply with various HUD requirements, including
          limiting rents on these properties to amounts approved by HUD. 
          Most of the rental assistance payment contracts relating to the
          Multi-Family Properties will expire over the next few years. In
          view of the foregoing, there can be no assurance that other
          Multi-Family Owning Partnerships will not default on their
          mortgages, file bankruptcy petitions, and/or lose their
          properties through foreclosure.  The Company neither owns nor
          manages these properties, nor is it the general partner of any
          Multi-Family Owning Partnerships, but rather, holds the Multi-
          Family Notes and related advances as receivables.  Any such
          future mortgage defaults could, and any such future filings of
          bankruptcy petitions or the loss of any such property through
          foreclosure would, cause the Company to realize a non-cash loss
          equal to the recorded value of the applicable Multi-Family Note
          plus any related advances, net of any deferred income recorded
          and any reserves for such Multi-Family Note and advances
          previously established by the Company, which would reduce such
          loss.  In addition, the Company could be required to realize such
          a non-cash loss even in the absence of mortgage defaults,
          bankruptcy petitions or the loss of any such property through
          foreclosure if such note is considered impaired.  Such impairment
          would be measured under applicable accounting rules.  Such
          losses, if any, while non-cash in nature, could adversely affect
          the Company's business, operating results and financial
          condition.

               HUD has introduced various initiatives to restructure its
          housing subsidy programs by increasing reliance on prevailing
          market rents, and by reducing spending on future rental
          assistance payment contracts by, among other things, not renewing
          expiring contracts and by restructuring mortgage debt on those
          properties where a decline in rental revenues is anticipated. 
          Due to uncertainty regarding the final policies that will result
          from these initiatives and numerous other factors that affect
          each property, which can change over time (including the local
          real estate market, the provisions of the mortgage debt
          encumbering the property, prevailing interest rates and the
          general state of the economy), the Company cannot determine
          whether these initiatives will have an impact on the Multi-Family
          Properties and, if there is an impact, whether the impact will be
          positive or negative.

               Certain of the Multi-Family Owning Partnerships intend to
          take advantage of the new HUD initiatives and/or improving market
          conditions to (i) either refinance their HUD-insured mortgages
          with conventional mortgage financing or restructure their HUD-
          insured mortgage debt, or (ii) sell their Multi-Family
          Properties.  In some cases, the Multi-Family Owning Partnerships
          will make certain improvements to the properties and may not
          renew rental assistance contracts as part of a strategy to
          reposition those Multi-Family Properties as market-rate, non-
          subsidized properties.  Seventeen of such Multi-Family Owning
          Partnerships have refinanced their HUD-insured mortgages with
          conventional mortgage financing and a number of others have
          applications for commitments pending.  To the extent that any of
          these Multi-Family Owning Partnerships complete such actions, the
          Company believes that the ability of the Investing Partnerships
          relating to the Multi-Family Properties (the "Multi-Family
          Investing Partnerships") to make payments to the Company on their
          respective Multi-Family Notes will be enhanced and accelerated. 
          In Fiscal 1998, the Company received $2.6 million of excess
          refinancing proceeds as holder of the related Multi-Family Notes
          and expects to receive excess refinancing proceeds from the
          refinancing of other Multi-Family Properties in Fiscal 1999.
          However, there can be no assurance that these additional Multi-
          Family Owning Partnerships will be able to refinance their
          mortgages or will be able to successfully reposition any of the
          Multi-Family Properties.

               In addition, one Multi-Family Property and controlling
          interests in eight Multi-Family Owning Partnerships were sold to
          third parties in Fiscal 1998. The Company succeeded to these
          controlling interests by acquiring the collateral securing the
          related Multi-Family Notes upon such Notes becoming due without
          being paid and concurrently selling such collateral to third
          parties.  The Company recognized $26.4 million in sale proceeds
          as a result of these sales in Fiscal 1998.  A significant portion
          of sales proceeds were generated from the sales to a single

                                        39

<PAGE>

          unrelated third party. Due to the fact that Contracts of Sale
          have been entered into regarding one additional Multi-Family
          Property, letters of intent have been executed for the sale of
          two additional Multi-Family Properties, and other Multi-Family
          Owning Partnerships are currently negotiating the terms of offers
          to purchase their properties, the Company expects to receive
          additional sale proceeds from such transactions which occur in
          Fiscal 1999. There can be no assurance, however, that additional
          sale transactions will actually close.

               The future growth of the Company will be based upon the
          continued acquisition and Syndication of existing senior living
          communities and the construction of Development Communities,
          which the Company presently does not intend to Syndicate.  The
          Company anticipates that it will acquire between six and twelve
          existing senior living communities over the next two years.  It
          is anticipated that acquisitions of existing senior living
          communities will be arranged by utilizing a combination of
          mortgage financing and Syndications. The Company holds contracts
          to acquire senior living communities in Las Vegas, Nevada,
          Radcliff, Kentucky and Denver, Colorado respectively. The Company
          regularly obtains acquisition mortgage financing from two
          different commercial mortgage lenders and, in view of its ready
          access to such mortgage financing, has not sought any specific
          commitments or letters of intent with regard to future,
          unidentified acquisitions. Similarly, the Company believes that
          it has sufficient ability to arrange for acquisitions of existing
          senior living communities in part by Syndications.

               In a typical Syndication, limited partners agree to pay
          their capital contributions over a five-year period, and deliver
          notes representing the portion of their capital contribution that
          has not been paid in cash.   The Company borrows against the
          notes delivered by limited partners to generate cash when needed,
          including to pursue its Development Plan and to repay debt.

               The Company anticipates that the proceeds of the Company's
          initial public offering, funds generated by its business
          operations and construction mortgage financing will provide
          sufficient funds to pursue its Development Plan (as described
          above) for at least 6 months at the projected rate of
          development.  The Company will use the proceeds of (i)
          anticipated joint venture arrangements of  Development
          Communities, (ii) refinancings or sale-leasebacks of stabilized
          Development Communities at higher principal amounts than the
          original construction financing, (iii) additional long-term
          leases or similar forms of financing which require the investment
          of little or no capital on the part of the Company, and/or (iv)
          may use funds raised through the issuance of securities, to
          continue with its Development Plan for more than the next 6
          months at its projected rate of development. There can be no
          assurance that funds generated by these potential sources will be
          available or sufficient to complete the Company's Development
          Plan.  In addition, there are a number of circumstances beyond
          the Company's control and which the Company cannot predict that
          may result in the Company's financial resources being inadequate
          to meet its needs.  A lack of available funds may require the
          Company to delay, scale back or eliminate some of the Development
          Communities that are currently contemplated in its Development
          Plan.  

               The first new Development Communities developed pursuant to
          the Company's Development Plan are in Texas.  The Company has
          completed construction with mortgage financing on three
          Development Communities in Texas. The Company has commenced
          construction with mortgage financing on four Development
          Communities in Texas. The Company  has options to acquire sites
          in Knoxville, Tennessee and Jackson, Tennessee, and is actively
          negotiating to obtain control of additional sites in the
          Southeast and Midwest. The Company is negotiating with several 
          lenders to obtain financing to develop these sites. The Company
          has entered into joint venture arrangements with a third party
          pursuant to which it has sold 50% interests in four Development
          Communities located in Texas.  The Company intends to enter into
          similar joint venture arrangements with regard to future
          Development Communities it develops with mortgage financing. 

               The Company has, and may in the future, utilize long-term
          lease financing arrangements to develop and operate new
          Development Communities.  The Company has obtained financing of
          $37.7 million from Capstone for 100% of the development cost of
          four Development Communities that are being operated by the
          Company pursuant to long-term leases with Capstone.

                                       40

<PAGE>

               The Company is actively engaged in negotiations with other
          mortgage and long-term lease lenders to provide additional
          construction financing.  The Company anticipates that most of the
          construction mortgage loans it obtains to finance the development
          and lease-up costs of new Development Communities will contain
          terms where the lender will fund at least 80% of such costs,
          requiring the Company to contribute approximately 20% of such
          costs.

               STOCK BUYBACK

               On March 22, 1999, the Board of Directors authorized the
          Company to purchase up to 300,000 shares of the Company's common
          stock.  As of April 30, 1999, the Company had purchased 25,600
          shares at an average price of $6.796 per share.

               Other than as described herein, management is not aware of
          any other trends, events, commitments or uncertainties that will,
          or are likely to, materially impact the Company's liquidity.

               YEAR 2000 UPDATE

               Year 2000 Overview - The Year 2000 issue is the result of
          many computer systems and non-information technology systems
          which rely upon embedded computer technology using only the last
          two digits to refer to a year and therefore being unable to
          distinguish between the years 1900 and 2000.  If not corrected,
          many computer applications that are date sensitive could fail or
          create erroneous results.   As part of the process of upgrading
          its internal computer hardware and software and in anticipation
          of the Year 2000 issue, the Company began to audit, inventory,
          modify and replace its mission critical software and hardware
          (including personal computers, spread sheets, and word
          processing) in its Fort Lee, New Jersey and Boca Raton, Florida
          corporate offices in 1997 ("Year 2000 Project").  During 1998,
          the Company's Year 2000 Project was extended to include software
          and hardware located at the Syndicated Communities and the
          Development Communities, "embedded technology" (such as
          telephones, fax machines, copiers and postage machines), property
          and corporate facilities (such as security/fire systems,
          emergency call systems, elevators, and HVAC systems) and business
          relationships with governmental agencies, utilities and material
          third party vendors, and service providers.

               The Company has separate computer hardware and software
          systems at each of its Fort Lee, New Jersey and Boca Raton,
          Florida offices.  Each office has an intra-office network.  None
          of the Syndicated Communities or Development Communities are part
          of a computer network.  The Company is using a multi-step
          approach in conducting its Year 2000 Project.  These steps are:
          inventory, assessment, remediation and testing, and contingency
          planning.  The first step, an inventory of all systems and
          devices with potential year 2000 problems has been completed. 
          The next step, an assessment of such inventory to determine the
          state of year 2000 readiness for material systems and devices has
          also been completed for the Company's two offices and it has been
          completed at the majority of the Syndicated Communities and
          Development Communities.  A majority of the remediation and
          testing of the Company's software and hardware has already been
          completed and full completion is anticipated to occur by July 31,
          1999.  To date, the Company has updated or replaced  the
          following financial and accounting systems with Year 2000
          compliant systems:  accounting servers and related hardware,
          accounts payable systems, accounts receivable systems, general
          ledgers, cash management programs and payroll systems.  In
          addition, the Company has updated its construction server and 
          data base as well as the network software located in the
          Company's two offices and replaced substantially all of the desk-
          top personal computers located therein.

               However, even if the Company is successful in becoming year
          2000 compliant, the Company remains at risk from year 2000
          failures caused by key third parties.  The Company has therefore
          initiated efforts with key third parties to assess and wherever
          possible remediate Year 2000 issues.  In most cases, the Company
          will be relying upon statements from such entities as to the Year
          2000 readiness of their systems and will not attempt any
          independent verification.  To date, the Company has not received
          sufficient information from such entities to complete its

                                        41

<PAGE>

          assessment of their year 2000 compliance.  In addition, the
          Company cannot predict the outcome of other companies'
          remediation efforts.

               Year 2000 Costs - The total cost associated with the Year
          2000 Project to become Year 2000 compliant is not expected to be
          material to the Company's financial position.   The Company
          currently plans to complete the Year 2000 Project by July 31,
          1999.   The cost of the Company's total Year 2000 Project is
          based on presently available information.  The Company does not
          separately track the internal costs incurred for the Year 2000
          Project.  Such costs are principally the related payroll costs
          for its information systems group.  The total remaining cost of
          the year 2000 Project is estimated at approximately $50,000. 
          Substantially all of this $50,000 is related to the cost to 
          replace  software and computers.  To date, the Company incurred
          approximately $25,000 related to the Year 2000 Project. 
          Substantially all of this $25,000 is related to the cost to
          replace software and computers.  The costs of the project and the
          date on which the Company plans to complete the Year 2000
          modifications are based on management's best estimates, which
          were derived utilizing numerous assumptions of future events
          including the continued availability of certain resources, third
          parties' Year 2000 preparedness and other factors.

               Risks - The failure to correct a material Year 2000 problem
          could result in an interruption in, or a failure of, certain
          normal business activities or operations.  The Company believes
          that all material Year 2000 problems which are within its control
          will be corrected by July 31, 1999 and therefore such problems
          are not anticipated to have a material adverse affect on the
          Company's financial position and results of operations.  Even if
          the Company successfully remediates its year 2000 issues, it can
          be materially and adversely affected by failures of third parties
          to remediate their own Year 2000 issues.  The Company believes
          that the most reasonably likely worst case scenario is the loss
          of utility service (telecommunications and power) at the
          Company's corporate offices, and all or some of the senior living
          communities it operates. Based upon procedures which are
          currently in place and the contingency plans which are being
          prepared and anticipated to be put in place, such a scenario is
          not expected to have a material adverse affect on the Company's
          financial position and results of operations.

               Contingency Plans - Contingency plans are anticipated to be
          prepared so that the Company's critical business processes can be
          expected to continue to function on January 1, 2000 and beyond. 
          Such plans are anticipated to be developed by July 31, 1999.  These
          plans will attempt to mitigate both internal risks as well as 
          potential risks due to business relationships with third parties.  

               NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

               In June of 1998, the FASB issued Statement No. 133,
          "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." 
          This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for
          derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments
          embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities.  It is
          effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after
          June 15, 1999. The Company's use of derivative instruments has
          consisted of  treasury bill locks related to two specific
          mortgage debt financings. While the Company has not completed its
          analysis of Statement No. 133 and has not made a decision
          regarding the timing of adoption, it does not believe that
          adoption will have a material effect on its financial position
          and results of operations based on its current use of derivative
          instruments.


                                        42

<PAGE>

          ITEM 7A.  QUANTATIVE AND QUALITIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET
          RISK.

          Interest Rate Risk

               The Company is subject to market risk from fluctuations in
          interest rates related to its borrowing activities.  The majority
          of the Company's debt is fixed rate debt.  For fixed rate
          debt, changes in interest rates do not affect the Company's
          earnings or cash flow.  Since the Company does not have an
          obligation to prepay fixed rate debt until maturity, interest
          rate risk should not have a material affect on the fixed rate
          debt until the Company is required to refinance such debt.  The
          table below details the principal cash repayments and the related
          weighted average interest rates of the Company's fixed rate and
          variable rate debt based upon expected maturity dates and
          principal balances as of the first day of each fiscal year.  The 
          weighted average interest rate for the variable rate debt is based 
          on the interest rates in effect at January 31, 1999.

                  
                                              Principal Amounts by
                                             Expected Maturity Dates
                                     1999        2000        2001       2002
                                     ----        ----        ----       ----
      Long-Term Variable Rate Debt      16.2        19.8         6.1        4.2
          (millions)
      Weighted Average Interest
        Rate                           9.24%       9.58%       9.97%      9.97%

      Long-Term Fixed Rate
        Debt (millions)                 27.5       29.9         35.3       21.2
      Weighted Average Interest
        Rate                          12.51%      12.38%      12.38%      12.32%
                                        43.8        49.7        41.4        25.4
                                  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========

   
   
                                                Principal Amounts by
                                               Expected Maturity Dates
                                             2003     Thereafter        Total
                                             ----     ----------        -----
      Long-Term Fixed Rate Debt                 1.1             0          47.5
      Weighted Average Interest Rate          10.06

      Long-Term Variable Rate Debt              9.0          33.7         156.6
      Weighted Average Interest Rate         12.03%        11.78%
                                               10.1          33.7         204.1
                                         ==========    ==========   ===========
      

               The Company's long term fixed rate debt was issued in
          private placements at par and no public or secondary market
          exists for such debt.  In the Company's estimation, the fair
          value of its debt is to equal the outstanding principal amount
          of such debt.

               Except as described in this paragraph, the Company does not
          hedge its interest rate risk.  As of January 31, 1999, the
          Company has entered into a treasury bill lock under the terms of
          one of the first mortgage loans incurred as part of the
          Development Plan.  The treasury bill lock was intended to reduce
          the impact of interest rate risk on the ability of the Company to
          refinance the relevant mortgage loan.  As of such date, the
          notional amount of such financial instrument was $8,475,000 and
          its market value as calculated by the counterparty to the
          transaction was ($330,000).  The maturity date of such financial
          instrument is February 15, 2012.  The Company does not enter into
          financial instruments transactions for trading purposes.

                                        43
          <PAGE >


          ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA


                      INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                      ----------

                                                                          PAGE

          Independent Auditors' Reports                                  45, 46

          Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 1998
          and 1999                                                           47

          Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years
          Ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999                              48

          Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders'
          Equity for the Years Ended January 31, 1997, 1998
          and 1999                                                           49

          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years
          Ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999                              50

          Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                         51


                                         44

<PAGE>


          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


          To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
          Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc.
          Boca Raton, Florida

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
          Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31,
          1999 and the related consolidated statements of operations,
          stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year then ended.
          These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of
          the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
          opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
          audit.

          We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted
          auditing standards.  Those standards require that we plan and
          perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
          the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An
          audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
          the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
          audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
          significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
          the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that
          our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to
          above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
          position of Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
          January 31, 1999, and the results of their operations and their
          cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally
          accepted accounting principles.

          /s/ BDO Seidman, LLP

          BDO Seidman, LLP
          New York, New York
          April 16, 1999

                                         45

<PAGE>


          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


          To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
          Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc.
          Boca Raton, Florida

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
          Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31,
          1998 and the related consolidated statements of operations,
          stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the two years in
          the period ended January 31, 1998. These consolidated financial
          statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. 
          Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
          financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted
          auditing standards.  Those standards require that we plan and
          perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
          the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An
          audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
          the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
          audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
          significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
          the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that
          our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to
          above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
          position of Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
          January 31, 1998, and the results of their operations and their
          cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended January
          31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
          principles.



     

          /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
          New York, New York
          April 27, 1998

                                        46

<PAGE>



         GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
          (In Thousands, except per share data)
          ----------------------------------------------------------------

                                                          JANUARY 31,
                                                       ---------------
                                                      1998        1999
                                                      ----        ----
           ASSETS
           Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . .    $11,964    $22,784
           Notes and receivables - net . . . . .    231,140    227,104
           Investments in partnerships . . . . .      3,924      4,945
           Construction in progress  . . . . . .     26,241     11,617
           Property, buildings and equipment -    
             net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         --     35,294
           Other assets - net  . . . . . . . . .     22,530     17,570
                                                    -------    -------
           Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . .   $295,799   $319,314
                                                    =======    =======
           LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
           Loans and accrued interest payable  .   $161,850   $169,781
           Construction and mortgage loans           22,595     35,286
             payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
           Notes and commissions payable . . . .      5,299      4,158
           Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . .      3,531      5,767
           Deferred income . . . . . . . . . . .     76,112     68,596
                                                    -------    -------
           Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . .    269,387    283,588
                                                    -------    -------
           Commitments and contingencies . . . .
           Stockholders' equity  . . . . . . . .
           Preferred Stock, $.001 par value -     
             authorized, 15,000 shares; none
             issued and outstanding  . . . . . .         --         --
           Common Stock, $.01 par value -             
             authorized, 40,000 shares; issued
             and outstanding, 15,000 and 17,800
             shares, respectively  . . . . . . .        150        178
           Paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . .     51,189     73,451
           Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . .    (24,927)   (37,903)
                                                    -------     ------
           TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  . . . . .     26,412     35,726
                                                    -------    -------
           Total liabilities and stockholders'     $295,799   $319,314
             equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    =======    =======


          See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                        47

<PAGE>
      

         GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
          (In Thousands, except per share data)
          ----------------------------------------------------------------

                                               YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                            ----------------------------
                                            1997         1998       1999
                                            ----         ----       ----
           Revenues:
                Sales  . . . . . . .       $36,021    $38,135    $58,010
                Syndication fee 
                  income . . . . . .         7,690      7,923      7,283
                Deferred income
                  earned . . . . . .         5,037      7,254      3,701
                Interest income  . .        13,773     12,051     12,349
                Property management
                  fees from related
                  parties  . . . . .         2,093      3,684      3,219
                Equity in earnings
                  from partnerships            423        541        685
                Senior living
                  revenues . . . . .            --         --      5,093
                Other income . . . .            --      4,683      1,350
                                             -----     ------     ------

                                            65,037     74,271     91,690
                                            ------     ------     ------
          Cost and Expenses:
                Cost of sales  . . .        34,019     33,635     53,547
                Selling  . . . . . .         7,176      7,602      6,335
                Interest . . . . . .        16,394     19,409     22,066
                General and
                  administrative . .         7,796      8,437     10,388
                Loss on impairment of
                  notes and
                  receivables  . . .        18,442         --         --
                Write-off of
                  registration costs            --      3,107           
                Officers'compensation        1,200      1,200      1,200
                Senior living
                  operating expenses.           --         --      6,098
                Depreciation and            
                  amortization . . .         3,331      3,340      5,032
                                            ------     ------    -------
                                            88,358     76,730    104,666
                                            ------     ------    -------
           Net loss  . . . . . . . .      $(23,321)   $(2,459)  $(12,976)
                                            ======    =======    =======
           Loss per common share           $(1.55)     $(0.16)    $(0.74)
                (basic and diluted)         ======    =======    ======= 
           Weighted average                 15,000     15,000     17,455
                common shares used .        ======    =======    =======

          See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       48

<PAGE>
      
         GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
          YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999
          (In Thousands)

          ----------------------------------------------------------------


                                        COMMON       COMMON
                                         STOCK       STOCK      PAID-IN-
                                       (SHARES)    (DOLLARS)     CAPITAL
                                        ------      -------      -------

           Stockholders' equity          15,000        $150     $34,635
                January 31, 1996 . .
           Net loss  . . . . . . . .                             (1,647)
           Capital contribution  . .                             21,333

           Distributions . . . . . .
                                         ------      ------      ------
           Stockholders' equity
                January 31, 1997 . .     15,000         150      54,321
           Net loss  . . . . . . . .
           Distributions . . . . . .                             (3,132)
                                         ------      ------      ------
           Stockholder's equity
                January 31, 1998 . .     15,000         150      51,189
           Net loss  . . . . . . . .
           Sale of 2,800 shares, net
                of expenses of            2,800          28      22,262
                $4,310 . . . . . . .     ------      ------      ------
           Stockholders' equity          17,800        $178     $73,451
                January 31, 1999 . .     ======      ======      ======


                                                     

                                           ACCUMULATED
                                             DEFICIT         TOTAL
                                             -------         -----

           Stockholders' equity                  $ --        $34,785
                January 31, 1996 . . .
           Net loss  . . . . . . . . .        (21,674)       (23,321)
           Capital contribution  . . .                        21,333
           Distributions . . . . . . .           (794)          (794)
                                               ------         ------
           Stockholders' equity
                January 31, 1997 . . .        (22,468)        32,003

           Net loss  . . . . . . . . .         (2,459)        (2,459)
           Distributions . . . . . . .                        (3,132)
                                               ------         ------
           Stockholder's equity
                January 31, 1998 . . .        (24,927)        26,412
           Net loss  . . . . . . . . .        (12,976)       (12,976)
           Sale of 2,800 shares, net                          22,290
                of expenses of $4,310          ------         ------
           Stockholders' equity              $(37,903)       $35,726
                January 31, 1999 . . .         ======        =======


                                       
          See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                     49
<PAGE>


     GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
     (In Thousands)
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                      YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                      -----------------------
                                                      1997     1998      1999
                                                      ----     ----      ----
     Cash flows provided (used) from operating
          activities:
          Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $(23,321) $(2,459)  $(12,976)
                                                    ------   ------     ------
          Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
               net cash provided by (used)
               operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization  . . . .     3,331    3,340      5,032
          Loss on impairment of notes and
               receivables . . . . . . . . . . .    18,442       --         --
          Reduction to allowance for
               uncollectible notes receivable  .        --   (1,023)        --
          Deferred income earned . . . . . . . .    (5,037)  (7,254)    (3,701)
          Write-off of registration costs  . . .        --    3,107         --
          Other income (non-cash)  . . . . . . .        --   (3,132)        --
          Adjustment for changes in assets and
               liabilities:
          Accrued interest on notes and
               receivables                             715   (3,611)    (1,780)
          Notes and receivables  . . . . . . . .     3,981   (4,107)     5,816
          Commissions payable  . . . . . . . . .       211     (503)        62
          Other liabilities  . . . . . . . . . .       375     (862)     2,236
          Deferred income  . . . . . . . . . . .     3,766    5,195     (3,815)
                                                    ------   ------     ------
                                                    25,784   (8,850)     3,850
                                                    ------   ------     ------
          Net cash provided (used) by operating  
               activities  . . . . . . . . . . .     2,463  (11,309)    (9,126)
                                                    ------   ------     ------
     Cash flows used by investing activities:
          Increase in investments  . . . . . . .      (449)    (868)    (1,021)
          Property, buildings and equipment  . .        --       --    (10,803)
          Increase in construction in progress      (6,742) (19,499)   (10,170)
                                                    ------   ------     ------
          Net cash used by investing                
               activities  . . . . . . . . . . .    (7,191) (20,367)   (21,994)
                                                    ------   ------     ------
     Cash flows from financing activities:
          Payments on loans payable  . . . . . .   (55,340) (44,178)   (41,290)
          Proceeds from loans payable  . . . . .    57,874   63,400     49,221
          Proceeds from construction and
               mortgage loans payable  . . . . .     2,750   19,845     12,691
          Increase in other assets . . . . . . .    (3,433) (13,624)       231
          Payments of notes payable  . . . . . .      (179)    (434)    (1,521)
          Proceeds from notes payable  . . . . .        --    4,520        318
          Net proceeds from initial public
               offering                                 --       --     22,290
          Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . .      (794)      --         --
                                                    ------   ------     ------
          Net cash provided by financing          
               activities  . . . . . . . . . . .       878   29,529     41,940
                                                    ------   ------     ------
     Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
       equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (3,850)  (2,147)    10,820
     Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of      
       period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    17,961   14,111     11,964
                                                    ------   ------     ------
     Cash and cash equivalents, end of period  .   $14,111  $11,964    $22,784
                                                    ======   ======    =======
     Supplemental information:
          Interest paid  . . . . . . . . . . . .   $16,739  $19,396     21,482
                                                    ======   ======    =======
          Non cash capital contribution  . . . .   $21,333  $    --    $    --
                                                    ======   ======    =======

     See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                        50

<PAGE>


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
       
                                       51

<PAGE>

          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997, 1998, AND 1999
          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
          ----------------------------------------------------------------


          1.   ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

          Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") was
          formed pursuant to the merger of various Sub-chapter S
          corporations which were wholly-owned by certain principal
          stockholders of the Company (the "Principal Stockholders") and
          the transfer of certain assets by and assumption of certain
          liabilities of (i) a partnership that was wholly-owned by the
          Principal Stockholders and (ii) the Principal Stockholders
          individually.  In exchange for the transfer of such stock, assets
          and liabilities, the Principal Stockholders received shares of
          the Company's common stock.  These transactions are collectively
          called the "reorganization".  All of the assets and liabilities
          were transferred at historical cost.  The reorganization was
          effective as of April 1, 1996 and accordingly, accumulated
          deficit represents results of operations subsequent to that date. 
          Prior to the reorganization, the various Sub-chapter S
          corporations and the partnership, which were wholly-owned by the
          Principal Stockholders, were historically reported on a combined
          basis.

          The Company (i) filed a Restated Certificate of Incorporation on
          March 13, 1997 that provides for, among other things, the
          authorization of 40,000 shares of Common Stock and 15,000 shares
          of Preferred Stock, (ii) on March 13, 1997 effected an
          approximate 1,626.19-for-1 stock split of the issued and
          outstanding Common Stock (all shares have been restated for prior
          periods) and (iii) adopted a Stock Option Plan reserving for
          issuance up to 2,500 shares of Common Stock pursuant to stock
          options and other stock awards.  (See Footnote 15).

          LINES OF BUSINESS - The Company, a fully integrated provider of
          senior living accommodations and services, acquires, develops and
          manages senior living communities in 15 states in the Sun Belt
          and the Midwest.  The Company's revenues have been and are
          expected to continue to be primarily derived from sales of
          partnership interests ("Syndications") in partnerships it
          organizes to acquire existing senior living communities
          ("Syndicated Communities").  As a result of the Company's
          Syndication activities, limited partnerships ("Senior Living
          Investing Partnerships") are formed whereby the Company retains a
          1% to 1.5% general partnership interest.  Investing Partnerships
          generally own a 98.5% to 99% interest in partnerships that own
          senior living communities ("Senior Owning Partnerships").  The
          Company also arranges for the mortgage financing of the
          Syndicated Communities and is involved in the development and
          management of senior living communities.  The Company has
          established a development program (the "Development Plan")
          pursuant to which it (i) is building new senior living
          communities ("Development Communities") of which seven are
          complete and in their initial lease up phase (individually a
          "Development Community and cumulatively the "Development
          Communities") and (ii) has commenced construction on three
          additional Development Communities all of which are in Texas. The
          Company owns the completed Development Communities or operates
          them pursuant to long-term leases. Another source of income is
          interest income on notes receivable.

          2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - The Company considers cash and cash
          equivalents to include cash on hand, demand deposits and highly
          liquid investments with maturities of three months or less.

          REVENUE RECOGNITION - Revenue from Syndications is recognized
          under the full accrual method of accounting when the profit on
          the transaction is determinable, that is, the collectibility of
          the sales price is reasonably assured and the earnings process is
          virtually complete.  The profit recognized has been reduced by
          the estimated maximum reasonably possible exposure to loss. 
          Revenue from Syndications includes any syndication fees earned by
          the Company.  The Company determines the collectibility of the
          sales price by evidence supporting the buyers' substantial

                                        52

<PAGE>
          initial and continuing investment in the Syndicated Communities
          as well as other factors such as age, location and cash flow of
          the underlying property. In addition, three of the Syndications
          have involved the construction of additional apartment units and
          common space at the acquired Syndicated Communities. The Owning
          Partnerships hire independent third party contractors to do the
          construction pursuant to maximum price contracts. The new
          construction generates additional risks, such as increased costs
          due to change orders, which the Company believes are not
          material. 

               The Company has deferred income on sales to Investing
          Partnerships of interests in Owning Partnerships.  The Company
          has arranged for the private placement of limited partnership
          interests in Investing Partnerships.  Offerings of interests in
          Investing Partnerships which were formed to acquire controlling
          interests in Owning Partnerships which own senior living
          properties ("Senior Living Owning Partnerships") provide that the
          limited partners are entitled to receive for a period not to
          exceed five years distributions equal to between 11% and 12% of
          their then paid-in scheduled capital contributions.  Pursuant to
          management contracts with the Senior Living Owning Partnerships,
          for such five-year period, the Company is required to pay to the
          Senior Living Owning Partnerships, amounts sufficient to fund (i)
          any operating cash deficiencies of such senior living Owning
          Partnership and (ii) any part of such 11% and 12% return not paid
          from cash flow from the related property (which the Senior Living
          Owning Partnerships distribute to the Investing Partnerships for
          distribution to limited partners) (collectively, "Management
          Contract Obligations").  The amount of deferred income for each
          property is calculated in a multi-step process.  First, based on
          the property's cash flow in the previous fiscal year, the
          probable cash flow for the property for the current fiscal year
          is determined and that amount is initially assumed to be constant
          for each remaining year of the Management Contract Obligations
          period (the "Initial Cash Flow").  The Initial Cash Flow is then
          compared to the Management Contract Obligations for the property
          for each remaining year of the five-year period.  If the Initial
          Cash Flow exceeds the Management Contract Obligations for any
          fiscal year, the excess Initial Cash Flow is added to the assumed
          Initial Cash Flow for the following fiscal year and this adjusted
          Initial Cash Flow is then compared to the Management Contract
          Obligations for said following fiscal year.  If the Initial Cash
          Flow is less than the Management Contract Obligations for any
          fiscal year, a deferred income liability is created in an amount
          equal to such shortfall and no adjustment is made to the Initial
          Cash Flow for the following year.  Such deferred income liability
          represents the estimated maximum reasonably possible exposure to
          loss as discussed above.  As this process is performed for each
          property on a quarterly basis, changes in a property's actual
          cash flow will result in changes to the assumed Initial Cash Flow
          utilized in this process and will result in increases or
          decreases to the deferred income liability for an individual
          property. Any increase in deferred income liabilities increases
          the cost of sales relating to the sale.  The payment of the
          Management Contract Obligations, however, will generally not
          result in the recognition of expense unless the property's actual
          cash flow for the year is less than the expected Initial Cash
          Flow for that year, as adjusted, and as a result thereof, the
          amount paid by the Company in respect of the Management Contract
          Obligations is greater than the amount assumed in establishing
          the deferred income liability.  Such expense amounted to $2,500,
          $5,900 and $8,300 for the years ended January 31, 1997, 1998,
          1999, respectively, and such expense is included as a component
          of cost of sales.  Although the Company does not intend to do so
          in the future, from time to time, the Company has made
          discretionary payments to Owning Partnerships beyond the
          Management Contract Obligations period for the purpose of making
          distributions to limited partners.  If, however, the property's
          actual cash flow is greater than the Initial Cash Flow for the
          year, as adjusted, the Company's earnings will be enhanced by the
          recognition of deferred income earned and, to the extent cash
          flow exceeds Management Contract Obligations, incentive
          management fees.  The Company recognized such incentive
          management fees in the amount of $1,200, $2,800 and $2,200 for
          the years ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 respectively.

               The Company accounted for the sales of interests in Owning
          Partnerships which own multi-family properties ("Multi-Family
          Owning Partnerships") under the installment method.  Under the
          installment method the gross profit is determined at the time of
          sale.  The revenue recorded in any given year would equal the
          cash collections multiplied by the gross profit percentage.  At
          the time of sale, the Company deferred all future income to be
          recognized on these transactions until cash is received.  

                                       53

<PAGE>

          ALLOWANCE ON NOTES RECEIVABLE - In the event that the facts and
          circumstances indicate that the collectibility of a note may be
          impaired, an evaluation of recoverability is performed. If an
          evaluation is performed, the Company compares the recorded value
          of the note and other partnership receivables, if any, to the
          value of the underlying property less any encumbrances to
          determine if an allowance is required for impairment.  A
          significant portion of the interest income on multi-family notes
          is recognized as cash is collected.

          ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES - The preparation of financial statements in
          accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires
          management to make significant estimates and assumptions that
          affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date
          of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues
          and expenses during the reported period.  Actual results could
          differ from those estimates.

          PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION - The consolidated financial
          statements include those of the Company and its subsidiaries. 
          The effects of all significant intercompany transactions have
          been eliminated.

          DEFERRED LOAN COSTS - Costs incurred in connection with obtaining
          long-term financing have been deferred and are amortized over the
          term of the financing.

          CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS - Costs incurred in connection with the
          construction and development of Development Communities prior to
          the completion of construction are capitalized.  Such costs
          include the capitalization of interest during the construction
          period.  If a project is discontinued or capitalized costs are
          deemed not recoverable, the applicable capitalized project costs
          are expensed.


          INITIAL LEASE-UP COSTS - The Company has capitalized the initial
          lease-up costs associated with the Development Communities placed
          in service based upon units unavailable for rental.

          DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION - The Company depreciates and/or
          amortizes the costs associated with its Development Communities
          using the straight line method over the life of the applicable
          asset. 

          INVESTMENTS - The Company accounts for its interests in
          Syndicated senior living limited partnerships under the equity
          method of accounting.  The Company uses this method because as
          the general partner it can exercise significant influence over
          the operating and financial policies of such partnerships.  Under
          this method, the Company records its share of income and loss of
          the entity as well as any distributions or contributions as an
          increase or decrease to the investment account.  The carrying
          amount of the investments in limited partnerships differs from
          the Company's underlying equity interest based upon its stated
          ownership percentages.  Such differences are attributable to the
          disproportionate amount of money and notes invested in the
          entities by the Company for its equity interest as compared to
          the other investors.  This difference is being amortized over the
          estimated life of the underlying partnership.  The unamortized
          portion of such difference is $2,515 and $3,425 as of January 31,
          1998 and 1999 respectively.

          PROPERTY MANAGEMENT FEES  - Property management fees earned for
          services provided to related parties are recognized as revenue
          when related services have been performed.

          RECLASSIFICATION - Certain amounts in prior years have been
          reclassified to conform with current year presentation.

          EARNINGS PER SHARE - Earnings per share on a basic and diluted
          basis, as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
          ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per Share", is calculated based upon
          the average shares outstanding during the periods. The effect of
          stock options outstanding during fiscal 1998 is anti-dilutive. 

                                       54

<PAGE>

          COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - Statement of Financial Accounting
          Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income", requires the
          reporting of all items which are required to be recognized under
          generally accepted accounting principles as components of
          comprehensive income in the financial statements. The Company has
          no items of comprehensive income.

          STOCK OPTIONS AND COMPENSATION - Effective January 1, 1996, the
          Company adopted SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
          Compensation". The Company applies the intrinsic value-based
          methodology permitted by SFAS No. 123 in accounting for stock
          options issued to employees. Under the intrinsic value-based
          methodology, stock-based compensation cost is the excess of the
          quoted market price of the Company's common stock at the grant
          date over the amount the employee must pay for the stock
          (exercise price). The Company generally grants stock options with
          an exercise price equal to the stock price at the date of grant
          and accordingly, no compensation cost is recognized. 

          NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS - In June of 1998, the Financial
          Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 133,
          "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities".
          This statement established accounting and reporting standards for
          derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments
          embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. It is
          effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after
          June 15, 1999. The Company's use of derivative instruments has
          consisted of a treasury bill lock related to two specific debt
          financings.  While the Company has not completed its analysis of
          SFAS No. 133 and has not made a decision regarding the timing of
          adoption, it does not believe that adoption will have a material
          effect on its financial position and results of operations based
          on its current use of derivative instruments.

          3.   FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

          The Company is unable to determine the fair value of its notes
          and receivables as such instruments do not have a ready market. 
          Other financial instruments are believed to be stated at
          approximately their fair value.

          4.   NOTES AND RECEIVABLES

          Notes and other receivables are from related parties, primarily
          Syndicated partnerships, and consist of the following:

                                                         JANUARY 31,
                                                      ----------------
                                                      1998       1999
                                                      ----       ----
           Notes receivable   multi-family
             (a)(e)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $173,598   $166,562
           Notes and accrued interest receivable
             -- adult living (b) . . . . . . . .     6,503      6,776
           Other partnership receivables (c)(e)     60,265     63,313
           Accrued interest receivable . . . . .       883        562
                                                   -------    -------
                                                   241,249    237,213
           Less allowance for uncollectible         
             receivables (d) . . . . . . . . . .    10,109     10,109
                                                   -------    -------
                                                  $231,140   $227,104
                                                   =======    =======

          At January 31, 1998 and 1999, the carrying value of impaired
          notes receivable, net of related deferred income, was
          approximately $41,106 and $29,721, respectively.  Interest income
          on impaired notes is recognized on the cash basis.  Such income
          recognized was $1,261, $1,342 and $826 for the years ended
          January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 respectively.

          (a)  The Company has notes receivable from the Syndicated
          Investing Partnerships which were formed to acquire controlling
          interests in Owning Partnerships which own multi-family
          properties ("Multi-Family Notes").  The Multi-Family Notes

                                     55

<PAGE>

          generally have maturity dates ranging from ten to fifteen years
          from the year of syndication. At January 31, 1999, 84 of the 157
          notes (approximate face value $80,386) have reached their final
          maturity dates and these final maturity dates have been extended
          by the Company. Two multi-family properties relating to two
          extended Multi-Family Notes were refinanced, five Multi-Family
          properties relating to eight previously extended Multi-Family
          Notes were sold in Fiscal 1998 and a contract to sell one Multi-
          Family Property and letters of intent to sell two Multi-Family
          Properties whose notes have been extended have been executed. It
          is the Company's intention to collect the principal and interest
          payments on the Multi-Family notes from the cash flows
          distributed by the related multi-family properties and the
          proceeds in the event of a sale or refinancing.  The Company
          expects to extend maturities of other multi-family notes. 
          Interest income on all of the Multi-Family Notes amounted to
          $6,949, and $7,481 and $7,449 for the years ended January 31,
          1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.

          (b)  The Company has notes receivable from the Syndicated
          Investing Partnerships which were formed to acquire controlling
          interests in Owning Partnerships which own senior living
          communities.  Such notes generally have interest rates ranging
          from 11% to 13.875% and are due in installments over five years
          from the date of acquisition of the respective partnership
          interests.  The notes represent senior indebtedness of the
          related Investing Partnerships, and are collateralized by the
          respective interests in the Owning Partnerships.  Principal and
          interest payments on each note are also collateralized by the
          investor notes payable to the Investing Partnerships to which the
          investors are admitted.  Limited Partners are allowed to prepay
          their capital contributions.  These prepayments of capital
          contributions do not result in the prepayment of the related
          purchase notes held by the Company.  Instead, such amounts are
          loaned to the Company at a rate of between 11% and 12% by the
          Investing Partnerships.  As a result of such loans and the
          crediting provisions of the related purchase agreements, the
          Company records the notes receivable corresponding to the
          purchase notes net of such loans.  Therefore, these prepayments
          act to reduce the recorded value of the Company's notes
          receivable.

          (c)  Other partnership receivables substantially represent
          reimbursable expenses and advances made to the multi-family
          partnerships.  These amounts do not bear interest and have no
          specific repayment date.  It is the Company's intention to
          collect these receivables from the excess cash flows distributed
          by the related multi-family properties and  the proceeds in the
          event of a sale or refinancing.

          (d)  Allowance for Uncollectible Notes Receivable:


                                                  Charged               Balance
                                      Balance at  to Costs  Reductions  at End
                                      Beginning     and         to        of
                                      of Period   Expenses  Allowance   Period
                                      ---------   --------  ---------   ------

      Year Ended January 31, 1997
      Allowance for notes receivable   $14,023     18,442     21,333    $11,132

      Year Ended January 31, 1998
      Allowance for notes receivable   $11,132       --       1,023     $10,109

      Year Ended January 31, 1999
      Allowance for notes receivable   $10,109       --         --      $10,109


          The Multi-Family Notes relating to nine Owning Partnerships that
          filed petitions under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the
          "Chapter 11 Petitions") and the one Owning Partnership which lost
          its property pursuant to an uncontested foreclosure sale of its
          property (said ten Owning Partnerships are, collectively, the
          "Protected Partnerships") were first deemed impaired when the
          mortgages on their respective properties went into default, which
          defaults occurred between August 1989 and June 1994.  Once in
          default, the holders of these mortgages assigned them to the

                                      56

<PAGE>

          United States Department of Housing and Urban Development
          ("HUD").  The Protected Partnerships then attempted to negotiate,
          and in some cases obtained, workout agreements with HUD. 
          Although it could temporarily lower or suspend debt service
          payments during the term of a workout agreement, HUD, unlike a
          conventional lender, did not have the legal authority to
          restructure the defaulted mortgages it holds by permanently
          lowering interest rates or reducing the principal amount of such
          mortgages.  HUD then sold the mortgages (subject to those workout
          agreements which were in place) at auctions in September 1995 and
          June 1996.  Since the new mortgage holders did not have HUD's
          legal constraints as to the restructuring of mortgages they hold,
          the Protected Partnerships began negotiations with the new
          holders to restructure their mortgages or purchase them at a
          discount.  The Protected Partnerships could not reach an
          agreement with the new mortgage holders and the new mortgage
          holders began to threaten and institute foreclosure proceedings. 
          The Principal Stockholders and one of their affiliates
          transferred the partnership interests they owned personally in
          various partnerships that own multi-family properties (the
          "Assigned Interests") to the Investing Partnerships that owned
          interests in the Protected Partnerships in July 1996.  Seven of
          the Protected Partnerships filed Chapter 11 Petitions in August
          1996, two of the Protected Partnerships filed Chapter 11
          Petitions in February 1997, and one of the Protected Partnerships
          did not file a Chapter 11 Petition and allowed the holder of the
          mortgage to foreclose on its property due to the unlikelihood of
          confirming a plan of reorganization.  The Company established
          appropriate reserves during these time periods to reflect the
          varying extent of impairment of these Multi-Family Notes in view
          of the state of facts at such time.  In that the Principal
          Stockholders transferred the Assigned Interests in July 1996, the
          Company recorded a $21,300  capital contribution in Fiscal 1996.
          The bankruptcy petitions and risk of loss faced by the Protected
          Partnerships resulted in the Company recording a non-cash loss of
          $18,400 in the year ending January 31, 1997 (representing the
          recorded value of the notes receivable relating to the Protected
          Partnerships, net of deferred income and net of any previously
          established reserves) due to the deemed full impairment of these
          notes receivable.  Seven of the Chapter 11 petitions resulted in
          the respective Protected Partnerships losing their properties
          through foreclosure or voluntary conveyances of their properties. 
          The remaining two Protected Partnerships successfully emerged
          from their bankruptcy proceedings in January, 1998 by paying off
          their mortgages at a discount with the proceeds of new mortgage
          financings, resulting in these properties having current, fully
          performing mortgages. This allowed the Company to recognize non-
          cash other income of $3,100 in fiscal 1997.  The two Investing
          Partnerships related to these Protected Partnerships have
          transferred the respective Assigned Interests back to the
          Principal Stockholders and their affiliate.  This transfer is
          recorded as a non-cash distribution to the Principal Stockholders
          for the release of the previously assigned collateral of $3,100. 
          The Company neither owns nor manages these properties, nor is the
          general partner of these Owning Partnerships, but, rather, holds
          the related Multi-Family Notes as receivables.  The Company,
          therefore, has no liability in connection with these mortgage
          defaults or bankruptcy proceedings.

               Fourteen of the Multi-Family Owning Partnerships remain in
          default on their respective mortgages.  These Multi-Family Owning
          Partnerships have been negotiating with the respective mortgage
          lenders and, in some cases, have obtained workout agreements with
          terms of from one to nine years, pursuant to which the lenders
          generally agree during the term of the agreement not to take any
          action regarding the mortgage default and to accept reduced debt
          service payments for a period of time, with the goal of
          increasing property cash flow to enable the property to fully
          service its mortgage. One of these fourteen remaining Multi-
          Family Owning Partnerships whose mortgage is in default has had
          its application to refinance its mortgage loan accepted and
          believes that the refinancing will close. Other Multi-Family
          Owning Partnerships intend to cure their mortgage defaults by
          refinancing their mortgages in the future, although there can be
          no assurance that this will be the case. Furthermore, it should
          be noted that in fiscal 1998 and previous years, six Multi-Family
          Owning Partnerships whose mortgages had been in default, cured
          these defaults by refinancing their mortgage debt with new
          mortgages and now have fully performing mortgages. As of January
          31, 1999, the recorded value, net of deferred income, of the
          Multi-Family Notes and "Other Partnership Receivables" held by
          the Company relating to these fourteen Multi-Family Owning
          Partnerships was $29,721. The Company has established reserves of
          $10,100 to address the possibility that these notes and
          receivables may not be collected in full.


                                      57

<PAGE>

          (e) The Multi-Family properties were typically built or acquired
          with the assistance of programs administered by HUD that provide
          mortgage insurance, favorable financing terms and/or rental
          assistance payments to the owners.  As a condition to the receipt
          of assistance under these and other HUD programs, the properties
          must comply with various HUD requirements including limiting
          rents on these properties to amounts approved by HUD.  Various
          initiatives have been instituted by HUD, including a program to
          restructure its housing assistance programs. Due to uncertainty
          regarding the final policies that will result from these
          initiatives and numerous other factors that affect each property,
          which can change over time (including the local real estate
          market, the provisions of the mortgage debt encumbering the
          property, prevailing interest rates and the general state of the
          economy) the Company cannot determine whether these initiatives
          will have an impact on the Multi-Family Properties and, if there
          is an impact, whether the impact will be positive or negative.
          Further, there can be no assurance that changes in federal
          subsidies will not be more restrictive than those currently
          proposed or that other changes in policy will not occur.  Any
          such changes could have an adverse effect on the Company's
          ability to collect its receivables relating to the Multi-Family
          Properties.

          5.   CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS

          The Company has capitalized costs which include interest
          associated with its construction and development of properties it
          is building.  If a project is discontinued, all capitalized
          project costs are expensed.  Such interest capitalized for years
          ended January 31, 1998 and 1999 was $1,551 and $1,849,
          respectively.

          6.   PROPERTY, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT-NET

          Property, buildings and equipment are comprised as follows:

                                                  Life            Cost
                                                  ----            ----
           Land  . . . . . . . . . . . . .         --         $ 4,774
           Buildings . . . . . . . . . . .       40 yrs        25,562
           Equipment . . . . . . . . . . .       4-7 yrs        1,244
           Leasehold improvements  . . . .    life of lease     4,017
           Accumulated depreciation and                          
             amortization  . . . . . . . .                       (303)
                                                               ------
           Net property, building and                         $35,294
             equipment . . . . . . . . . .                     ======


          7.   OTHER ASSETS

          Other assets are comprised as follows:

                                                         JANUARY 31,
                                                     ------------------
                                                     1998          1999
                                                     ----          ----

           Deferred loan costs (a) . . . . .        $9,681      $11,642
           Investment in cooperative
           apartment building (b)  . . . . .         1,782        1,782
           Unsold subscription units (c) . .           111           --

           Deferred registration costs (d) .           397           --
           Investment held for resale (e)  .         7,140           --
           Other assets  . . . . . . . . . .         3,419        4,146
                                                    ------       ------
                                                   $22,530      $17,570
                                                    ======       ======

                                       58

<PAGE>

          (a)  Financing costs of $5,325 and $6,501 were deferred during
          the years ended January 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.  These
          costs are being amortized over the term of the related debt using
          the straight-line method over periods ranging from one to ten
          years.

          (b)  The Company owns shares in a cooperative apartment building
          and owns interests in a second mortgage collateralized by such
          cooperative apartment building.

          (c)  The Company had deferred $111 of remaining costs associated
          with the financing of the acquisition of senior living
          communities by arranging for the sale of partnership interests,
          which were substantially sold at January 31, 1998. Upon
          completion of these transactions such costs were charged to cost
          of sales.

          (d)  The Company had capitalized costs relating to the initial
          public offering.  These costs were charged against additional
          paid-in capital upon the close of the initial public offering in
          March, 1998. 

          (e)  The Company purchased a senior living community in December
          1997 for Syndication and Syndicated such property in the first
          and second quarters of Fiscal 1998.

          8.   LOANS AND ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE

          Loans payable consists of the following:
                                                        JANUARY 31,
                                                    -------------------

                                                    1998            1999
                                                    ----            ----
           Banks (including mortgages) (a) (b)   $ 35,706        $ 32,435

           Other, principally debentures (c)      126,144         137,346
                                                  -------         -------

                                                 $161,850        $169,781
                                                  =======         =======

          (a)  The bank loans bear interest per annum at the banks' prime
          rates plus 1% to 3%.  The bank loans generally have terms of at
          least one year, but in the event a particular bank elects not to
          renew or extend the credit, the entire unpaid balance is
          converted to a term loan which is payable in four to five years. 
          Generally the bank loans are collateralized by the Company's
          interests in the assigned limited partner investor notes which
          serve as collateral for the respective purchase notes.  The prime
          rate of interest at January 31, 1998 and 1999 was 8.5% and 7.75%,
          respectively.

          (b)  The Company's debt obligations contain various covenants and
          default provisions, including provisions relating to, in the case
          of certain of such obligations, certain Investing Partnerships,
          Owning Partnerships or affiliates of the Company.  Pursuant to
          one obligation, the Company is required to maintain a net worth
          of no less than  $35,300. Certain obligations of the Company
          contain covenants requiring the Company to maintain maximum
          ratios of the Company's liabilities to its net worth.. As of
          January 31, 1999, the most restrictive covenant requires that the
          Company maintain a ratio of liabilities to consolidated net worth
          of no more than 10 to 1. In addition, certain obligations of the
          Company provide that an event of default will arise upon the
          occurrence of a material adverse change in the financial
          condition of the Company or upon default in other obligations of
          the Company. 
           
          (c)  Debentures are collateralized by various purchase notes and
          investor notes related to pre-1986 Syndication of Multi-Family
          Properties.  All loans mature in 1999 through 2005 and bear
          interest rates of 11% to 12% per annum.


                                       59

<PAGE>

               Future annual maturities of all of the Company's loans
          payable, excluding interest, over the next five years and
          thereafter, are as follows:

          2000  . . . . . . . . . .                $29,406

          2001  . . . . . . . . . .                 35,253

          2002  . . . . . . . . . .                 38,266
 
          2003  . . . . . . . . . .                 22,076
 
          2004  . . . . . . . . . .                 10,058
 
          Thereafter  . . . . . . .                 33,725
                                                   -------
                                                   168,784
          Accrued interest  . . . .                    997
                                                   -------
                                                  $169,781
                                                   =======


          9.   CONSTRUCTION AND MORTGAGE LOANS PAYABLE

          During the years ended January 31, 1998 and 1999, pursuant to the
          Company's development plan, first mortgage loans were obtained to
          finance approximately 80% of the costs of developing six new
          senior living communities.  The interest rate on four of the
          loans equals the 30 day LIBOR plus 2 3/4% per annum. The 30-day
          LIBOR rate was 5.63% at January 31, 1999. The fifth loan bears
          interest at the rate of the prime rate plus 1.5% per annum.  The
          sixth loan bears interest at the bank's prime rate for fifteen
          months then converts to LIBOR plus 2 3/4% per annum for the
          following twenty four months. These loans mature between
          November, 1999 and February, 2001.  As of January 31, 1998 and
          1999, total funding under such first mortgage loans amounted to
          $13,345 and $26,036, respectively.

          Pursuant to the Company's development program, two limited
          partnerships, in each of which the Company holds a 1% general
          partnership interest, have issued limited partnership interests
          for aggregate capital contributions of $9,250, the net proceeds
          of which have been used to make second mortgage loans to the
          Company to fund approximately 20% of the costs of developing
          three Development Communities.  Such second mortgage loans bear
          interest at the rate of 13.125% per annum.  These second mortgage
          loans mature between November 2001 and March 2002.

          10.  DEFERRED INCOME

          Deferred income is comprised of:
                                               JANUARY 31,
                                         ----------------------

                                         1998              1999
                                         ----              ----
           Multi-family  . . . . .     $66,342           $58,760

           Senior living(a)  . . .       9,770             9,836
                                        ------            ------

                                       $76,112           $68,596
                                        ======            ======

          (a)  The aggregate gross amount (before considering the cash flow
          from the properties) of Management Contract Obligations relating
          solely to returns to limited partners for each of the Fiscal
          Years 1999 through 2003 based on existing management contracts is
          $19,776, $19,881, $15,790, $8,045 and $1,971, respectively. Such

                                       60

<PAGE>

          amounts of Management Contract Obligations are calculated based
          upon scheduled capital contributions with respect to Fiscal Years
          1999 through 2003. Actual amounts of Management Contract
          Obligations in respect of such contracts will vary based upon the
          timing and amount of such capital contributions. The cash flow
          generated by the related properties is applied against the total
          Management Contract Obligations and any remaining balance is
          established as deferred income at year end.

          11.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

               In March 1998, in an initial public offering of its common
          stock, the Company sold 2,800 shares of its common stock at a
          price of $9.50 per share. The net proceeds, after deducting for
          all offering expenses, that the Company received as a result of
          this offering was $22,300. The Company intends to use
          approximately $19,300 of the net proceeds to finance the
          development of new senior living communities and the remaining
          $3,000 for working capital. As of January 31, 1999, $9,400 had
          been used to finance the development of new senior living
          communities and $1,600 has been used for working capital. The
          Company has purchased a series of treasury bills with the
          remaining net proceeds pending application of such funds.

               In March 1999, the Board of Directors authorized the Company
          to purchase up to 300 shares of the Company's common stock at
          prevailing market rates.

          12.  INCOME TAXES

               The Company became a taxable entity as of April 1, 1996, and
          has incurred losses since that date. The Company believes it is
          more likely than not that deferred tax assets in excess of
          deferred tax liabilities may not be realizable in future years.
          Accordingly, the Company has increased the valuation allowance
          from $11,340 to $13,850. Deferred income taxes reflect the net
          tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount
          of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and
          the amount used for income taxes purposes.  The tax effects of
          temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of
          the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are
          presented below:

                                                      JANUARY 31,
                                                   -----------------
          Deferred tax assets:                      1998        1999
                                                    ----        ----
               Notes and receivables  . . . . .  $ 6,092     $ 6,260
               Loans payable  . . . . . . . . .    2,000       2,000
               Investment in partnerships . . .    5,045       6,974
               Net operating loss carryforward     3,847       7,441
               Other  . . . . . . . . . . . . .      147         136
                                                  ------      ------
          Total gross deferred tax assets . . .   17,131      22,811
               Less valuation allowance . . . .  (11,340)    (13,850)
                                                  ------      ------
          Deferred tax assets net of valuation   
            allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5,791       8,961
                                                  ------      ------
          Deferred tax liabilities:
          Fixed Assets                                --         313
            Deferred income . . . . . . . . . .    4,562       7,016
            Other   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1,229       1,632
                                                  ------      ------
          Total gross deferred tax liabilities     5,791       8,961
                                                  ------      ------
          Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)  $    --     $    --
                                                  ======      ======


                                     61

<PAGE>

          The net operating loss carry forward as of January 31, 1999 was
          approximately $19,000. A substantial portion of such loss carry
          forward will expire January 31, 2013 and the remainder thereof
          will expire through January 31, 2019.

          13.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

               The Company rents office space under a lease expiring
          February 2000.  Annual rent under such lease is approximately
          $206. The Company entered into a ten year lease for additional
          office space, commencing September 1, 1991.  The annual rent is
          approximately $330.

               The Company is a general partner of all but one of the
          Senior Living Owning Partnerships and the general partner of 37
          of 46 senior living Investing Partnerships.  The mortgage
          financing of the Syndicated Communities and Syndicated Multi-
          Family Properties are generally without recourse to the general
          credit or assets of the Company except with respect to certain
          specified obligations, including, for example, costs incurred for
          the correction of hazardous environmental conditions.  However,
          except for such non-recourse obligations, as a general partner,
          the Company, or a wholly-owned entity formed solely to be the
          general partner, is fully liable for all partnership obligations,
          including those presently unknown or unobserved, and unknown or
          future environmental liabilities.  The cost of any such
          obligations or claims, if partially or wholly borne by the
          Company, could adversely affect the Company's business, operating
          results and financial condition.  Although most of the mortgage
          loans are non-recourse, (i) the Company is liable as a general
          partner for approximately $12,808  in principal amount of
          mortgage debt relating to six Syndicated Communities and (ii)
          wholly-owned entities (whose only asset is a specific general
          partner interest) are liable as general partners for
          approximately $35,580 in principal amount of mortgage debt
          relating to seven Syndicated Communities managed by the Company
          as of January 31, 1999.  In the case of the general partner
          liabilities of the wholly-owned entities (whose only asset is a
          specific general partner interest), the only assets of the
          Company at risk of loss are the  interests in the wholly-owned
          entities.

               As part of the Company's development program, on September
          18, 1996 the Company entered into a master development agreement
          with Capstone Capital Corporation ("Capstone") pursuant to which
          Capstone will fund 100% of the development cost of four
          Development Communities. The maximum amount Capstone will fund
          per such agreement is approximately $37,764 of which $35,864 had
          been funded as of January 31, 1999.

               The Capstone arrangement provides that the Company will
          operate these four Development Communities pursuant to long-term
          operating leases with Capstone, which leases were entered into
          upon the completion of construction and the satisfaction of
          certain other conditions. The initial term of each lease is 15
          years with five-year extension options. The cumulative annual
          base rent which the Company is obligated to pay to Capstone for
          the four Development Communities placed in service is $3,682 with
          3% per annum annual increases. 

               The Company is involved in legal proceedings which have
          arisen in the ordinary course of business.  The Company intends
          to vigorously defend itself in these matters and does not believe
          that the outcome of these matters will have a material effect on
          its financial statements.

          14.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          The Company has transactions with related parties, primarily
          Syndicated partnerships that are unconsolidated affiliates of the
          Company.  The Company provides management, accounting and
          bookkeeping services to such affiliates. The Company receives a
          monthly fee in return for such  management services rendered on
          behalf of its affiliates for each of their senior living
          communities.  

          In addition, the Company has amounts due from unconsolidated
          affiliates of $1,600 and $3,400 as of January 31, 1998 and 1999,
          respectively.


                                        62

<PAGE>

          The Chairman of the Board and President of the Company and
          entities controlled by them serve as general partners of
          partnerships directly and indirectly owning multi-family
          properties and on account of such general partner status have
          personal liability for recourse partnership obligations. These
          two individuals also own small equity ownership interests in the
          partnerships.  The Company held notes receivable, aggregating
          $100,838 net of deferred income, and receivables of $59,900 at
          January 31, 1999 that were collateralized by the equity interests
          in such partnerships.  These individuals have provided personal
          guarantees for certain of the Company's Investor Note Debt and
          Unsecured Debt, and the obligations thereunder may continue.  The
          aggregate amount of such debt personally guaranteed by each is
          approximately $32,493.  In addition, such officers and certain
          employees will devote a portion of their time to overseeing the
          third-party managers of multi-family properties in which the
          Company has financial interests in that it holds the related
          Multi-Family Notes, but in which such officers have equity
          interests and the Company does not.  These activities, ownership
          interests and general partner interests create actual or
          potential conflicts of interest on the part of these officers.

          The Company is the managing general partner for most of the
          Senior Living Owning Partnerships which own the Syndicated
          Communities managed by the Company.  The Company also is the
          general partner for most of the senior living Investing
          Partnerships that own equity interests in these Owning
          Partnerships. In addition, the Company is the managing agent for
          all of the Syndicated Communities in the Company's portfolio. 
          The Company has arranged for the acquisition of Syndicated
          Communities and other properties through the sales of limited
          partnership interests in the Investing Partnerships.  By serving
          in all of these capacities, the Company may have conflicts of
          interest in that it has both a duty to act in the best interests
          of partners of various partnerships, including the limited
          partners of the Investing Partnerships, and the desire to
          maximize earnings for the Company's stockholders in the operation
          of such Syndicated Communities.

          During Fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, the Company paid to Francine
          Rodin, the wife of Bernard M. Rodin, the Company's Chief
          Operating Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and a
          Director, $204, $133 and $153, respectively, as fees for
          introducing to the Company certain broker/dealers that have
          assisted the Company in its Syndications of partnership interests
          and in placing other securities offered by the Company.  Mrs.
          Rodin will receive a fee with respect to any future sales through
          such broker/dealers of Syndicated partnership interests and other
          securities offered by the Company.  During Fiscal 1996, Mrs.
          Rodin received consulting fees of $49 in connection with
          coordinating the Company's marketing efforts and travel
          arrangements.  Mrs. Rodin has been an employee of the Company for
          the Fiscal Years 1997 and  1998, respectively and performs
          similar services.

          The Company had loans receivable of $464 and $190 from the
          Chairman of the Board and the President of the Company as of the
          end of Fiscal 1997 and 1998, respectively.

          15.  1996 STOCK OPTIONS AND PERFORMANCE AWARD PLAN

               The Company has adopted the 1996 Stock Option and
          Performance Award Plan (the "Plan"), which authorizes the grant
          to officers, key employees and directors of the Company and any
          parent or subsidiary of the Company, of incentive or non-
          qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance
          shares, restricted shares and performance units. Under the Plan,
          directors who are not employees of the Company may not be granted
          incentive stock options. The Company plans to reserve 2,500
          shares of Common Stock for issuance pursuant to the Plan.

               The Plan is administered by the Board of Directors. The
          Board of Directors determines the prices and terms at which
          options may be granted. Options may be exercisable in
          installments over the options period, but no options may be
          exercised after ten years from the date of grant. Stock
          appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with options or
          separately.

               The exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to
          an eligible employee may not be less than 100% of the fair market
          value of the shares underlying such option on the date of grant,
          unless such employee owns more than 10% of the outstanding Common
          Stock or stock of any subsidiary or parent of the Company, in

                                       63

<PAGE>

          which case the exercise price of any incentive stock option may
          not be less than 110% of such fair market value. No option may be
          exercisable more than ten years after the date of grant and, in
          the case of an incentive stock option granted to an eligible
          employee owning more than 10% of the outstanding Common Stock or
          stock of any subsidiary or parent of the Company, no more than
          five years from its date of grant. Incentive stock options are
          not transferable, except upon the death of the optionee. In
          general, upon termination of employment of an optionee (other
          than death or disability) , all options granted to such persons
          which are not exercisable on the date of such termination
          immediately expire, and any options that are so exercisable will
          expire three months following termination of employment in the
          case of non-qualified stock options. However, all options will be
          forfeited immediately upon an optionee's termination of
          employment for good cause and upon an optionee's voluntary
          termination of employment without the consent of the Board of
          Directors.

               Upon an optionee's death or termination of employment due to
          disability, all options will become 100% vested and will be
          exercisable (i) in the case of death, by the estate or other
          beneficiary of the optionee at any time prior to the date the
          option otherwise would expire and (ii) in the case of the
          disability of the optionee, by the optionee within one year of
          the date of such termination of employment in the case of
          incentive stock options, or at any time prior to the date the
          option otherwise would expire in the case of non-qualified stock
          options.

               At the time each grant of restricted shares or performance
          shares or units or stock appreciation rights is made, the Board
          of Directors determines the duration of the performance or
          restriction period, if any, the performance targets, if any, for
          earning performance shares or units, and the times at which
          restrictions placed on restricted shares shall lapse.

               As of January 31, 1999, options to acquire 475 shares have
          been granted, each with an exercise price of $8.50 per share. 20%
          of such options vest immediately and 20% will vest each year
          thereafter for the next four years. Such options will expire
          November 18, 2008.

               Under the provisions of FASB 123, the Company accounts for
          stock based compensation using the intrinsic value method
          prescribed by APB 25. On a pro-forma basis, net loss would have
          been $13,493 or $0.77 per share in Fiscal 1998. For purposes of
          this pro-forma disclosure under FASB 123, the estimated fair
          value of the options is amortized over the vesting period.

               The fair value of the options was estimated at the grant
          date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the
          following weighted average assumptions for Fiscal 1998; risk-free
          interest rate of 4.85%, volatility of 46%, dividend of 0% and a
          weighted average expected life of the options of 10 years.

               The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly
          subjective assumptions and does not necessarily provide a
          reliable measure of fair value.

          16.  SEGMENT REPORTING INFORMATION.

          The Company views its business in the following three segments:

          1.   Syndication - Revenues are comprised of sales, syndication
          fee income, property management fees, deferred income earned and
          equity in earnings from partnerships relating to the Syndicated
          Communities.

          2.   Multi-Family - Revenues are comprised of sales of the
          underlying Syndicated Multi-Family properties or controlling
          interests therein, and recognition of deferred income from such 
          Syndications, which income is being recognized on the installment 
          method.

          3.   New Development - Revenues are derived from senior living
          rental revenues from the Development Communities.

                                        
                                       64

<PAGE>

                                                   January 31,
                                          ------------------------------
                                           1997          1998       1999
                                           ----          ----       ----
                                        (unaudited)   (unaudited)
          Revenues
          Syndication (a)                   $50,320     $56,423   $45,716
          Multi-family (b)                      944       5,797    27,182
          New Development                         -           -     6,443
                                             ------     -------    ------
          Combined Segments                 $51,264     $62,220   $79,341
                                             ======     =======    ======

          Interest Income
          Syndication                        $7,054      $4,768    $4,204
          Multi-family                        6,719       7,283     7,317
          New Development                         -           -       828
                                             ------     -------    ------
          Combined Segments                 $13,773     $12,051   $12,349
                                             ======     =======    ======

          Operating Profit (Loss)(c)
          Syndication                        $4,973      $7,363    $2,294
          Multi-family                      (28,080)(d)  (5,822)  (11,546)
          New Development                      (214)     (4,000)   (3,724)
                                       ------------     -------   ------
          Combined Segments                $(23,321)    $(2,459) $(12,976)
                                       ============     =======    =======

          Gross Assets
          Syndication                       $21,997     $27,719   $23,548
          Multi-family                      229,236     236,326   229,794
          New Development                    10,428      31,754    65,972
                                       ------------     -------   -------
          Combined Segments                $261,661    $295,799  $319,314
                                       ============     =======   =======


                                                 January 31,
                                     -----------------------------------
                                         1997           1998        1999
                                         ----           ----        ----
                                       (unaudited)    (unaudited)
          Interest Expense
          Syndication                        $3,493    $4,945      $4,152
          Multi-family                       12,752    13,778      14,887
          New Development                       149       686       3,027
                                             ------    ------      ------
          Combined Segments                 $16,394   $19,409     $22,066
                                             ======    ======      ======

          Depreciation and Amortization
          Syndication                         $319          $363      $490
          Multi-family                       2,947         2,770     3,591
          New Development                       65           207       951
                                            ------        ------    ------
          Combined Segments                 $3,331        $3,340    $5,032
                                            ======        ======    ======

          Capital Expenditures
          Syndication                           $-            $-        $-
          Multi-family                           -             -         -
          New Development                    6,742        19,499    20,973
                                            ------        ------    ------
          Combined Segments                 $6,742       $19,499   $20,973
                                            ======        ======    ======


          (a)  Includes non-cash income of deferred income and equity in
          earnings from unconsolidated affiliates.
          (b)  Includes non-cash income comprised of deferred income
          earned.
          (c)  Includes the allocation of certain expenses based upon
          either gross revenues or gross assets to the individual segments.
          (d)  Includes a non-cash loss of $18,442.


          17.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

               In April 1999, the Company entered into joint venture
          arrangements regarding three completed and one substantially
          completed Development Community. Pursuant to each joint venture
          arrangement, the Company sold a 50% interest in the Development
          Communities to a third party. The Company realized a profit from
          each of the sales and earns management fees for managing each of
          the communities. The third party has the right to terminate the
          Company's management upon thirty days written notice. The third
          party receives a cumulative priority return on its investment
          from all cash flow generated by the community and any excess cash
          flow is shared 50% by the Company and 50% by the third party. For
          future periods, the Company will no longer consolidate these
          Development Communities into its consolidated financial
          statements but will recognize its investment in these Development
          Communities under the equity basis of accounting.


                                        65

<PAGE>

          ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
          ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

               A Form 8-K was filed on October 13, 1998. Under Item 4  
          Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant, the Company
          announced the appointment of BDO Seidman, LLP as the Company's
          independent accountant and the Company's decision not to continue
          the engagement of Deloitte & Touche, LLP. 


                                        66
<PAGE>


          PART III

          ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

               The directors and executive officers of the Company are as
          follows: 

           Name                     Age      Position

           John Luciani(1)          66       Chairman of the Board and
                                             Chief Executive Officer
           Bernard M. Rodin(2)      68       Chief Operating Officer,
                                             Chief Financial Officer, 
                                             President and Director

           John W. Luciani III      46       Executive Vice President and
                                             Director

           Paul Jawin               43       General Counsel and Senior
                                             Vice President

           Dorian Luciani           43       Senior Vice President -
                                             Acquisition and Construction

           Deborah Luciani          42       Senior Vice President 

           Catherine V. Merlino     34       Chief Accounting Officer and
                                             Vice President

           Edward J. Glatz          56       Vice President - Multi-
                                             Family

           Keith Marlowe            36       Secretary

           Walter Feldesman(1)(2)   81       Director

           Leslie E. Goodman(1)(2)  54       Director

           Sidney Dworkin(1)(2)     78       Director

          --------------------

          (1)  Member of the Compensation Committee
          (2)  Member of the Audit Committee

               JOHN LUCIANI, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the
          Board of Directors since January 1996, founded the earliest
          predecessor of the Company in 1969 with Bernard M. Rodin and has
          been engaged in a number of business activities and investments
          since 1952.  Commencing in 1960, he entered into the real estate
          development and construction business, concentrating initially on
          the development, construction and sale of residential high-rise
          apartment buildings and single-family homes and subsequently on
          the acquisition and development of multi-family rental housing
          complexes.  Since 1986, he has concentrated on the acquisition,
          development and financing of senior living communities for the
          elderly.  Mr. Luciani was a general partner of three Protected
          Partnerships, but withdrew as a general partner prior to their
          filing the respective Chapter 11 Petitions.

               BERNARD M. RODIN, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial
          Officer, President and Director since October, 1998, has been
          engaged, since the formation of the earliest predecessor of the
          Company in 1969 with John Luciani, in the financing of property
          acquisitions by arranging for the sale of partnership interests
          and in property management.  This activity initially focused on
          the Company's multi-family housing portfolio and, since 1986, on
          the Company's senior living communities.  Mr. Rodin has a
          bachelor of science degree from the City University of New York.  
          Mr. Rodin is a certified public accountant and was actively
          engaged in the practice of public accounting prior to 1969.  Mr.
          Rodin was a general partner of three Protected Partnerships, but
          withdrew as a general partner prior to their filing the
          respective Chapter 11 Petitions.


                                       67

<PAGE>
               JOHN W. LUCIANI III, Executive Vice President and Director
            since June, 1996, a son of John Luciani, joined the Company in
          1975 and initially was involved in the management and operations
          of the Company's multi-family housing portfolio. Mr. Luciani is
          presently involved in the acquisition of existing senior living
          communities and the daily operation of the Company's senior
          living portfolio. Mr. Luciani graduated from Fairleigh Dickinson
          University with a bachelor of science degree in Accounting and a
          master of business administration degree in Finance. He is an
          active member of the American Seniors Housing Association (ASHA).

               PAUL JAWIN, General Counsel and Senior Vice President since
          September, 1998, a son-in-law of Bernard M. Rodin, joined the
          Company in May 1991.  His activities primarily involve the
          various legal and financial aspects of the Company's business
          including its debt financing and matters involving the Company's
          equity and debt securities.  Mr. Jawin is an attorney and was
          actively engaged in a real estate/corporate practice prior to
          joining the Company.  Mr. Jawin graduated from Ithaca College
          with a bachelor of science degree in history and earned a juris
          doctor degree from Syracuse University School of Law.

               DORIAN LUCIANI, Senior Vice President - Acquisition and
          Construction since June, 1996, a son of John Luciani, joined the
          Company in 1977 and was initially involved in the acquisition,
          development and management of the Company's multi-family housing
          portfolio.  Later, Mr. Luciani focused exclusively on the
          acquisition and development of the Company's senior living
          communities. Mr. Luciani graduated from Fairleigh Dickinson
          University with a bachelor of science degree in business.

               DEBORAH LUCIANI, Senior Vice President since May, 1998, a
          daughter of John Luciani, joined the Company in January 1992. 
          Ms. Luciani is involved in all aspects of acquisitions, debt and
          equity financing and new business development of the company's
          senior housing portfolio. Prior to joining the Company, Ms.
          Luciani worked for E.F. Hutton & Company, New York and with
          Prudential Bache Securities, New York, as an Oil Futures Hedger
          to institutional clients.  Ms. Luciani graduated from Boston
          University with a bachelor of science degree, a master of
          political science degree and a master of economics degree.

               CATHERINE V. MERLINO, Chief Accounting  Officer since May,
          1998 and Vice President since June, 1996, joined the Company in
          September 1993, and has since been actively involved in the
          financial reporting and analysis needs of the Company.  Prior to
          joining the Company, Mrs. Merlino was a Senior Accountant from
          June 1989 through June 1993 and a Supervisor from June 1993
          through September 1993 at Feldman Radin & Co., P.C., a public
          accounting firm located in New York City.  Mrs. Merlino graduated
          from Long Island University in May 1987 with a bachelor of
          science degree in Accounting and became a certified public
          accountant in February 1992.

               EDWARD J. GLATZ, Vice President - Multi Family - since June,
          1998, joined the Company in September 1992 and has been actively
          involved in the oversite and supervision of the third-party
          managing agents that manage the day-to-day operations of the
          Multi-Family Properties. Prior to joining the Company,  Mr. Glatz
          performed asset management duties for Kovens Enterprises, a real
          estate development company, from June 1988 until September 1992.

               KEITH MARLOWE, Secretary of the Company since June, 1996,
          joined the Company in August 1994.  From 1987 through August
          1994, Mr. Marlowe, an attorney, was an associate in the tax
          department at the law firm of Reid & Priest LLP where he was
          involved in a general transactional tax practice.  His activities
          primarily involve the various legal and financial aspects of  the
          Company's business.  Mr. Marlowe graduated from the University of
          Virginia with a bachelor of science degree in economics.  Mr.
          Marlowe earned a juris doctor degree from University of
          California Los Angeles School of Law and an LLM in Taxation from
          New York University School of Law.

               WALTER FELDESMAN, Director since June, 1996, has been Of
          Counsel to the law firm of Baer Marks & Upham LLP since  March
          1993 and for more than five years prior thereto was a partner of
          Summit, Rovins and Feldesman.  Mr. Feldesman is currently a
          Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Sterling Bancorp

                                        68

<PAGE>

          and a Director of its subsidiary, Sterling National Bank & Trust
          Co.  Mr. Feldesman is a member of the National Institute on
          Financial Services for Elders, the National Academy of Elder Law
          Attorneys, the American Association of Homes for the Aging, the
          National Council on the Aging and American Society on Aging.  Mr.
          Feldesman is also special counsel on elderlaw to United Senior
          Health Cooperative.  He has authored an article entitled "Long-
          Term Care Insurance Helps Preserve an Estate," and a published
          work entitled the "Dictionary of Eldercare Terminology".  He has
          written two other books, "New Medicare Choices" which was
          published in February, 1998 and Home Care which is expected to be
          published in July, 1999.  Mr. Feldesman has a bachelor's degree
          in economics from New York University.  Mr. Feldesman earned an
          LLB from Harvard Law School.

               LESLIE E. GOODMAN, Director since June, 1996.  Until
          December 1996 Mr. Goodman was the Area President for the North
          Jersey Region for First Union National Bank and a Senior
          Executive Vice President of First Union Corporation.  From
          September 1990 through January 1994, he served as President and
          Chief Executive Officer of First Fidelity Bank, N.A., New Jersey. 
          From January 1994 to December 1995, Mr. Goodman served as a
          Senior  Executive Vice President and a Director of First Fidelity
          Bank, National Association until it was merged into First Union. 
          From January 1990 until December 1995, he also served as Senior
          Executive Vice President, member of the Office of the Chairman
          and a Director of First Fidelity Bancorporation.  He is a member
          of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Audit Committee of
          Wawa Inc., a member of the Board of Directors of Tear Drop Golf
          Company, Inc. and a director of Admiralty Bank Corporation.  In
          addition, Mr. Goodman is a member of the Board of Trustees of
          Rutgers University and Hackensack University Medical Center.

               SIDNEY DWORKIN, Director since June, 1998. Mr. Dworkin was
          one of the founders and served as President and Chairman of the
          Board of Revco D.S., Inc. until October 1987. Mr. Dworkin
          currently serves as a member of the Board of Directors of Crager
          Industries, Inc., Comtrex Systems, Inc., CCA Industries, Northern
          Technologies, International Inc., Viragen Inc. and Novapet Inc. 
          He is also the owner and Chairman of the Board of Advanced
          Modular Systems, Inc., a privately-held manufacturer of modular
          buildings. His experience ranges across a multitude of industries
          including, among others, pharmaceuticals, computer hardware and
          software, modular housing and consumer products. 

          AUDIT COMMITTEE

               The Board of Directors established an Audit Committee in
          June 1996.  The Audit Committee is currently composed of Messrs.
          Rodin, Feldesman, Goodman and Dworkin. The Audit Committee's
          duties include reviewing internal financial information,
          monitoring cash flow, budget variances and credit arrangements,
          reviewing the audit program of the Company, reviewing with the
          Company's independent accountants the results of all audits upon
          their completion, annually selecting and recommending independent
          accountants, overseeing the quarterly unaudited reporting process
          and taking such other action as may be necessary to assure the
          adequacy and integrity of all financial information distributed
          by the Company.

          COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

               The Board of Directors established a Compensation Committee
          in June 1996.  The Compensation Committee is currently composed
          of Messrs. John Luciani, Feldesman, Goodman and Dworkin. The
          compensation Committee recommends compensation levels of senior
          management and works with senior management on benefit and
          compensation programs for Company employees.


                                      69

<PAGE>

          SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

                                                NO. OF
                                            TRANSACTIONS
                                                NOT         FAILURE TO
                              NO. OF LATE      TIMELY          FILE
                                REPORTS       REPORTED     REQUIRED FORM
                              ----------    ------------   -------------

      John Luciani                 1             1               0

      Bernard Rodin                1             1               0

      John W. Luciani III          0             1               1

      Sidney Dworkin               2             1               0

      Leslie Goodman               1             0               0

      Dorian Luciani               0             1               1

      Paul Jawin                   0             1               1

      Edward J. Glatz              0             1               1

      Deborah Luciani              0             1               1

      Catherine V. Merlino         0             1               1

      Keith Marlowe                0             1               1


                                       70

<PAGE>

          ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

               The following table shows, as to the Chief Executive Officer
          and each of the four other most highly compensated executive
          officers information concerning compensation accrued for services
          to the Company in all capacities during Fiscal 1996, 1997 and
          1998,  respectively.

          < TABLE >



                              SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


                                                   LONG-TERM
                                                 COMPENSATION
                                                    AWARDS
                                       ANNUAL     SECURITIES        ALL
                                    COMPENSATION  UNDERLYING       OTHER
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL                SALARY       OPTIONS    COMPENSATION
     POSITION                 YEAR       ($)          (#)           ($)
     ------------------       ----   ----------   -----------    --------

     John Luciani,
     Chairman of the Board
     and Chief Executive     Fiscal
     Officer(1)  . . . . .    1996    $500,000        --          $497,000

                             Fiscal
                              1997    $600,000                   1,566,000

                             Fiscal
                              1998    $600,000        --            --
     Bernard M. Rodin,
     Chief Operating
     Officer, Chief
     Financial Officer,
     President and           Fiscal
     Director(1) . . . . .    1996    $500,000        --         $497,000 

                             Fiscal 
                              1997    $600,000        --        1,566,000 

                             Fiscal
                              1998    $600,000        --            --

     John W. Luciani, III,
     Executive Vice
     President and           Fiscal
     Director  . . . . . .    1996    $350,000

                             Fiscal
                              1997    $353,846        --            --

                             Fiscal 
                              1998    $375,000      50,000          --

     Dorian Luciani,         Fiscal
     Senior Vice President    1996    $350,000        --            --

                             Fiscal
                              1997    $353,846        --            --

                             Fiscal 
                              1998    $375,000      50,000          --

     Paul Jawin, General
     Counsel and Senior      Fiscal
     Vice President  . . .    1996    $325,000        --            --


                                       71

<PAGE>
                                                   LONG-TERM
                                                 COMPENSATION
                                                    AWARDS
                                       ANNUAL     SECURITIES        ALL
                                    COMPENSATION  UNDERLYING       OTHER
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL                SALARY       OPTIONS    COMPENSATION
     POSITION                 YEAR       ($)          (#)           ($)
     ------------------       ----   ----------   -----------    --------

                             Fiscal
                              1997    $344,327        --            --

                             Fiscal 
                              1998    $365,000      50,000          --


          --------------------
          (1)  Messrs. Luciani and Rodin received dividends and
               distributions from the Company's predecessors but did not
               receive salaries.  As of April 1, 1996 a salary for each of
               Messrs. Luciani and Rodin was established at the rate of
               $600,000 per year.  In fiscal 1996 such officers also
               received $397,000 each as a dividend and $100,000 each for
               the period from February 1, 1996 until April 1, 1996, which
               was in the form of a dividend but which is classified as
               officers' compensation for financial statement purposes.  In
               January 1998, such officers received a non-cash distribution
               for the release of previously assigned collateral of $1,566
               each.

          COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

               The Board of Directors established a Compensation Committee
          in June 1996.  The Compensation Committee currently consists of
          Messrs. Luciani, Feldesman, Goodman and Dworkin.  None of the
          executive officers of the Company currently serves on the
          compensation committee of another entity or on any other
          committee of the board of directors of another entity performing
          similar functions.  For a description of transactions between the
          Company and members of the Compensation Committee or their
          affiliates, see "Certain Transactions."

          DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

               The Company pays each Director who is not an employee of the
          Company $500.00  per telephonic Board meeting attended and
          $1,000.00 per Board meeting personally attended. All Directors
          are reimbursed by the Company for their out-of-pocket expenses
          incurred in connection with attendance at meetings of, and other
          activities related to service on, the Board of Directors or any
          Board Committee.

          STOCK PLANS 

               1996 STOCK OPTION AND PERFORMANCE AWARD PLAN

               The Company has adopted the 1996 Stock Option and
          Performance Award Plan (the "Plan"), which authorizes the grant
          to officers, key employees and directors of the Company and any
          parent or subsidiary of the Company of incentive or non-qualified
          stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance shares,
          restricted shares and performance units.  Under the Plan,
          directors who are not employees of the Company may not be granted
          incentive stock options.  The Company plans to reserve 2,500,000
          shares of Common Stock for issuance pursuant to the Plan.  Shares
          issued pursuant to the Plan are subject to certain transfer
          restrictions.  

               The Plan is administered by the Board of Directors.  The
          Board of Directors determines the prices and  terms at which
          options may be granted.  Options may be exercisable in
          installments over the option period, but no options may be

                                       72

<PAGE>

          exercised after ten years from the date of grant.  Stock
          appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with options or
          separately.

               The exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to
          an eligible employee may not be less than 100% of the fair market
          value of the shares underlying such option on the date of grant,
          unless such employee owns more than 10% of the outstanding Common
          Stock or stock of any subsidiary or parent of the Company, in
          which case the exercise price of any incentive stock option may
          not be less than 110% of such fair market value.  No option may
          be exercisable more than ten years after the date of grant and,
          in the case of an incentive stock option granted to an eligible
          employee owning more than 10% of the outstanding Common Stock or
          stock of any subsidiary or parent of the Company, no more than
          five years from its date of grant.  Incentive stock options are
          not transferable, except upon the death of the optionee.  In
          general, upon termination of employment of an optionee (other
          than due to death or disability), all options granted to such
          person which are not exercisable on the date of such termination
          immediately expire, and any options that are so exercisable will
          expire three months following termination of employment in the
          case of incentive stock options, but not until the date the
          options otherwise would expire in the case of non-qualified stock
          options.  However, all options will be forfeited immediately upon
          an optionee's termination of employment for good cause and upon
          an optionee's voluntary termination of employment without the
          consent of the Board of Directors.

               Upon an optionee's death or termination of employment due to
          disability, all options will become 100% vested and will be
          exercisable (i) in the case of death, by the estate or other
          beneficiary of the optionee at any time prior to the date the
          option otherwise would expire and (ii) in the case of the
          disability of the optionee, by the optionee within one year of
          the date of such termination of employment in the case of
          incentive stock options, or at any time prior to the date the
          option otherwise would expire in the case of non-qualified stock
          options.

               At the time each grant of restricted shares or performance
          shares or units or stock appreciation rights is made, the Board
          of Directors will determine the duration of the performance or
          restriction period, if any, the performance targets, if any, for
          earning performance shares or units, and the times at which
          restrictions placed on restricted shares shall lapse.


                          OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

               Individual Grants
                                     Number of      % of Total
                                    Securities       Options
                                    Underlying      Granted to   Exercise
                                  Options Granted  Employees in    Price
                   Name               (#) (1)      Fiscal Year   ($/share)
                   ----           ---------------  ------------  --------

           John W. Luciani III        50,000          10.53%       8.50

           Dorian Lucian              50,000          10.53%       8.50

           Paul Jawin                 50,000          10.53%       8.50



                                                 Potential Realized
                                                  Value at Assumed
                                                Annual Rates of Stock
                                               Price Appreciation for
                                                     Option Term
                                  Expiration   ---------------------  
                   Name              Date            5%       10%
                   ----           ----------         --       --  

           John W. Luciani III     11/18/08       267,280    677,341

           Dorian Lucian           11/18/08       267,280    677,341

           Paul Jawin              11/18/08       267,280    677,341



          (1)  As of January 31, 1999, options to acquire 475,000 shares
          had been granted under the plan with an exercise price of $8.50
          per share.  20% of such options vest immediately and 20% will
          vest each year thereafter for the next four years. Such options
          expire November 18, 2008.


                                       73

<PAGE>

          AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR
          END OPTION VALUES

                                          Number of Securities
                                          Underlying Exercised
                                       Options at Fiscal Year End

                               Shares Acquired   Value Realized
                  Name         on Exercise (#)        ($)       Exercisable
           ------------------  ---------------   -------------  ----------

          John W. Luciani III         0                0          10,000

          Dorian Luciani              0                0          10,000

          Paul Jawin                  0                0          10,000



                                        Value of Unexercised
                                        In-The-Money Options
                                         at Fiscal Year End


                   Name              Exercisable     Unexercisable
                   ----              -----------     -------------
          John W. Luciani III             0                0

          Dorian Luciani                  0                0

          Paul Jawin                      0                0


          ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
          MANAGEMENT

               The following table sets forth certain information as of
          April 26, 1999 concerning (i) persons known to the Company to be
          the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the Company's Common
          Stock, (ii) the ownership interest of each director and executive
          officer of the Company listed in the compensation table and (iii)
          by all directors and executive officers as a group.  Note: stock
          options are considered presently exercisable if exercisable
          within 60 days of April 26, 1999.

          < TABLE >


                                                 AMOUNT AND NATURE
      NAME AND ADDRESS OF                          OF BENEFICIAL     PERCENT OF
       BENEFICIAL OWNER           STATUS             OWNERSHIP        CLASS(1)
      -------------------         ------         -----------------     -------
     John Luciani         Chairman of the Board
                          and Chief Executive
                          Officer              7,326,970 shares        41.16%

     Bernard M. Rodin     Chief Operating
                          Officer, Chief
                          Financial Officer,
                          President and
                          Director             7,326,970 shares        41.16%
     John W. Luciani III  Executive Vice
                          President and
                          Director              10,000 shares(2)        0.06%

     Dorian Luciani       Senior Vice President 10,000 shares(2)        0.06%

     Paul Jawin           General Counsel and
                          Senior Vice President 10,000 shares(2)        0.06%

     All directors and
     officers as a group                    14,708,940 shares(3)       82.38%

    (1)  Based upon 17,800,000 shares of common stock outstanding on April 26, 
         1999. Percentage ownership is calculated separately for each person or
         group on the basis of the actual number of outstanding shares as of 
         such date, and assumes the exercise of certain stock options held by 
         such person or group (but not by anyone else) exercisable within sixty
         days of April 26, 1999.
    (2)  Includes presently exercisable options to purchase 10,000 shares.
    (3)  Includes presently exercisable options to purchase 55,000 shares.

                                       74

<PAGE>


          ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

               In the first quarter of fiscal 1996, the Principal
          Stockholders reorganized their businesses by consolidating them
          into the Company.  The Principal Stockholders transferred all of
          the issued and outstanding stock of each of 16 Sub-chapter S
          corporations along with various other assets and liabilities to
          the Company in exchange for 3,252,380 shares of the Company's
          Common Stock.  A partnership in which the Principal Stockholders
          are the sole partners transferred to the Company substantially
          all of its assets, subject to substantially all of its
          liabilities, in exchange for 1,626,190 shares of the Company's
          Common Stock.  The partnership distributed the shares received to
          the Principal Stockholders.  Six Sub-chapter S corporations which
          were wholly-owned by the Principal Stockholders were merged into
          the Company.  Pursuant to the mergers the shares of the six
          merged companies were converted into an aggregate of 10,121,430
          shares of the Company's 

          Common Stock.  After the reorganization was complete, the
          Principal Stockholders owned an aggregate of 15,000,000  shares
          of the Company's Common Stock.

               Prior to the reorganization discussed above, the business of
          the Principal Stockholders was conducted through a partnership
          and various Sub-chapter S corporations.  These entities and the
          Company paid distributions and other distributions to each of the
          Principal Stockholders of $850,000 and $397,000 in Fiscal 1995
          and 1996, respectively, exclusive of amounts reflected as
          officers' compensation.

               Messrs. Luciani and Rodin, the Chairman of the Board and
          President of the Company, respectively, and entities controlled
          by them serve as general partners (with interests ranging between
          1% and 2%) of partnerships directly and indirectly owning Multi-
          Family Properties and on account of such general partner status
          have personal liability for recourse partnership obligations and
          own small equity ownership interests in the partnerships.  The
          Company holds (i) notes, aggregating $100.8 million, net of
          deferred income, as of January 31, 1999, that are secured by the
          limited partnership interests in such partnerships and (ii) other
          partnership receivables aggregating $59.9 million from such
          partnerships at January 31, 1999.  Messrs. Luciani and Rodin have
          provided personal guarantees for certain of the Company's
          Investor Note Debt and Unsecured Debt, and the obligations
          thereunder may continue.  The aggregate amount of such debt
          personally guaranteed by each of Messrs. Luciani and Rodin is
          approximately $32.5 million.  In addition, Messrs. Luciani and
          Rodin and certain employees will devote a limited portion of
          their time to overseeing the third-party managers of Multi-Family
          Properties and one senior living community in which the Company
          has financial interests in that it holds the related Purchase
          Notes, but in which Messrs. Luciani and Rodin have equity
          interests and the Company does not.

               Subsequent to the reorganization, the Principal Stockholders
          and one of their affiliates transferred the Assigned Interests to
          the Investing Partnerships that own interests in the Protected
          Partnerships.  The Assigned Interests were owned personally by
          the Principal Stockholders and their affiliate and provided
          additional assets at the Investing Partnership level and, as a
          result, additional security for the related Multi-Family Notes. 
          Two Investing Partnerships related to these Protected
          Partnerships transferred the respective Assigned Interests back
          to the Principal Stockholders and their affiliate after these
          Protected Partnerships successfully emerged from their bankruptcy
          proceedings. In that the Principal Stockholders transferred the
          Assigned Interests in July 1996, the Company recorded a $21.3
          million capital contribution in Fiscal 1996.  The bankruptcy
          petitions and risk of loss faced by the Protected Partnerships
          resulted in the Company recording a non-cash loss for Fiscal 1996
          in the amount of $18.4 million (representing the recorded value
          of these Multi-Family Notes, net of deferred income and net of
          any previously established reserves) due to the deemed full
          impairment of the Multi-Family Notes.  The transfer of the
          Assigned Interest back to the Principal Stockholders caused the
          Company to recognize non-cash other income of $3.1 million and to
          record a non-cash dividend to the Principal Stockholders for the
          release of the previously assigned interest of $3.1 million in
          Fiscal 1997.  Each of the Principal Stockholders was a general
          partner of three of the Protected Partnerships, but withdrew as a
          general partner prior to such partnerships' filings of the
          respective Chapter 11 Petitions.


                                       75

<PAGE>

               During Fiscal 1997 and 1998 the Company paid to Francine
          Rodin, the wife  of Bernard M. Rodin, the Company's Chief
          Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President and a
          Director, $132,885 and $153,008, respectively, as fees for
          introducing to the Company broker/dealers that have assisted the
          Company in its Syndications of partnership interests and in
          placing other securities offered by the Company.  Mrs. Rodin will
          receive a fee with respect to any future sales through such
          broker/dealers of such Syndicated partnership interests and other
          securities offered by the Company.  During Fiscal 1996, Mrs.
          Rodin received consulting fees of $49,435 in connection with
          coordinating the Company's marketing efforts and travel
          arrangements.  Mrs. Rodin has been an employee of the Company for
          the entire fiscal years ended January 31, 1998 and 1999 and
          performs similar services.

               Walter Feldesman, a Director of the Company, is Of Counsel
          to the law firm of Baer Marks & Upham LLP, which acts as counsel
          to the Company from time to time. In addition, Mr. Feldesman is a
          director of Sterling National Bank & Trust Co. which has entered
          into a revolving credit agreement with the Company which permits
          the Company to borrow up to $8,000,000, of which $3,199,002 was
          outstanding at January 31, 1999

               Michele R. Jawin, the daughter of Mr. Rodin and wife of Paul
          Jawin, the Company's General Counsel and a Senior Vice President,
          is Of Counsel to Thelen Reid & Priest LLP, which acts as
          securities counsel to the Company.

          PART IV

          ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON
          FORM 8-K

          (a)  Please refer to Item 8, "Financial Statements and
               Supplementary Data" for a complete listing of all
               consolidated financial statements and financial statement
               schedules.

           (b)  Exhibits: Reference is made to the Exhibit Index commencing
               on page 77.


                                      76

<PAGE>


                                      SIGNATURES

               Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
          this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
          thereunto duly authorized.

                                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.

                                             /s/ Bernard M. Rodin
                                             --------------------
                                             Bernard M. Rodin
                                             Chief Financial Officer and
                                               Vice President

          Dated:    May 3, 1999
                

               Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
          of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on
          behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
          indicated.

                  Signature                     Title               Date
            ----------------------       --------------------      ------

          /s/ John Luciani             Chairman of the Board       May 3, 1999
          ----------------             of Directors and 
          John Luciani                 Chief Executive Officer
                                       (Principal Executive 
                                       Officer)

          /s/ Bernard M. Rodin         President, Chief            May 3, 1999
          --------------------         Operating Officer,
          Bernard M. Rodin             Chief Financial Officer
                                       and Director (Principal
                                       Financial and
                                       Accounting Officer)

          /s/ John W. Luciani, III     Executive Vice              May 3, 1999
          ------------------------     President and Director
          John W. Luciani, III

          /s/ Walter Feldesman         Director                    May 3, 1999
          --------------------
          Walter Feldesman

          /s/ Leslie E. Goodman        Director                    May 3, 1999
          ---------------------
          Leslie E. Goodman

          /s/ Sidney Dworkin           Director                    May 3, 1999
          ------------------
          Sidney Dworkin


                                         77
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT INDEX


           *2.1     --   Consolidation Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996
                         among John Luciani, Bernard M. Rodin, J&B
                         Management Company and the Company.
           *2.1(a)  --   First Amendment dated as of April 1, 1996 to
                         Consolidation Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996
                         among John Luciani, Bernard M. Rodin, J&B
                         Management Company and the Company.
           *2.1(b)  --   Second Amendment dated as of April 1, 1996 to
                         Consolidation Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996
                         among John Luciani, Bernard M. Rodin, J&B
                         Management Company and the Company.
           *2.1(c)  --   Third Amendment dated as of April 1, 1996 to
                         Consolidation Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996
                         among John Luciani, Bernard M. Rodin, J&B
                         Management Company and the Company.
           *2.1(d)  --   Fourth Amendment dated as of April 1, 1996 to
                         Consolidation Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996
                         among John Luciani, Bernard M. Rodin, J&B
                         Management Company and the Company.
           *2.1(e)  --   Fifth Amendment dated as of April 1, 1996 to
                         Consolidation Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996
                         among John Luciani, Bernard M. Rodin, J&B
                         Management Company and the Company.
           *2.1(f)  --   Sixth Amendment dated as of April 1, 1996 to
                         Consolidation Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996
                         among John Luciani, Bernard M. Rodin, J&B
                         Management Company and the Company.
           *2.2(a)  --   Merger Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996 between
                         Leisure Centers, Inc. and the Company.
           *2.2(b)  --   Merger Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996 between
                         Leisure Centers Development, Inc. and the Company.
           *2.2(c)  --   Merger Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996 between
                         J&B Management Corp. and the Company.
           *2.2(d)  --   Merger Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996 between
                         Wilmart Development Corp. and the Company.
           *2.2(e)  --   Merger Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996 between
                         Sulgrave Realty Corporation and the Company.
           *2.2(f)  --   Merger Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996 between
                         Riv Development Inc. and the Company.
           *3.1     --   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
                         Company.
           *3.2     --   By-Laws of the Company.
            4.0     --   Indenture, dated October 1, 1998, between the
                         Company and The Bank of New York (the
                         "Indenture").
            4.1     --   Officer's Certificate, dated as of December 24,
                         1998, under Section 301 of the Indenture, with
                         form Note attached.
            4.2     --   Supplemental Officer's Certificate, dated March
                         12, 1999, under the Indenture.
         +*10.1     --   1996 Stock Option and Performance Award Plan.
          *10.2(a)  --   Loan Agreements dated as of November 25, 1996, by
                         and between Leisure Centers LLC-1 and Bank United
                         relating to financing of the Corpus Christi, Texas
                         property.
          *10.2(b)  --   Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 25, 1996,
                         between the Company and Bank United relating to
                         financing of the Corpus Christi, Texas property.
          *10.2(c)  --   Loan Agreement, dated as of January 29, 1997, by
                         and between Leisure Centers LLC-1 and Bank United
                         relating to financing of the Temple, Texas
                         property.
          *10.2(d)  --   Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 29, 1997,
                         between the Company and Bank United relating to
                         the financing of the Temple, Texas property.

                                       78

<PAGE>


          *10.3     --   Master Development Agreement dated September 18,
                         1996 between Capstone Capital Corp. and the
                         Company.
          *10.4(a)  --   Form of 12% Debenture due June 16, 2000 - Series
          1.
          *10.4(b)  --   Form of 12% Debenture due April 15, 1999 - Series
                         2.
          *10.4(c)  --   Form of 11% Debenture due December 31, 1996 -
                         Series 3.
          *10.4(d)  --   Form of 11.5% Debenture due April 15, 2000 -
                         Series 4.
          *10.4(e)  --   Form of 12% Debenture due January 15, 2003 -
                         Series 5.
          *10.4(f)  --   Form of 12% Debenture due April 15, 2003 - Series
                         6.
          *10.4(g)  --   Form of 11% Debenture due January 15, 2002 -
                         Series 7.
          *10.4(h)  --   Form of 11% Debenture due January 15, 2002 -
                         Series 8.
          *10.4(i)  --   Form of 12% Debenture due September 15, 2001 -
                         Series 9.
          *10.4(j)  --   Form of 12% Debenture due January 15, 2004 -
                         Series 10.
          *10.4(k)  --   Form of 12% Debenture due June 30, 2004 - Series
                         11.
          *10.5(a)  --   Bank Agreement dated August 14, 1990 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         12% Debentures, Series 1.
          *10.5(b)  --   First Amendment dated as of August 21, 1992 to
                         Bank Agreement dated August 14, 1990 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         12% Debentures, Series 1.
           10.5(c)  --   Amendment No. 2, dated as of April 15, 1997, to
                         Bank Agreement dated August 14, 1990 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         12% Debentures, Series 1.
           10.5(d)  --   Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 26, 1998, to 
                         Bank Agreement dated August 14, 1990 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to 
                         12% Debentures, Series 1.
          *10.5(e)  --   Bank Agreement dated October 11, 1991 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         12% Debentures, Series 2.
           10.5(f)  --   Amendment No. 1, dated as of December, 1996, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of October 11, 1991
                         between The Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 12% Debentures, Series 2.
           10.5(g)  --   Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 26, 1998, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of October 11, 1991
                         between The Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 12% Debentures, Series 2.
          *10.5(h)  --   Bank Agreement dated October 17, 1991 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         11% Debentures, Series 3.
           10.5(i)  --   Amendment No. 1, dated as of December, 1996, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of October 17, 1991
                         between The Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 11% Debentures, Series 3.
           10.5(j)  --   Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 26, 1998, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of October 17, 1991
                         between The Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 11% Debentures, Series 3.
          *10.5(k)  --   Bank Agreement dated April 1, 1992 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         11.5% Debentures, Series 4.
           10.5(l)  --   Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 15, 1997, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of April 1, 1992 between
                         The Bank of New York and the Company with respect
                         to 11.5% Debentures, Series 4.
           10.5(m)  --   Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 26, 1998, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of April 1, 1992 between
                         The Bank of New York and the Company with respect
                         to 11.5% Debentures, Series 4.
          *10.5(n)  --   Bank Agreement dated October 30, 1992 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         12% Debentures, Series 5.

                                      79

<PAGE>

           10.5(o)  --   Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 15, 1997, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of October 30, 1992
                         between The Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 12% Debentures, Series 5.
           10.5(p)  --   Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 26, 1998, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of October 30, 1992
                         between The Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 12% Debentures, Series 5.
          *10.5(q)  --   Bank Agreement dated May 24, 1993 between The Bank
                         of New York and the Company with respect to 12%
                         Debentures, Series 6.
           10.5(r)  --   Amendment No. 1, dated as of December, 1996, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of May 24, 1993 between
                         The Bank of New York and the Company with respect
                         to 12% Debentures, Series 6.
           10.5(s)  --   Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 26, 1998, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of May 24, 1993 between
                         The Bank of New York and the Company with respect
                         to 12% Debentures, Series 6.
          *10.5(t)  --   Bank Agreement dated October 27, 1993 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         11% Debentures, Series 7.
          *10.5(u)  --   First Amendment dated November 29, 1993 to Bank
                         Agreement dated October 27, 1993 between The Bank
                         of New York and the Company with respect to 11%
                         Debentures, Series 7.
           10.5(v)  --   Amendment No. 2, dated as of April 15, 1997, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of October 27, 1993
                         between The Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 11% Debentures, Series 7.
           10.5(w)  --   Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 26, 1998,to Bank
                         Agreement dated as of October 27, 1993 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         11% Debentures, Series 7.
          *10.5(x)  --   Bank Agreement dated November 29, 1993 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         11% Debentures, Series 8.
           10.5(y)  --   Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 15, 1997, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of November 29, 1993
                         between The Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 11% Debentures, Series 8.
           10.5(z)  --   Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 26, 1998, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of November 29, 1993
                         between The Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 11% Debentures, Series 8.
          *10.5(aa) --   Bank Agreement dated September 12, 1994 between
                         The Bank of New York and the Company with respect
                         to 12% Debentures, Series 9.
           10.5(bb) --   Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 15, 1997, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of September 12, 1994
                         between The Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 12% Debentures, Series 9.
           10.5(cc) --   Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 26, 1998, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of September 12, 1994
                         between The Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 12% Debentures, Series 9.
          *10.5(dd) --   Bank Agreement dated July 12, 1995 between The
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         12% Debentures, Series 10.
           10.5(ee) --   Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 26, 1998, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of July 12, 1995 between
                         The Bank of New York and the Company with respect
                         to 12% Debentures, Series 10.
          *10.5(ff) --   Bank Agreement dated July 25, 1997 between the
                         Bank of New York and the Company with respect to
                         12% Debentures, Series 11.
           10.5(gg) --   Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 26, 1998, to
                         Bank Agreement dated as of July 25, 1997 between
                         The Bank of New York and the Company with respect
                         to 12% Debentures, Series 11.
          *10.6(a)  --   Form of Short-term Step-up Bond due March 15, 2001
                         - Series 1.

                                       80

<PAGE>

          *10.6(b)  --   Form of 12.375% Bond due April 15, 2003 - Series
                         2.
          *10.7(a)  --   Bank Agreement between The Bank of New York and
                         the Company with respect to Short-term Step-up
                         Bonds - Series 1.
          *10.7(b)  --   Bank Agreement between The Bank of New York and
                         the Company with respect to 12.375% Bonds -Series
                         2.
          *10.8     --   Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 1985
                         between Sterling National Bank & Trust Company and
                         the Company.
          *10.9     --   Assumption Agreement dated as of September 10,
                         1996 among Sterling National Bank & Trust, the
                         Company, Bernard M. Rodin and John Luciani.
          *10.9(a)  --   First Amendment to Assumption Agreement dated as
                         of September 10, 1996 among Sterling National Bank
                         & Trust, the Company, Bernard M. Rodin and John
                         Luciani.
          *10.9(b)  --   Second Amendment to Assumption Agreement among
                         Sterling National Bank, formerly known as Sterling
                         National Bank & Trust Company, the Company,
                         Bernard M. Rodin and John Luciani
          *10.10(a) --   Form of 13.125% Retirement Financing Notes - III,
                         due October 31, 2001.
          *10.10(b) --   Form of 13.125% Retirement Financing Notes - IV,
                         due March 31, 2002.
          *10.10(c) --   Form of 13.125% Retirement Financing Notes - V,
                         due June 30, 2003.
          *10.10(d) --   Form of 13.125% Retirement Financing Notes - VI,
                         due April 15, 2001.
          *10.10(e) --   Form of 13.125% Retirement Financing Notes - VII,
                         due October 15, 2002.
          *10.11(a) --   Bank Agreement dated as of September 6, 1996
                         between the Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 13.125% Retirement Financing Notes -
                         III.
          *10.11(b) --   Bank Agreement dated as of October 22, 1996
                         between the Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 13.125% Retirement Financing Notes -
                         IV.
          *10.11(c) --   Bank Agreement dated as of May 14, 1997 between
                         the Bank of New York and the Company with respect
                         to 13.125% Retirement Financing Notes - V.
          *10.11(d) --   Bank Agreement dated as of November 6, 1997
                         between the Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 13.125% Retirement Financing Notes -
                         VI.
          *10.11(e) --   Bank Agreement dated as of November 20, 1997
                         between Bank of New York and the Company with
                         respect to 13.125% Retirement Financing Notes -
                         VII.
          *10.12    --   Warrant Agreement
           10.13    --   Form of Amended and Restated Regulations and
                         Operating Agreement.
           21       --   List of Subsidiaries of the Company.
           27.1     --   Financial Data Schedule for the period ended
                         January 31, 1999.
          ----------------
            * Previously filed in Registration Statement No. 333-05955.
          (+) Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements
              required to be filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K by item
              601(b)(10)(iii) of Regulation S-K.


                                       81




                                                            EXHIBIT 4.0



                      __________________________________________



                            GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.,
                                        ISSUER

                                          TO

                                THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                       TRUSTEE


                                      _________


                                      INDENTURE



                             DATED AS OF OCTOBER 1, 1998




                      __________________________________________

      <PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


          PARTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

          ARTICLE ONE

               DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION    1
               SECTION 101.  Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
                    Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                    Affiliate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                    Authenticating Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                    Authorized Officer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                    Board of Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                    Board Resolution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                    Business Day  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                    Commission  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                    Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                    Company Order or Company Request  . . . . . . . . .   2
                    Corporate Trust Office  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                    corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                    Defaulted Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                    Discount Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                    Dollar or $ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                    Eligible Obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                    Event of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                    Exchange Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                    Government Obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                    Holder  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                    Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                    interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                    Interest Payment Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                    Maturity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                    Notice of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                    Officer's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                    Opinion of Counsel  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                    Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                    Paying Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
                    Periodic Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
                    Person  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                    Place of Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                    Predecessor Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                    Redemption Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                    Redemption Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                    Regular Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                    Required Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                    Responsible Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                    Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                    Security Register and Security Registrar  . . . . .   6
                    Special Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                    Stated Interest Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
                    Stated Maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
                    Tranche . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
                    Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
                    Trust Indenture Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
                    United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
               SECTION 102.   Compliance Certificates and Opinions  . .   7
               SECTION 103.   Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee  .   8
               SECTION 104.   Acts of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
               SECTION 105.   Notices, Etc. to Trustee or Company . . .  10
               SECTION 106.   Notice to Holders of Securities; Waiver .  11
               SECTION 107.   Conflict with Trust Indenture Act . . . .  12
               SECTION 108.   Effect of Headings and Table of
                              Contents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               SECTION 109.   Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . .  12
               SECTION 110.   Separability Clause . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               SECTION 111.   Benefits of Indenture . . . . . . . . . .  12
               SECTION 112.   Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               SECTION 113.   Legal Holidays  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

          ARTICLE TWO

                                    SECURITY FORMS  . . . . . . . . . .  13
               SECTION 201.   Forms Generally . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
               SECTION 202.   Form of Trustee's Certificate of
                              Authentication  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

          ARTICLE THREE

                                    THE SECURITIES  . . . . . . . . . .  14
               SECTION 301.   Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series  . .  14
               SECTION 302.   Denominations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
               SECTION 303.   Execution, Authentication, Delivery and
                              Dating  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
               SECTION 304.   Temporary Securities  . . . . . . . . . .  19
               SECTION 305.   Registration, Registration of Transfer
                              and Exchange  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
               SECTION 306.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen
                              Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
               SECTION 307.   Payment of Interest; Interest Rights
                              Preserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
               SECTION 308.   Persons Deemed Owners . . . . . . . . . .  23
               SECTION 309.   Cancellation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
               SECTION 310.   Computation of Interest . . . . . . . . .  23
               SECTION 311.   Payment to Be in Proper Currency  . . . .  23
               SECTION 312.   CUSIP Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

          ARTICLE FOUR

                               REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES . . . . . . . .  24
               SECTION 401.   Applicability of Article  . . . . . . . .  24
               SECTION 402.   Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . .  24
               SECTION 403.   Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed  .  24
               SECTION 404.   Notice of Redemption. . . . . . . . . . .  25
               SECTION 405.   Securities Payable on Redemption Date . .  26
               SECTION 406.   Securities Redeemed in Part . . . . . . .  26

          ARTICLE FIVE

                                    SINKING FUNDS . . . . . . . . . . .  27
               SECTION 501.   Applicability of Article  . . . . . . . .  27
               SECTION 502.   Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments
                              with Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
               SECTION 503.   Redemption of Securities for Sinking
                              Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

          ARTICLE SIX

                                      COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
               SECTION 601.   Payment of Principal, Premium and
                              Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
               SECTION 602.   Maintenance of Office or Agency . . . . .  28
               SECTION 603.   Money for Securities Payments to Be Held
                              in Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
               SECTION 604.   Corporate Existence . . . . . . . . . . .  30
               SECTION 605.   Annual Officer's Certificate  . . . . . .  30
               SECTION 606.   Waiver of Certain Covenants . . . . . . .  30
               SECTION 607.   Calculation of the Original Issue
                              Discount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31

          ARTICLE SEVEN

                              SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE  . . . . . . .  31
               SECTION 701.   Satisfaction and Discharge of
                              Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
               SECTION 702.   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .  33
               SECTION 703.   Application of Trust Money  . . . . . . .  34

          ARTICLE EIGHT

                             EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES  . . . . . . .  34
               SECTION 801.   Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
               SECTION 802.   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and
                              Annulment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
               SECTION 803.   Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for
                              Enforcement by Trustee  . . . . . . . . .  36
               SECTION 804.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim  . . . .  36
               SECTION 805.   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without
                              Possession of Securities  . . . . . . . .  37
               SECTION 806.   Application of Money Collected  . . . . .  37
               SECTION 807.   Limitation on Suits . . . . . . . . . . .  37
               SECTION 808.   Unconditional Right of Holders to
                              Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .  38
               SECTION 809.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies  . . .  38
               SECTION 810.   Rights and Remedies Cumulative  . . . . .  39
               SECTION 811.   Delay or Omission Not Waiver  . . . . . .  39
               SECTION 812.   Control by Holders of Securities  . . . .  39
               SECTION 813.   Waiver of Past Defaults . . . . . . . . .  39
               SECTION 814.   Undertaking for Costs . . . . . . . . . .  40
               SECTION 815.   Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws .  40

          ARTICLE NINE

                                     THE TRUSTEE  . . . . . . . . . . .  40
               SECTION 901.   Certain Duties and Responsibilities . . .  40
               SECTION 902.   Notice of Defaults  . . . . . . . . . . .  41
               SECTION 903.   Certain Rights of Trustee . . . . . . . .  42
               SECTION 904.   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance
                              of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
               SECTION 905.   May Hold Securities . . . . . . . . . . .  43
               SECTION 906.   Money Held in Trust . . . . . . . . . . .  43
               SECTION 907.   Compensation and Reimbursement  . . . . .  43
               SECTION 908.   Disqualification; Conflicting Interests .  44
               SECTION 909.   Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .  44
               SECTION 910.   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of
                              Successor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
               SECTION 911.   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor  .  46
               SECTION 912.   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or
                              Succession to Business  . . . . . . . . .  47
               SECTION 913.   Preferential Collection of Claims
                              Against Company . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
               SECTION 914.   Appointment of Authenticating Agent . . .  48
               SECTION 915.   Co-trustee and Separate Trustees. . . . .  49

          ARTICLE TEN

                  HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY . .  51
               SECTION 1001.  Lists of Holders. . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
               SECTION 1002.  Reports by Trustee and Company. . . . . .  51

          ARTICLE ELEVEN

                 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, OR OTHER TRANSFER .  51
               SECTION 1101.  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on
                              Certain Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
               SECTION 1102.  Successor Person Substituted  . . . . . .  52
               SECTION 1103.  Merger into Company . . . . . . . . . . .  52

          ARTICLE TWELVE

                               SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES  . . . . . . . .  52
               SECTION 1201.  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent
                              of Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
               SECTION 1202.  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of
                              Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
               SECTION 1203.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures  . .  55
               SECTION 1204.  Effect of Supplemental Indentures . . . .  56
               SECTION 1205.  Conformity With Trust Indenture Act . . .  56
               SECTION 1206.  Reference in Securities to Supplemental
                              Indentures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
               SECTION 1207.  Modification Without Supplemental
                              Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56

          ARTICLE THIRTEEN

                     MEETINGS OF HOLDERS; ACTION WITHOUT MEETING  . . .  57
               SECTION 1301.  Purposes for Which Meetings May Be
                              Called  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
               SECTION 1302.  Call, Notice and Place of Meetings  . . .  57
               SECTION 1303.  Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings  . .  57
               SECTION 1304.  Quorum; Action  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
               SECTION 1305.  Attendance at Meetings; Determination of
                              Voting Rights;
                              Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings . . .  58
               SECTION 1306.  Counting Votes and Recording Action of
                              Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
               SECTION 1307.  Action Without Meeting  . . . . . . . . .  60

          ARTICLE FOURTEEN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60

          IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND
               DIRECTORS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
               SECTION 1401.  Liability Solely Corporate  . . . . . . .  60

          Testimonium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61

          Signatures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61


      <PAGE>

                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.

              Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939
                      and Indenture, dated as of October 1, 1998

           Trust Indenture Act Section               Indenture
                                                     Section

           S.310 (a)(1) . . . . . . . . . .          909
                 (a)(2) . . . . . . . . . .          909
                 (a)(3) . . . . . . . . . .          915
                 (a)(4) . . . . . . . . . .          Not Applicable
                 (b)  . . . . . . . . . . .          908
                                                     910
           S.311 (a)  . . . . . . . . . . .          913
                 (b)  . . . . . . . . . . .          913
                 (c)  . . . . . . . . . . .          Not Applicable
           S.312 (a)  . . . . . . . . . . .          1001
                 (b)  . . . . . . . . . . .          1001
                 (c)  . . . . . . . . . . .          1001
           S.313 (a)  . . . . . . . . . . .          1002
                 (b)(1) . . . . . . . . . .          Not Applicable
                 (b)(2) . . . . . . . . . .          1002
                 (c)  . . . . . . . . . . .          1002
                 (d)  . . . . . . . . . . .          1002
           S.314 (a)  . . . . . . . . . . .          1002
                 (a)(4) . . . . . . . . . .          605
                 (b)  . . . . . . . . . . .          Not Applicable
                 (c)(1) . . . . . . . . . .          102
                 (c)(2) . . . . . . . . . .          102
                 (c)(3) . . . . . . . . . .          Not Applicable
                 (d)  . . . . . . . . . . .          Not Applicable
                 (e)  . . . . . . . . . . .          102
           S.315 (a)  . . . . . . . . . . .          901(a)
                 (b)  . . . . . . . . . . .          902
                 (c)  . . . . . . . . . . .          901(b)
                 (d)  . . . . . . . . . . .          901(c)
                 (d)(1) . . . . . . . . . .          901(a)(1), 901(c)(1)
                 (d)(2) . . . . . . . . . .          901(c)(2)
                 (d)(3) . . . . . . . . . .          901(c)(3)
                 (e)  . . . . . . . . . . .          814
           S.316 (a)  . . . . . . . . . . .          812
                                                     813
                 (a)(1)(A)  . . . . . . . .          802
                                                     812
                 (a)(1)(B)  . . . . . . . .          813
                 (a)(2) . . . . . . . . . .          Not Applicable
                 (b)  . . . . . . . . . . .          808
           S.317 (a)(1) . . . . . . . . . .          803
                 (a)(2) . . . . . . . . . .          804
                 (b)  . . . . . . . . . . .          603
           S.318 (a)  . . . . . . . . . . .          107




      <PAGE>




                    INDENTURE, dated as of October 1, 1998 among GRAND
          COURT LIFESTYLES, INC., a corporation duly organized and existing
          under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the
          "Company"), having its principal office at 2650 North Military
          Trail, Suite 350, Boca Raton, Florida  33431, and THE BANK OF NEW
          YORK, a New York banking corporation, having its principal
          corporate trust office at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 
          10286, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee").

                                RECITAL OF THE COMPANY

                    The Company has duly authorized the execution and
          delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time
          to time of its unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of
          indebtedness (herein called the "Securities"), to be issued in
          one or more series as contemplated herein; and all acts necessary
          to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in
          accordance with its terms, have been performed.

                    NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

                    For and in consideration of the premises and the
          purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually
          covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of
          all Holders of the Securities or of series thereof (except as
          otherwise contemplated herein), as follows:


                                     ARTICLE ONE

               Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

          SECTION 101.  DEFINITIONS.

                    For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise
          expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

                         (a)  the terms defined in this Article have the
                    meanings assigned to them in this Article and include
                    the plural as well as the singular;

                         (b)  all terms used herein which are defined in
                    the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by
                    reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them
                    therein;

                         (c)  all accounting terms not otherwise defined
                    herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance
                    with generally accepted accounting principles in the
                    United States of America, and, except as otherwise
                    herein expressly provided, the term "generally accepted
                    accounting principles" with respect to any computation
                    required or permitted hereunder shall mean such
                    accounting principles as are generally accepted in the
                    United States of America at the date of such
                    computation;

                         (d)  any reference to an "Article" or a "Section"
                    refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be,
                    of this Indenture; and

                         (e)  the words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder"
                    and other words of similar import refer to this
                    Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article,
                    Section or other subdivision.

                    Certain terms, used principally in Article Nine, are
          defined in that Article.

                    "ACT", when used with respect to any Holder of a
          Security, has the meaning specified in Section 104.

                    "AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any other
          Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
          under direct or indirect common control with such specified
          Person.  For the purposes of this definition, "CONTROL" when used
          with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct
          generally the management and policies of such Person, directly or
          indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities,
          by contract or otherwise; and the terms "CONTROLLING" and
          "CONTROLLED" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

                    "AUTHENTICATING AGENT" means any Person or Persons
          authorized by the Trustee to act on behalf of the Trustee to
          authenticate the Securities of one or more series.

                    "AUTHORIZED OFFICER" means the Chairman of the Board,
          the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary
          or any other Person duly authorized by the Company to act in
          respect of matters relating to this Indenture.

                    "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means either the board of
          directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly
          authorized to act in respect of matters relating to this
          Indenture.

                    "BOARD RESOLUTION" means a copy of a resolution
          certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
          Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of
          the Company and to be in full force and effect on the date of
          such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

                    "BUSINESS DAY", when used with respect to a Place of
          Payment or any other particular location specified in the
          Securities or this Indenture, means any day, other than a
          Saturday or Sunday, which is not a day on which banking
          institutions or trust companies in such Place of Payment or other
          location are generally authorized or required by law, regulation
          or executive order to remain closed, except as may be otherwise
          specified as contemplated by Section 301.

                    "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange
          Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the
          Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the date of execution and
          delivery of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and
          performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust
          Indenture Act, then the body, if any, performing such duties at
          such time.

                    "COMPANY" means the Person named as the "Company" in
          the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person
          shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of
          this Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such
          successor Person.

                    "COMPANY ORDER" or "COMPANY REQUEST" mean,
          respectively, a written order or request, as the case may be,
          signed in the name of the Company by an Authorized Officer and
          delivered to the Trustee.

                    "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE" means the office of the
          Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust
          business shall be principally administered, which office at the
          date of execution of this Indenture is located at 101 Barclay
          Street 12 East, New York, New York 10286, Attention:  Corporate
          Trust Administration.

                    "CORPORATION" means a corporation, association,
          company, joint stock company or business trust.

                    "DEFAULTED INTEREST" has the meaning specified in
          Section 307.

                    "DISCOUNT SECURITY" means any Security which provides
          for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due
          and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity
          thereof pursuant to Section 802.

                    "DOLLAR" or "$" means a dollar or other equivalent unit
          in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at
          the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and
          private debts.

                    "ELIGIBLE OBLIGATIONS" means:

                         (a)  with respect to Securities denominated in
                    Dollars, Government Obligations; or

                         (b)  with respect to Securities denominated in a
                    currency other than Dollars or in a composite currency,
                    such other obligations or instruments as shall be
                    specified with respect to such Securities, as
                    contemplated by Section 301.

                    "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning specified in Section
          801.

                    "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of
          1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as
          amended from time to time.

                    "GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS" means securities which are (a)
          (i) direct obligations of the United States where the payment or
          payments thereunder are supported by the full faith and credit of
          the United States or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or
          supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the
          United States where the timely payment or payments thereunder are
          unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation
          by the United States or (b) depository receipts issued by a bank
          (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as
          custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a
          specific payment of interest on or principal of or other amount
          with respect to any such Government Obligation held by such
          custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt,
          provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not
          authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the
          holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the
          custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific
          payment of interest on or principal of or other amount with
          respect to the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository
          receipt.

                    "HOLDER" means a Person in whose name a Security is
          registered in the Security Register.

                    "INDENTURE" means this instrument as originally
          executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or
          amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered
          into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for
          all purposes of this instrument and any such supplemental
          indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are
          deemed to be a part of and govern this Indenture and any such
          supplemental indenture, respectively.  The term "Indenture" shall
          also include the terms of particular series of Securities
          established as contemplated by Section 301.

                    "INTEREST", when used with respect to a Discount
          Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity,
          means interest payable after Maturity.

                    "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE", when used with respect to any
          Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest
          on such Security.

                    "MATURITY", when used with respect to any Security,
          means the date on which the principal of such Security or an
          installment of principal becomes due and payable as provided in
          such Security or in this Indenture, whether at the Stated
          Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, upon call for
          redemption or otherwise.

                    "NOTICE OF DEFAULT" means a written notice of the kind
          specified in Section 801(b).

                    "OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed by
          an Authorized Officer of the Company and who shall be acceptable
          to the Trustee.

                    "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion of
          counsel, who may be counsel for the Company, and who shall be
          acceptable to the Trustee.

                    "OUTSTANDING", when used with respect to Securities,
          means, as of the date of determination, all Securities
          theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture,
          except:

                         (a)  Securities theretofore canceled or delivered
                    to the Trustee for cancellation;

                         (b)  Securities deemed to have been paid for all
                    purposes of this Indenture in accordance with Section
                    701 (whether or not the Company's indebtedness in
                    respect thereof shall be satisfied and discharged for
                    any other purpose); and

                         (c)  Securities which have been paid pursuant to
                    Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which
                    other Securities have been authenticated and delivered
                    pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such
                    Securities in respect of which there shall have been
                    presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it and
                    the Company that such Securities are held by a bona
                    fide purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid
                    obligations of the Company;

          provided, however, that in determining whether or not the Holders
          of the requisite principal amount of the Securities Outstanding
          under this Indenture, or the Outstanding Securities of any series
          or Tranche, have given any request, demand, authorization,
          direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or whether or not
          a quorum is present at a meeting of Holders of Securities,

                         (x) Securities owned by the Company or any other
                    obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the
                    Company or of such other obligor (unless the Company,
                    such Affiliate or such obligor owns all Securities
                    Outstanding under this Indenture, or all Outstanding
                    Securities of each such series and each such Tranche,
                    as the case may be, determined without regard to this
                    clause (x)) shall be disregarded and deemed not to be
                    Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the
                    Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such
                    request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
                    consent or waiver or upon any such determination as to
                    the presence of a quorum, only Securities which a
                    Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be
                    so owned shall be so disregarded; provided, however,
                    that Securities so owned which have been pledged in
                    good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if it is
                    established to the reasonable satisfaction of the
                    Trustee that the pledgee, and not the Company, or any
                    such other obligor or Affiliate of either thereof, has
                    the right so to act with respect to such Securities and
                    that the pledgee is not the Company or any other
                    obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the
                    Company or of such other obligor;

                         (y) the principal amount of a Discount Security
                    that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such
                    purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof
                    that would be due and payable as of the date of such
                    determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the
                    Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 802; and

                         (z) the principal amount of any Security which is
                    denominated in a currency other than Dollars or in a
                    composite currency that shall be deemed to be
                    Outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of
                    Dollars which could have been purchased by the
                    principal amount (or, in the case of a Discount
                    Security, the Dollar equivalent on the date determined
                    as set forth below of the amount determined as provided
                    in (y) above) of such currency or composite currency
                    evidenced by such Security, in each such case certified
                    to the Trustee in an Officer's Certificate, based (i)
                    on the average of the mean of the buying and selling
                    spot rates quoted by three banks which are members of
                    the New York Clearing House Association selected by the
                    Company in effect at 11:00 A.M. (New York time) in The
                    City of New York on the fifth Business Day preceding
                    any such determination or (ii) if on such fifth
                    Business Day it shall not be possible or practicable to
                    obtain such quotations from such three banks, on such
                    other quotations or alternative methods of
                    determination which shall be as consistent as
                    practicable with the method set forth in (i) above;

          provided, further, that in the case of any Security the principal
          of which is payable from time to time without presentment or
          surrender, the principal amount of such Security that shall be
          deemed to be Outstanding at any time for all purposes of this
          Indenture shall be the original principal amount thereof less the
          aggregate amount of principal thereof theretofore paid.

                    "PAYING AGENT" means any Person, including the Company,
          authorized by the Company to pay the principal of, and premium,
          if any, or interest, if any, on any Securities on behalf of the
          Company.

                    "PERIODIC OFFERING" means an offering of Securities of
          a series from time to time any or all of the specific terms of
          which Securities, including without limitation the rate or rates
          of interest, if any, thereon, the Stated Maturity or Maturities
          thereof and the redemption provisions, if any, with respect
          thereto, are to be determined by the Company or its agents from
          time to time subsequent to the initial request for the
          authentication and delivery of such Securities by the Trustee, as
          contemplated in Section 301 and clause (b) of Section 303.

                    "PERSON" means any individual, corporation,
          partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or
          unincorporated organization or any government or any political
          subdivision, instrumentality or agency thereof.

                    "PLACE OF PAYMENT", when used with respect to the
          Securities of any series, or Tranche thereof, means the place or
          places, specified as contemplated by Section 301, at which,
          subject to Section 602, principal of and premium, if any, and
          interest, if any, on the Securities of such series or Tranche are
          payable.

                    "PREDECESSOR SECURITY" of any particular Security means
          every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same
          debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the
          purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and
          delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a
          mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to
          evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or
          stolen Security.

                    "REDEMPTION DATE", when used with respect to any
          Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption
          by or pursuant to this Indenture.

                    "REDEMPTION PRICE", when used with respect to any
          Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be
          redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

                    "REGULAR RECORD DATE" for the interest payable on any
          Interest Payment Date on the Securities of any series means the
          date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301.

                    "REQUIRED CURRENCY" has the meaning specified in
          Section 311.

                    "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER", when used with respect to the
          Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of
          the Trustee including, without limitation, any vice president,
          any assistant vice president, any assistant secretary, any
          assistant treasurer, any corporate trust officer, or any other
          officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar
          to those performed by any of the above designated officers also
          means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any
          other officer of the Trustee to whom such matter is referred
          because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
          subject.

                    "SECURITIES" has the meaning stated in the first
          recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any
          securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

                    "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, and
          the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from
          time to time.

                    "SECURITY REGISTER" and "SECURITY REGISTRAR" have the
          respective meanings specified in Section 305.

                    "SPECIAL RECORD DATE" for the payment of any Defaulted
          Interest on the Securities of any series means a date fixed by
          the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

                    "STATED INTEREST RATE" means a rate (whether fixed or
          variable) at which an obligation by its terms is stated to bear
          simple interest.  Any calculation or other determination to be
          made under this Indenture by reference to the Stated Interest
          Rate on a Security shall be made without regard to the effective
          interest cost to the Company of such Security and without regard
          to the Stated Interest Rate on, or the effective cost to the
          Company of, any other indebtedness the Company's obligations in
          respect of which are evidenced or secured in whole or in part by
          such Security.

                    "STATED MATURITY", when used with respect to any
          Security or any obligation or any installment of principal
          thereof or interest thereon, means the date on which the
          principal of such obligation or such installment of principal or
          interest is stated to be due and payable (without regard to any
          provisions for redemption, prepayment, acceleration, purchase or
          extension).

                    "TRANCHE" means a group of Securities which (a) are of
          the same series and (b) have identical terms except as to
          principal amount and/or date of issuance.

                    "TRUSTEE" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in
          the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee
          shall have become such with respect to one or more series of
          Securities pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
          Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean or include each
          Person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there
          is more than one such Person, "Trustee" as used with respect to
          the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect
          to Securities of that series.

                    "TRUST INDENTURE ACT" means, as of any time, the Trust
          Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at such time.

                    "UNITED STATES" means the United States of America, its
          territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its
          jurisdiction.

          SECTION 102.  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS.

                    Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
          Indenture, upon any application or request by the Company to the
          Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture,
          the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate
          stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in
          this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied
          with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of
          such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been
          complied with, except that in the case of any such application or
          request as to which the furnishing of such documents is
          specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating
          to such particular application or request, no additional
          certificate or opinion need be furnished.

                    Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance
          with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall
          include:

                         (a)  a statement that each individual signing such
                    certificate or opinion has read such covenant or
                    condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

                         (b)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope
                    of the examination or investigation upon which the
                    statements or opinions contained in such certificate or
                    opinion are based;

                         (c)  a statement that, in the opinion of each such
                    individual, he has made such examination or
                    investigation as is necessary to enable him to express
                    an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant
                    or condition has been complied with; and

                         (d)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of
                    each such individual, such condition or covenant has
                    been complied with.

          SECTION 103.  FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE.

                    (a)  Any Officer's Certificate may be based (without
          further examination or investigation), insofar as it relates to
          or is dependent upon legal matters, upon an opinion of, or
          representations by, counsel, unless, in any case, such officer
          has actual knowledge that the certificate or opinion or
          representations with respect to the matters upon which such
          Officer's Certificate may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.

                    Any Opinion of Counsel may be based (without further
          examination or investigation), insofar as it relates to or is
          dependent upon factual matters, information with respect to which
          is in the possession of the Company, upon a certificate of, or
          representations by, an officer or officers of the Company unless
          such counsel has actual knowledge that the certificate or opinion
          or representations with respect to the matters upon which his
          opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.  In addition,
          any Opinion of Counsel may be based (without further examination
          or investigation), insofar as it relates to or is dependent upon
          matters covered in an Opinion of Counsel rendered by other
          counsel, upon such other Opinion of Counsel, unless such counsel
          has actual knowledge that the Opinion of Counsel rendered by such
          other counsel with respect to the matters upon which his Opinion
          of Counsel may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.  If, in order
          to render any Opinion of Counsel provided for herein, the signer
          thereof shall deem it necessary that additional facts or matters
          be stated in any Officer's Certificate provided for herein, then
          such certificate may state all such additional facts or matters
          as the signer of such Opinion of Counsel may request.

                    (b)  In any case where several matters are required to
          be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified
          Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified
          by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that
          they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one
          such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some
          matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters,
          and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such
          matters in one or several documents.  Where (i) any Person is
          required to make, give or execute two or more applications,
          requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
          instruments under this Indenture, or (ii) two or more Persons are
          each required to make, give or execute any such application,
          request, consent, certificate, statement, opinion or other
          instrument, any such applications, requests, consents,
          certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments may, but
          need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

                    (c)  Whenever, subsequent to the receipt by the Trustee
          of any Board Resolution, Officer's Certificate, Opinion of
          Counsel or other document or instrument, a clerical,
          typographical or other inadvertent or unintentional error or
          omission shall be discovered therein, a new document or
          instrument may be substituted therefor in corrected form with the
          same force and effect as if originally filed in the corrected
          form and, irrespective of the date or dates of the actual
          execution and/or delivery thereof, such substitute document or
          instrument shall be deemed to have been executed and/or delivered
          as of the date or dates required with respect to the document or
          instrument for which it is substituted.  Anything in this
          Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, if any such corrective
          document or instrument indicates that action has been taken by or
          at the request of the Company which could not have been taken had
          the original document or instrument not contained such error or
          omission, the action so taken shall not be invalidated or
          otherwise rendered ineffective but shall be and remain in full
          force and effect, except to the extent that such action was a
          result of willful misconduct or bad faith.  Without limiting the
          generality of the foregoing, any Securities issued under the
          authority of such defective document or instrument shall
          nevertheless be the valid obligations of the Company entitled to
          the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with all other
          Outstanding Securities, except as aforesaid.

          SECTION 104.  ACTS OF HOLDERS.

                    (a)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction,
          notice, consent, election, waiver or other action  provided by
          this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders may be
          embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
          substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or
          by an agent duly appointed in writing or, alternatively, may be
          embodied in and evidenced by the record of Holders voting in
          favor thereof, either in person or by proxies duly appointed in
          writing, at any meeting of Holders duly called and held in
          accordance with the provisions of Article Thirteen, or a
          combination of such instruments and any such record.  Except as
          herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become
          effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both
          are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly
          required, to the Company.  Such instrument or instruments and any
          such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced
          thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the
          Holders signing such instrument or instruments and so voting at
          any such meeting.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or
          of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any
          Person of a Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this
          Indenture and (subject to Section 901) conclusive in favor of the
          Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this
          Section.  The record of any meeting of Holders shall be proved in
          the manner provided in Section 1306.

                    (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any Person
          of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit
          of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary
          public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments
          of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument
          or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof or may be
          proved in any other manner which the Trustee and the Company deem
          sufficient.  Where such execution is by a signer acting in a
          capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or
          affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his
          authority.

                    (c)  The ownership, principal amount (except as
          otherwise contemplated in clause (y) of the first proviso to the
          definition of Outstanding) and serial numbers of Securities held
          by any Person, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved
          by the Security Register.

                    (d)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction,
          notice, consent, election, waiver or other Act of a Holder shall
          bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of
          every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof
          or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything
          done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the
          Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such
          action is made upon such Security.

                    (e)  Until such time as written instruments shall have
          been delivered to the Trustee with respect to the requisite
          percentage of principal amount of Securities for the action
          contemplated by such instruments, any such instrument executed
          and delivered by or on behalf of a Holder may be revoked with
          respect to any or all of such Securities by written notice by
          such Holder or any subsequent Holder, proven in the manner in
          which such instrument was proven.

                    (f)  Securities of any series, or any Tranche thereof,
          authenticated and delivered after any Act of Holders may, and
          shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form
          approved by the Trustee as to any action taken by such Act of
          Holders.  If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of
          any series, or any Tranche thereof, so modified as to conform, in
          the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to such action may be
          prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and
          delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities
          of such series or Tranche.

                    (g)  The Company may, at its option, by Company Order
          fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders
          entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction,
          notice, consent, waiver or other Act solicited by the Company,
          but the Company shall not have any obligation to do so; provided,
          however, that the Company may not fix a record date for the
          giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction
          referred to in the next sentence.  In addition, the Trustee may,
          at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination
          of Holders entitled to join in the giving or making of any Notice
          of Default, any declaration of acceleration referred to in
          Section 802, any request to institute proceedings referred to in
          Section 807 or any direction referred to in Section 812.  If any
          such record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization,
          direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, or such notice,
          declaration, request or direction, may be given before or after
          such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of
          business on the record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the
          purposes of determining (i) whether Holders of the requisite
          proportion of the Outstanding Securities have authorized or
          agreed or consented to such Act (and for that purpose the
          Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of the record date)
          and/or (ii) which Holders may revoke any such Act
          (notwithstanding subsection (e) of this Section ); and any such
          Act, given as aforesaid, shall be effective whether or not the
          Holders which authorized or agreed or consented to such Act
          remain Holders after such record date and whether or not the
          Securities held by such Holders remain Outstanding after such
          record date.

          SECTION 105.  NOTICES, ETC. TO TRUSTEE OR COMPANY.

                    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
          consent, election, waiver or Act of Holders or other document
          provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or
          furnished to, or filed with, the Trustee by any Holder or by the
          Company, or the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder, shall be
          sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise
          expressly provided herein) if in writing and delivered personally
          to an officer or other responsible employee of the addressee, or
          transmitted by facsimile transmission, or transmitted by
          registered mail, charges prepaid, to the applicable address set
          forth for such party below or to such other address as any party
          hereto may from time to time designate:

                    If to the Trustee, to:

                    The Bank of New York
                    101 Barclay Street
                    New York, New York  10286

                    Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
                    Telephone: (212) 815-5736
                    Telecopy:  (212) 815-7157

                    If to the Company, to:

                    Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc.
                    One Executive Drive
                    Fort Lee, New Jersey  07024

                    Attention: Secretary
                    Telephone:  (201) 947-7322
                    Telecopy:   (201) 947-6663
   

                    Any communication contemplated herein shall be deemed
          to have been made, given, furnished and filed if personally
          delivered, on the date of delivery, if transmitted by facsimile
          transmission, on the date of transmission, and if transmitted by
          registered mail, on the date of receipt.

          SECTION 106.  NOTICE TO HOLDERS OF SECURITIES; WAIVER.

                    Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, where
          this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such
          notice shall be sufficiently given, and shall be deemed given, to
          Holders if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to
          each Holder affected by such event, at the address of such Holder
          as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest
          date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the
          giving of such notice.

                    In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail
          service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable
          to give such notice to Holders by mail, then such notification as
          shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a
          sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.  In any case
          where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to
          mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any
          particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice
          with respect to other Holders.

                    Any notice required by this Indenture may be waived in
          writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either
          before or after the event otherwise to be specified therein, and
          such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of
          notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such
          filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any
          action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

          SECTION 107.  CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

                    If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or
          conflicts with another provision hereof which is required or
          deemed to be included in this Indenture by, or is otherwise
          governed by, any provision of the Trust Indenture Act, such other
          provision shall control; and if any provision hereof otherwise
          conflicts with the Trust Indenture Act, the Trust Indenture Act
          shall control.

          SECTION 108.  EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.

                    The Article and Section headings in this Indenture and
          the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not
          affect the construction hereof.

          SECTION 109.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

                    All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the
          Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so
          expressed or not.

          SECTION 110.  SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.

                    In case any provision in this Indenture or the
          Securities shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
          the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
          provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

          SECTION 111.  BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.

                    Nothing in this Indenture or the Securities, express or
          implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto,
          their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any
          legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

          SECTION 112.  GOVERNING LAW.

                    This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by
          and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York
          (including without limitation Section 5-1401 of the New York
          General Obligations Law or any successor to such statute), except
          to the extent that the Trust Indenture Act shall be applicable.

          SECTION 113.  LEGAL HOLIDAYS.

                    In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption
          Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business
          Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other
          provision of this Indenture or of the Securities other than a
          provision in Securities of any series, or any Tranche thereof, or
          in the indenture supplemental hereto, Board Resolution or
          Officer's Certificate which establishes the terms of the
          Securities of such series or Tranche, which specifically states
          that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section) payment
          of interest or principal and premium, if any, need not be made at
          such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next
          succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same
          force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date,
          Redemption Date, or Stated Maturity, and, if such payment is made
          or duly provided for on such Business Day, no interest shall
          accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after
          such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity,
          as the case may be, to such Business Day.


                                     ARTICLE TWO

                                    SECURITY FORMS

          SECTION 201.  FORMS GENERALLY.

                    The definitive Securities of each series shall be in
          substantially the form or forms thereof established in the
          indenture supplemental hereto establishing such series or in a
          Board Resolution establishing such series, or in an Officer's
          Certificate pursuant to such a supplemental indenture or Board
          Resolution, in each case with such appropriate insertions,
          omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or
          permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers
          or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements
          placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any
          securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be
          determined by the officers executing such Securities, as
          evidenced by their execution thereof.  If the form or forms of
          Securities of any series are established in a Board Resolution or
          in an Officer's Certificate pursuant to a Board Resolution, such
          Board Resolution and Officer's Certificate, if any, shall be
          delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the
          Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication
          and delivery of such Securities.

                    Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section
          301, the Securities of each series shall be issuable in
          registered form without coupons.  The definitive Securities shall
          be produced in such manner as shall be determined by the officers
          executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution
          thereof.

          SECTION 202.  FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

                    The Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in
          substantially the form set forth below:

                         This is one of the Securities of the series
                    designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned
                    Indenture.


                                        THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                        as Trustee



                                        By: _____________________________
                                             Authorized Signatory


                                    ARTICLE THREE  

                                    THE SECURITIES

          SECTION 301.  AMOUNT UNLIMITED; ISSUABLE IN SERIES.

                    The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may
          be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

                    The Securities may be issued in one or more series. 
          Subject to the last paragraph of this Section, prior to the
          authentication and delivery of Securities of any series there
          shall be established by specification in a supplemental indenture
          or in a Board Resolution of the Company or in an Officer's
          Certificate of the Company (which need not, comply with Section
          102) pursuant to a supplemental indenture or a Board Resolution:

                         (a)  the title of the Securities of such series
                    (which shall distinguish the Securities of such series
                    from Securities of all other series);

                         (b)  any limit upon the aggregate principal amount
                    of the Securities of such series which may be
                    authenticated and delivered under this Indenture
                    (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon
                    registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in
                    lieu of, other Securities of such series pursuant to
                    Section 304, 305, 306, 406 or 1206 and except for any
                    Securities which, pursuant to Section 303, are deemed
                    never to have been authenticated and delivered
                    hereunder);

                         (c)  the Person or Persons (without specific
                    identification) to whom any interest on Securities of
                    such series, or any Tranche thereof, shall be payable,
                    if other than the Person in whose name that Security
                    (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered
                    at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for
                    such interest;

                         (d)  the date or dates on which the principal of
                    the Securities of such series or any Tranche thereof,
                    is payable or any formulary or other method or other
                    means by which such date or dates shall be determined,
                    by reference to an index or other fact or event
                    ascertainable outside of this Indenture or otherwise
                    (without regard to any provisions for redemption,
                    prepayment, acceleration, purchase or extension);

                         (e)  the rate or rates at which the Securities of
                    such series, or any Tranche thereof, shall bear
                    interest, if any (including the rate or rates at which
                    overdue principal shall bear interest after Maturity if
                    different from the rate or rates at which such
                    Securities shall bear interest prior to Maturity, and,
                    if applicable, the rate or rates at which overdue
                    premium or interest shall bear interest, if any), or
                    any formulary or other method or other means by which
                    such rate or rates shall be determined by reference to
                    an index or other fact or event ascertainable outside
                    of this Indenture or otherwise, the date or dates from
                    which such interest shall accrue; the Interest Payment
                    Dates and the Regular Record Dates, if any, for the
                    interest payable on such Securities on any Interest
                    Payment Date; and the basis of computation of interest,
                    if other than as provided in Section 310;

                         (f)  the place or places at which or methods (if
                    other than as provided elsewhere in this Indenture) by
                    which (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and
                    interest, if any, on Securities of such series, or any
                    Tranche thereof, shall be payable, (ii) registration of
                    transfer of Securities of such series, or any Tranche
                    thereof, may be effected, (iii) exchanges of Securities
                    of such series, or any Tranche thereof, may be effected
                    and (iv) notices and demands to or upon the Company in
                    respect of the Securities of such series, or any
                    Tranche thereof, and this Indenture may be served; the
                    Security Registrar and any Paying Agent or Agents for
                    such series or Tranche; and if such is the case, that
                    the principal of such Securities shall be payable
                    without presentment or surrender thereof;

                         (g)  the period or periods within which, or the
                    date or dates on which, the price or prices at which
                    and the terms and conditions upon which the Securities
                    of such series, or any Tranche thereof, may be
                    redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the
                    Company and any restrictions on such redemptions;

                         (h)  the obligation, if any, of the Company to
                    redeem or purchase or repay the Securities of such
                    series, or any Tranche thereof, pursuant to any sinking
                    fund or other mandatory redemption provisions or at the
                    option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods
                    within which or the date or dates on which, the price
                    or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon
                    which such Securities shall be redeemed or purchased or
                    repaid, in whole or in part, pursuant to such
                    obligation and applicable exceptions to the
                    requirements of Section 404 in the case of mandatory
                    redemption or redemption or repayment at the option of
                    the Holder;

                         (i)  the denominations in which Securities of such
                    series, or any Tranche thereof, shall be issuable if
                    other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral
                    multiple thereof;

                         (j)  if the principal of or premium, if any, or
                    interest, if any, on the Securities of such series, or
                    any Tranche thereof, are to be payable, at the election
                    of the Company or a Holder thereof, in a coin or
                    currency other than that in which the Securities are
                    stated to be payable, the period or periods within
                    which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such
                    election may be made and the manner in which the amount
                    of such coin or currency payable is to be determined;

                         (k)  the currency or currencies, including
                    composite currencies, in which payment of the principal
                    of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the
                    Securities of such series, or any Tranche thereof,
                    shall be payable (if other than Dollars) and the manner
                    in which the equivalent of the principal amount thereof
                    in Dollars is to be determined for any purpose,
                    including for the purpose of determining the principal
                    amount deemed to be Outstanding at any time;

                         (l)  if the principal of or premium, if any, or
                    interest on the Securities of such series, or any
                    Tranche thereof, are to be payable, or are to be
                    payable at the election of the Company or a Holder
                    thereof, in securities or other property, the type and
                    amount of such securities or other property, or the
                    formulary or other method or other means by which such
                    amount shall be determined, and the period or periods
                    within which, and the terms and conditions upon which,
                    any such election may be made;

                         (m)  if the amount payable in respect of principal
                    of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the
                    Securities of such series, or any Tranche thereof, may
                    be determined with reference to an index or other fact
                    or event ascertainable outside this Indenture, the
                    manner in which such amounts shall be determined to the
                    extent not established pursuant to clause (e) of this
                    paragraph;

                         (n)  if other than the entire principal amount
                    thereof, the portion of the principal amount of
                    Securities of such series, or any Tranche thereof,
                    which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration
                    of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 802;

                         (o)  any Events of Default, in addition to those
                    specified in Section 801, or any exceptions to those
                    specified in Section 801, with respect to the
                    Securities of such series, and any covenants of the
                    Company for the benefit of the Holders of the
                    Securities of such series, or any Tranche thereof, in
                    addition to those set forth in Article Six, or any
                    exceptions to those set forth in Article Six;

                         (p)  the terms, if any, pursuant to which the
                    Securities of such series, or any Tranche thereof, may
                    be converted into or exchanged for shares of capital
                    stock or other securities of the Company or any other
                    Person;

                         (q)  the obligations or instruments, if any, which
                    shall be considered to be Eligible Obligations in
                    respect of the Securities of such series, or any
                    Tranche thereof, denominated in a currency other than
                    Dollars or in a composite currency, and any provisions
                    for satisfaction and discharge of Securities of any
                    series, in addition to those set forth in Section 701,
                    or any exceptions to those set forth in Section 701; 

                         (r)  if the Securities of such series, or any
                    Tranche thereof, are to be issued in global form, (i)
                    any limitations on the rights of the Holder or Holders
                    of such Securities to transfer or exchange the same or
                    to obtain the registration of transfer thereof, (ii)
                    any limitations on the rights of the Holder or Holders
                    thereof to obtain certificates therefor in definitive
                    form in lieu of global form and (iii) any other matters
                    incidental to such Securities;

                         (s)  if the Securities of such series, or any
                    Tranche thereof, are to be issuable as bearer
                    securities, any and all matters incidental thereto
                    which are not specifically addressed in a supplemental
                    indenture as contemplated by clause (g) of Section
                    1201;

                         (t)  to the extent not established pursuant to
                    clause (r) of this paragraph, any limitations on the
                    rights of the Holders of the Securities of such Series,
                    or any Tranche thereof, to transfer or exchange such
                    Securities or to obtain the registration of transfer
                    thereof; and if a service charge will be made for the
                    registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of
                    such series, or any Tranche thereof, the amount or
                    terms thereof;

                         (u)  any exceptions to Section 113, or variation
                    in the definition of Business Day, with respect to the
                    Securities of such series, or any Tranche thereof; and

                         (v)  any other terms of the Securities of such
                    series, or any Tranche thereof.

                       With respect to Securities of a series subject to a
          Periodic Offering, the indenture supplemental hereto or the Board
          Resolution which establishes such series, or the Officer's
          Certificate pursuant to such supplemental indenture or Board
          Resolution, as the case may be, may provide general terms or
          parameters for Securities of such series and provide either that
          the specific terms of Securities of such series, or any Tranche
          thereof, shall be specified in a Company Order or that such terms
          shall be determined by the Company or its agents in accordance
          with procedures specified in a Company Order as contemplated in
          clause (b) of Section 303.

                    Unless otherwise provided with respect to a series of
          Securities as contemplated in Section 301(b), the aggregate
          principal amount of a series of Securities may be increased and
          additional Securities of such series may be issued up to the
          maximum aggregate principal amount authorized with respect to
          such series as increased.

          SECTION 302.  DENOMINATIONS.

                    Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section
          301 with respect to any series of Securities, or any Tranche
          thereof, the Securities of each series shall be issuable in
          denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

          SECTION 303.  EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION, DELIVERY AND DATING.

                    Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section
          301 with respect to any series of Securities or any Tranche
          thereof, the Securities shall be executed on behalf of the
          Company by an Authorized Officer of the Company, and may have the
          corporate seal of the Company affixed thereto or reproduced
          thereon attested by its Secretary, one of its Assistant
          Secretaries or any other Authorized Officer.  The signature of
          any or all of these officers on the Securities may be manual or
          facsimile.

                    A Security bearing the manual or facsimile signature of
          an individual who was at the time of execution an Authorized
          Officer of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding
          that any such individual has ceased to be an Authorized Officer
          prior to the authentication and delivery of the Security or did
          not hold such office at the date of such Security.

                    The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Securities
          of a series for original issue, at one time or from time to time
          in accordance with the Company Order referred to below, upon
          receipt by the Trustee of:

                    (a)  the instrument or instruments establishing the
               form or forms and terms of the Securities of such series, as
               provided in Sections 201 and 301;

                    (b)  a Company Order requesting the authentication and
               delivery of such Securities and, to the extent that the
               terms of such Securities shall not have been established in
               an indenture supplemental hereto or in a Board Resolution,
               or in an Officer's Certificate pursuant to a supplemental
               indenture or Board Resolution, all as contemplated by
               Sections 201 and 301, either (i) establishing such terms or
               (ii) in the case of Securities of a series subject to a
               Periodic Offering, specifying procedures, acceptable to the
               Trustee, by which such terms are to be established (which
               procedures may provide, to the extent acceptable to the
               Trustee, for authentication and delivery pursuant to oral or
               electronic instructions from the Company or any agent or
               agents thereof, which oral instructions are to be promptly
               confirmed electronically or in writing), in either case in
               accordance with the instrument or instruments delivered
               pursuant to clause (a) above;

                    (c)  Securities of such series, each executed on behalf
               of the Company by an Authorized Officer of the Company;

                    (d)  an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

                    (i)  (A) the forms of such Securities have been duly
               authorized by the Company and (B) the forms of the
               Securities have been established in conformity with the
               provisions of this Indenture;

                    (ii)  (A) the terms of such Securities have been duly
               authorized by the Company and (B) the terms of the
               Securities have been established in conformity with the
               provisions of this Indenture; and

                    (iii)  such Securities, when authenticated and
               delivered by the Trustee and issued and delivered by the
               Company in the manner and subject to any conditions
               specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will have been duly
               issued under this Indenture and will constitute valid and
               legally binding obligations of the Company, entitled to the
               benefits provided by this Indenture, and enforceable in
               accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to
               laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of
               creditors' rights, including, without limitation, bankruptcy
               and insolvency laws and to general principles of equity
               (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in
               a proceeding in equity as at law);

          provided, however, that, with respect to Securities of a series
          subject to a Periodic Offering, the Trustee shall be entitled to
          receive such Opinion of Counsel only once at or prior to the time
          of the first authentication and delivery of Securities of such
          series, and that in lieu of the opinions described in clauses
          (ii) and (iii) above such Opinion of Counsel may, alternatively,
          state, respectively,

                    (x)  that, when the terms of such Securities shall have
               been established pursuant to a Company Order or Orders or
               pursuant to such procedures as may be specified from time to
               time by a Company Order or Orders all as contemplated by and
               in accordance with the instrument or instruments delivered
               pursuant to clause (a) above, such terms will have been duly
               authorized by the Company, respectively, and will have been
               established in conformity with the provisions of this
               Indenture; and

                    (y)  that such Securities, when (1) executed by the
               Company, (2) authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in
               accordance with this Indenture, (3) issued and delivered by
               the Company and (4) paid for, all as contemplated by and in
               accordance with the aforesaid Company Order or Orders or
               specified procedures, as the case may be, will have been
               duly issued under this Indenture and will constitute valid
               and legally binding obligations of the Company, entitled to
               the benefits provided by the Indenture, and enforceable in
               accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to
               laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of
               creditors' rights, including, without limitation, bankruptcy
               and insolvency laws and to general principles of equity
               (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in
               a proceeding in equity or at law).

                    With respect to Securities of a series subject to a
          Periodic Offering, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the
          authorization by the Company of any of such Securities, the forms
          and terms thereof and the legality, validity, binding effect and
          enforceability thereof, upon the Opinion of Counsel and other
          documents delivered pursuant to Sections 201 and 301 and this
          Section, as applicable, at or prior to the time of the first
          authentication of Securities of such series, unless and until
          such opinion or other documents have been superseded or revoked
          or expire by their terms.  In connection with the authentication
          and delivery of Securities of a series, pursuant to a Periodic
          Offering, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume that the
          Company's instructions to authenticate and deliver such
          Securities do not violate any applicable law or any applicable
          rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or
          commission having jurisdiction over the Company.

                    If the forms or terms of the Securities of any series
          have been established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or an
          Officer's Certificate as permitted by Sections 201 or 301, the
          Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if
          the issuance of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will
          affect the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under the
          Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is
          not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

                    Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by
          Section 301 with respect to any series of securities, or any
          Tranche thereof, each Security shall each be dated the date of
          its authentication.

                    Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by
          Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, or any
          Tranche thereof, no Security shall be entitled to any benefit
          under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose
          unless there appears on such Security a certificate of
          authentication substantially in the form provided for herein
          executed by the Trustee or its agent by manual signature of an
          authorized signatory thereof, and such certificate upon any
          Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence,
          that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered
          hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been
          authenticated and delivered hereunder to the Company, or any
          Person acting on its behalf, but shall never have been issued and
          sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security
          to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 309
          together with a written statement (which need not comply with
          Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel)
          stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the
          Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall
          be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered
          hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits hereof.

          SECTION 304.  TEMPORARY SECURITIES.

                    Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any
          series, or any Tranche thereof, the Company may execute, and upon
          Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
          temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed,
          typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any
          authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the
          definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, with such
          appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other
          variations as the officers executing such Securities may
          determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities;
          provided, however, that temporary Securities need not recite
          specific redemption, sinking fund, conversion or exchange
          provisions.

                    If temporary Securities of any series or Tranche are
          issued, the Company shall cause definitive Securities of such
          series or Tranche to be prepared without unreasonable delay. 
          After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series or
          Tranche, the temporary Securities of such series or Tranche shall
          be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series or
          Tranche upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series
          or Tranche at the office or agency of the Company maintained
          pursuant to Section 602 in a Place of Payment for such series or
          Tranche, without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for
          cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any
          series or Tranche, the Company shall execute and the Trustee
          shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor definitive
          Securities of the same series or Tranche, of authorized
          denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

                    Until exchanged in full as hereinabove provided,
          temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the
          same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of
          the same series and Tranche and of like tenor authenticated and
          delivered hereunder.

          SECTION 305.  REGISTRATION, REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND
                        EXCHANGE.

                    The Company shall cause to be kept in one of the
          offices or agencies designated pursuant to Section 602, with
          respect to the Securities of each series or any Tranche thereof,
          a register (the "Security Register") in which, subject to such
          reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall
          provide for the registration of Securities of such series or
          Tranche and the registration of transfer thereof.  The Company
          shall designate one Person to maintain the Security Register for
          the Securities of each series, and such Person is referred to
          herein, with respect to such series, as the "Security Registrar." 
          Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may
          designate one or more of its offices or an office of any
          Affiliate as an office in which a register with respect to the
          Securities of one or more series, or any Tranche or Tranches
          thereof, shall be maintained, and the Company may designate
          itself or any Affiliate as the Security Registrar with respect to
          one or more of such series.  The Security Register shall be open
          for inspection by the Trustee and the Company at all reasonable
          times.

                    Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by
          Section 301 with respect to the Securities of any series, or any
          Tranche thereof, upon surrender for registration of transfer of
          any Security of such series or Tranche at the office or agency of
          the Company maintained pursuant to Section 602 in a Place of
          Payment for such series or Tranche, the Company shall execute,
          and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of
          the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new
          Securities of the same series and Tranche, of authorized
          denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

                    Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by
          Section 301 with respect to the Securities of any series, or any
          Tranche thereof, any Security of such series or Tranche may be
          exchanged at the option of the Holder for one or more new
          Securities of the same series and Tranche, of authorized
          denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount,
          upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at any such
          office or agency.  Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for
          exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
          authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making
          the exchange is entitled to receive.

                    All Securities delivered upon any registration of
          transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of
          the Company evidencing the same obligation, and entitled to the
          same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered
          upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

                    Every Security presented or surrendered for
          registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by
          the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed or shall be
          accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
          satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee, duly executed by the
          Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

                    Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section
          301, with respect to Securities of any series, or any Tranche
          thereof, no service charge shall be made for any registration of
          transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require
          payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
          governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any
          registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than
          exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 406 or 1206 not involving any
          transfer.

                    The Company shall not be required to execute or to
          provide for the registration of transfer of or the exchange of
          (a) Securities of any series, or any Tranche thereof, during a
          period of 15 days immediately preceding the date notice is to be
          given identifying the serial numbers of the Securities of such
          series or Tranche called for redemption or (b) any Security so
          selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
          unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

          SECTION 306.  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST AND STOLEN SECURITIES.

                    If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the
          Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
          authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of
          the same series and Tranche, and of like tenor and principal
          amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

                    If there shall be delivered to the Company and the
          Trustee (a) evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership of
          and the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (b) such
          security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by them to
          save each of them and any agent of any of them harmless, then, in
          the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such
          Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company
          shall execute and, upon its written request, the Trustee shall
          authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or
          stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and Tranche,
          and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not
          contemporaneously outstanding.

                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case any such
          mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is
          about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion
          may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

                    Upon the issuance of any new Security under this
          Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient
          to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed
          in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including
          the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

                    Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to
          this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security
          shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of
          the Company whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security
          shall be at any time enforceable by anyone other than the Holder
          of such new security, and any such new Security shall be entitled
          to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately
          with any and all other Securities of such series duly issued
          hereunder.

                    The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall
          preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies
          with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated,
          destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

          SECTION 307.  PAYMENT OF INTEREST; INTEREST RIGHTS PRESERVED.

                    Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section
          301 with respect to the Securities of any series, or any Tranche
          thereof, interest on any Security which is payable, and is
          punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment
          Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or
          one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of
          business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

                    Any interest on any Security of any series which is
          payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any
          Interest Payment Date (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall
          forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the related
          Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and
          such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its
          election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

                    (a)  The Company may elect to make payment of any
               Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the
               Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor
               Securities) are registered at the close of business on a
               date (a "Special Record Date") for the payment of such
               Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following
               manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of
               the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each
               Security of such series and the date of the proposed
               payment, and at the same time the Company, shall deposit
               with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate
               amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted
               Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the
               Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed
               payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for
               the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted
               Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee
               shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such
               Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and
               not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed
               payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the
               Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee
               shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record
               Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company,
               shall promptly cause notice of the proposed payment of such
               Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to
               be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of
               Securities of such series at the address of such Holder as
               it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days
               prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed
               payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record
               Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest
               shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities
               of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities)
               are registered at the close of business on such Special
               Record Date.

                    (b)  The Company may make payment of any Defaulted
               Interest on the Securities of any series in any other lawful
               manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any
               securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed,
               and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange,
               if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the
               proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of
               payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

                    Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and
          Section 305, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon
          registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any
          other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and
          unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

          SECTION 308.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.

                    Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration
          of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the
          Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such
          Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for
          the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and premium, if
          any, and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest, if any, on
          such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or
          not such Security be overdue, and none of the Company, the
          Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be
          affected by notice to the contrary.

          SECTION 309.  CANCELLATION.

                    All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption,
          registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any
          sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other
          than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not
          theretofore canceled, shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. 
          The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for
          cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and
          delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any
          manner whatsoever or which the Company shall not have issued and
          sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled
          by the Trustee.  No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of
          or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this
          Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  All
          canceled Securities held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in
          accordance with the Trustee's customary procedures, and the
          Trustee shall deliver, monthly, to the Company a statement of
          transactions with respect to the Securities.

          SECTION 310.  COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.

                    Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by
          Section 301 for Securities of any series, or Tranche thereof,
          interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on
          the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months,
          and with respect to any period less than a full calendar month,
          on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed during such
          period (also based on a 30-day month).

          SECTION 311.  PAYMENT TO BE IN PROPER CURRENCY.

                    In the case of any Security denominated in any currency
          other than Dollars or in a composite currency (the "Required
          Currency"), except as otherwise specified with respect to such
          Security as contemplated by Section 301, the obligation of the
          Company to make any payment of the principal thereof, or the
          premium or interest thereon, shall not be discharged or satisfied
          by any tender by the Company, or recovery by the Trustee, in any
          currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent
          that such tender or recovery shall result in the Trustee timely
          holding the full amount of the Required Currency then due and
          payable.  If any such tender or recovery is in a currency other
          than the Required Currency, the Trustee may take such actions as
          it considers appropriate to exchange such currency for the
          Required Currency.  The costs and risks of any such exchange,
          including without limitation the risks of delay and exchange rate
          fluctuation, shall be borne by the Company, the Company shall
          remain fully liable for any shortfall or delinquency in the full
          amount of Required Currency then due and payable, and in no
          circumstances shall the Trustee be liable therefor except in the
          case of its negligence or willful misconduct.  The Company hereby
          waive any defense of payment based upon any such tender or
          recovery which is not in the Required Currency, or which, when
          exchanged for the Required Currency by the Trustee, is less than
          the full amount of Required Currency then due and payable.

          SECTION 312.  CUSIP NUMBERS.

                    The Company in issuing the Securities may use "CUSIP"
          numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall
          use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to
          Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no
          representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers
          either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice
          of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other
          identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such
          redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of
          such numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of
          any change in the "CUSIP" numbers.


                                     ARTICLE FOUR

                               REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

          SECTION 401.  APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

                    Securities of any series, or any Tranche thereof, which
          are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable
          in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified
          as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series or
          Tranche) in accordance with this Article.

          SECTION 402.  ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

                    The election of the Company to redeem any Securities
          shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution or an Officer's
          Certificate.  The Company shall, at least 35 days prior to the
          Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice
          shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee in
          writing of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of
          such Securities to be redeemed.  In the case of any redemption of
          Securities (a) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such
          redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere
          in this Indenture or (b) pursuant to an election of the Company
          which is subject to a condition specified in the terms of such
          Securities and the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an
          Officer's Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction
          or condition.

          SECTION 403.  SELECTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REDEEMED.

                    If less than all the Securities of any series, or any
          Tranche thereof, are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to
          be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee from the Outstanding
          Securities of such series or Tranche not previously called for
          redemption, by such method as shall be provided for such
          particular series or Tranche, or in the absence of any such
          provision, by such method of random selection as the Trustee
          shall deem fair and appropriate and which may, in any case,
          provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to
          any authorized denomination for Securities of such series or
          Tranche) of the principal amount of Securities of such series or
          Tranche of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized
          denomination for Securities of such series or Tranche; provided,
          however, that if, as indicated in an Officer's Certificate, the
          Company shall have offered to purchase all or any principal
          amount of the Securities then Outstanding of any series, or any
          Tranche thereof, and less than all of such Securities as to which
          such offer was made shall have been tendered to the Company for
          such purchase, the Trustee, if so directed by Company Order,
          shall select for redemption all or any principal amount of such
          Securities which have not been so tendered.

                    The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in
          writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the
          case of any Securities selected to be redeemed in part, the
          principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

                    For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context
          otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of
          Securities shall relate, in the case of any Securities redeemed
          or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal
          amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

          SECTION 404.  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

                    Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner
          provided in Section 106 to the Holders of Securities to be
          redeemed not less than 20 nor more than 60 days prior to the
          Redemption Date.

                    All notices of redemption shall state:

                         (a)  the Redemption Date,

                         (b)  the Redemption Price,

                         (c)  if less than all the Securities of any series
                    or Tranche are to be redeemed, the identification of
                    the particular Securities to be redeemed and the
                    portion of the principal amount of any Security to be
                    redeemed in part,

                         (d)  that on the Redemption Date the Redemption
                    Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the
                    Redemption Date, will become due and payable upon each
                    such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that
                    interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said
                    date,

                         (e)  the place or places where such Securities are
                    to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price
                    and accrued interest, if any, unless it shall have been
                    specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect
                    to such Securities that such surrender shall not be
                    required,

                         (f)  that the redemption is for a sinking or other
                    fund, if such is the case, and

                         (g)  the CUSIP numbers, if any, of such
                    Securities, and

                         (h)  such other matters as the Company shall deem
                    desirable or appropriate.

                    Unless otherwise specified with respect to any
          Securities in accordance with Section 301, with respect to any
          notice of redemption of Securities at the election of the
          Company, unless, upon the giving of such notice, such Securities
          shall be deemed to have been paid in accordance with Section 701,
          such notice may state that such redemption shall be conditional
          upon the receipt by the Paying Agent or Agents for such
          Securities, on or prior to the date fixed for such redemption, of
          money sufficient to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and
          interest, if any, on such Securities and that if such money shall
          not have been so received such notice shall be of no force or
          effect and the Company shall not be required to redeem such
          Securities.  In the event that such notice of redemption contains
          such a condition and such money is not so received, the
          redemption shall not be made and within a reasonable time
          thereafter notice shall be given, in the manner in which the
          notice of redemption was given, that such money was not so
          received and such redemption was not required to be made.

                    Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at
          the election of the Company, and any notice of non-satisfaction
          of a condition for redemption as aforesaid, shall be given by the
          Company or, on Company Request, by the Trustee in the name and at
          the expense of the Company.

          SECTION 405.  SECURITIES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.

                    Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid,
          and the conditions, if any, set forth in such notice having been
          satisfied, the Securities or portions thereof so to be redeemed
          shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the
          Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date
          (unless, in the case of an unconditional notice of redemption,
          the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price
          and accrued interest, if any) such Securities or portions
          thereof, if interest-bearing, shall cease to bear interest.  Upon
          surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with
          such notice, such Security or portion thereof shall be paid by
          the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued
          interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that
          no such surrender shall be a condition to such payment if so
          specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to such
          Security; and provided, further, that except as otherwise
          specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to such
          Security, any installment of interest on any Security the Stated
          Maturity of which installment is on or prior to the Redemption
          Date shall be payable to the Holder of such Security, or one or
          more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of
          business on the related Regular Record Date according to the
          terms of such Security and subject to the provisions of Sections
          305 and 307.

          SECTION 406.  SECURITIES REDEEMED IN PART.

                    Upon the surrender of any Security which is to be
          redeemed only in part at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if
          the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a
          written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
          Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or
          his attorney duly authorized in writing), the Company shall
          execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
          Holder of such Security, without service charge, a new Security
          or Securities of the same series and Tranche, of any authorized
          denomination requested by such Holder and of like tenor and in
          aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the
          unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so
          surrendered.


                                     ARTICLE FIVE

                                    SINKING FUNDS

          SECTION 501.  APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

                    The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to
          any sinking fund for the retirement of the Securities of any
          series, or any Tranche thereof, except as otherwise specified as
          contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series or
          Tranche.

                    The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided
          for by the terms of Securities of any series, or any Tranche
          thereof, is herein referred to as a "mandatory sinking fund
          payment", and any payment in excess of such minimum amount
          provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, or any
          Tranche thereof, is herein referred to as an "optional sinking
          fund payment".  If provided for by the terms of Securities of any
          series, or any Tranche thereof, the cash amount of any sinking
          fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section
          502.  Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the
          redemption of Securities of the series or Tranche in respect of
          which it was made as provided for by the terms of such
          Securities.

          SECTION 502.  SATISFACTION OF SINKING FUND PAYMENTS WITH
                        SECURITIES.

                    The Company (a) may deliver to the Trustee Outstanding
          Securities (other than any previously called for redemption) of a
          series or Tranche in respect of which a mandatory sinking fund
          payment is to be made and (b) may apply as a credit Securities of
          such series or Tranche which have been redeemed either at the
          election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities
          or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund
          payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case
          in satisfaction of all or any part of such mandatory sinking fund
          payment; provided, however, that no Securities shall be applied
          in satisfaction of a mandatory sinking fund payment if such
          Securities shall have been previously so applied.  Securities so
          applied shall be received and credited for such purpose by the
          Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for
          redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount
          of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced
          accordingly.

          SECTION 503.  REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES FOR SINKING FUND.

                    Not less than 45 days prior to each sinking fund
          payment date for the Securities of any series, or any Tranche
          thereof, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer's
          Certificate specifying:

                    (a)  the amount of the next succeeding mandatory
               sinking fund payment for such series or Tranche;

                    (b)  the amount, if any, of the optional sinking fund
               payment to be made together with such mandatory sinking fund
               payment;

                    (c)  the aggregate sinking fund payment;

                    (d)  the portion, if any, of such aggregate sinking
               fund payment which is to be satisfied by the payment of
               cash;

                    (e)  the portion, if any, of such aggregate sinking
               fund payment which is to be satisfied by delivering and
               crediting Securities of such series or Tranche pursuant to
               Section 502 and stating the basis for such credit and that
               such Securities have not previously been so credited, and
               the Company shall also deliver to the Trustee any Securities
               to be so delivered.  If the Company shall not deliver such
               Officer's Certificate, the next succeeding sinking fund
               payment for such series or Tranche shall be made entirely in
               cash in the amount of the mandatory sinking fund payment. 
               Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment
               date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed
               upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified
               in Section 403 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to
               be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in
               the manner provided in Section 404.  Such notice having been
               duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made
               upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 405 and
               406.


                                     ARTICLE SIX

                                      COVENANTS

          SECTION 601.  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND INTEREST.

                    The Company shall pay the principal of and premium, if
          any, and interest, if any, on the Securities of each series in
          accordance with the terms of such Securities and this Indenture.

          SECTION 602.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

                    The Company shall maintain in each Place of Payment for
          the Securities of each series, or any Tranche thereof, an office
          or agency where payment of such Securities shall be made or
          surrendered for payment, where registration of transfer or
          exchange of such Securities may be effected and where notices and
          demands to or upon the Company in respect of such Securities and
          this Indenture may be served.  The Company shall give prompt
          written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in
          the location, of each such office or agency and prompt notice to
          the Holders of any such change in the manner specified in Section
          106.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such
          required office or agency in respect of Securities of any series,
          or any Tranche thereof, or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with
          the address thereof, payment of such Securities may be made,
          registration of transfer or exchange thereof may be effected and
          notices and demands in respect thereby may be served at the
          Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby
          appoints the Trustee as its agent for all such purposes in any
          such event.

                    The Company may also from time to time designate one or
          more other offices or agencies with respect to the Securities of
          one or more series, or any Tranche thereof, for any or all of the
          foregoing purposes and may from time to time rescind such
          designations; provided, however, that, unless otherwise specified
          as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to the Securities of
          such series or Tranche, no such designation or rescission shall
          in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain
          an office or agency for such purposes in each Place of Payment
          for such Securities in accordance with the requirements set forth
          above.  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the
          Trustee, and prompt notice to the Holders in the manner specified
          in Section 106, of any such designation or rescission and of any
          change in the location of any such other office or agency.

                    Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any
          office or agency required by this Section may be maintained at an
          office of the Company or any Affiliate of either of them, in
          which event the Company or such Affiliate, as the case may be,
          shall perform all functions to be performed at such office or
          agency.


          SECTION 603.  MONEY FOR SECURITIES PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.

                    If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying
          Agent with respect to the Securities of any series, or any
          Tranche thereof, it shall, on or before each due date of the
          principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any of
          such Securities, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of
          the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the
          principal and premium or interest so becoming due until such sums
          shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein
          provided and shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or
          failure so to act.

                    Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying
          Agents for the Securities of any series, or any Tranche thereof,
          it shall, prior to each due date of the principal of and premium,
          if any, or interest, if any, on such Securities, deposit with
          such Paying Agents sums sufficient (without duplication) to pay
          the principal and premium or interest so becoming due, such sum
          to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to
          such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying
          Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the
          Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

                    The Company shall cause each Paying Agent for the
          Securities of any series, or any Tranche thereof, other than the
          Company or the Trustee, to execute and deliver to the Trustee an
          instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the
          Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such
          Paying Agent shall:

                    (a)  hold all sums held by it for the payment of the
               principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on
               Securities of such series or Tranche in trust for the
               benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums
               shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as
               herein provided;

                    (b)  give the Trustee notice of any default by the
               Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of such
               series) in the making of any payment of principal of and
               premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Securities of
               such series or Tranche; and

                    (c)  at any time during the continuance of any such
               default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith
               pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying
               Agent.

                    The Company may at any time pay, or by Company Order
          direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in
          trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held
          by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums
          were held by the Company or such Paying Agent and, if as stated
          in a Company Order delivered to the Trustee, in accordance with
          the provisions of Article Seven; and, upon such payment by any
          Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released
          from all further liability with respect to such money.

                    Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying
          Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of
          the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any
          Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
          principal and premium, if any, or interest has become due and
          payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or, if
          then held by the Company, shall be discharged from such trust;
          and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured
          general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof,
          and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with
          respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as
          trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that
          the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make
          any such payment to the Company, may at the expense of the
          Company, either (a) cause to be mailed, on one occasion only,
          notice to such Holder that such money remains unclaimed and that,
          after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30
          days from the date of such mailing, any unclaimed balance of such
          money then remaining will be paid to the Company or (b) cause to
          be published once, in a newspaper published in the English
          language, customarily published on each Business Day and of
          general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New
          York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a
          date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from
          the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money
          then remaining will be paid to the Company.

          SECTION 604.  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

                    Subject to the rights of the Company under Article
          Eleven, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things
          necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its
          corporate existence.

          SECTION 605.  ANNUAL OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE

                    Not later than April 30 in each year, commencing April
          30, 1999, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer's
          Certificate which need not comply with Section 102, executed by
          its principal executive officer, principal financial officer or
          principal accounting officer, as to such officer's knowledge of 
          such obligor's compliance with all conditions and covenants under
          this Indenture, such compliance to be determined without regard
          to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this
          Indenture.

          SECTION 606.  WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.

                    The Company may omit in any particular instance to
          comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in

                    (a)  any covenant or restriction specified with respect
               to the Securities of any series, or any Tranche thereof, as
               contemplated by Section 301 or by Section 1201(b) if before
               the time for such compliance the Holders of a majority in
               aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of
               all series and Tranches with respect to which compliance
               with such covenant or restriction is to be omitted,
               considered as one class, shall, by Act of such Holders,
               either waive such compliance in such instance or generally
               waive compliance with such term, provision or condition; and

                    (b)  Section 1101(b) if before the time for such
               compliance the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
               Securities Outstanding under this Indenture shall, by Act of
               such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance
               or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or
               condition;

          but, in either case, no such waiver shall extend to or affect
          such term, provision or condition except to the extent so
          expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective,
          the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in
          respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in
          full force and effect.

          SECTION 607.  CALCULATION OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.

                    In the event that the Securities of any series or
          Tranche are issued with original issue discount, the Company
          shall timely file with the Trustee such specific information
          relating to the original issue discount as may then be required
          under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
          time, or under any successor statute, to be furnished to the
          Holders of such Securities by the Company or by the Trustee.


                                    ARTICLE SEVEN

                              SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

          SECTION 701.  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF SECURITIES.

                    Any Security or Securities, or any portion of the
          principal amount thereof, shall be deemed to have been paid for
          all purposes of this Indenture, and the entire indebtedness of
          the Company in respect thereof shall be satisfied and discharged,
          if there shall have been irrevocably deposited with the Trustee
          or any Paying Agent (other than the Company), in trust:

                    (a)  money in an amount which shall be sufficient, or

                    (b)  in the case of a deposit made prior to the
               Maturity of such Securities or portions thereof, Eligible
               Obligations, which shall not contain provisions permitting
               the redemption or other prepayment thereof at the option of
               the issuer thereof, the principal of and the interest on
               which when due, without any regard to reinvestment thereof,
               will provide moneys which, together with the money, if any,
               deposited with or held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
               shall be sufficient, or

                    (c)  a combination of (a) or (b) which shall be
               sufficient,

          to pay when due the principal of and premium, if any, and
          interest, if any, due and to become due on such Securities or
          portions thereof; provided, however, that in the case of the
          provision for payment or redemption of less than all the
          Securities of any series or Tranche, such Securities or portions
          thereof shall have been selected by the Trustee as provided
          herein and, in the case of a redemption, the notice requisite to
          the validity of such redemption shall have been given or
          irrevocable authority shall have been given by the Company to the
          Trustee to give such notice, under arrangements satisfactory to
          the Trustee; and provided, further, that the Company shall have
          delivered to the Trustee and such Paying Agent:

                    (x)  if such deposit shall have been made prior to the
               Maturity of such Securities, a Company Order stating that
               the money and Eligible Obligations deposited in accordance
               with this Section shall be held in trust, as provided in
               Section 603; 

                    (y)  if Eligible Obligations shall have been deposited,
               an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such obligations
               constitute Eligible Obligations and do not contain
               provisions permitting the redemption or other prepayment
               thereof at the option of the issuer thereof, and an opinion
               of an independent public accountant of nationally recognized
               standing, selected by the Company, to the effect that the
               other requirements set forth in clause (b) and (c) above
               have been satisfied; and 

                    (z)  if such deposit shall have been made prior to the
               Maturity of such Securities, an Officer's Certificate
               stating the Company's intention that, upon delivery of such
               Officer's Certificate, its indebtedness in respect of such
               Securities or portions thereof will have been satisfied and
               discharged as contemplated in this Section.

                    Upon the deposit of money or Eligible Obligations, or
          both, in accordance with this Section, together with the
          documents required by clauses (x), (y) and (z) above, the Trustee
          shall, upon Company Request, acknowledge in writing that such
          Securities or portions thereof are deemed to have been paid for
          all purposes of this Indenture and that the entire indebtedness
          of the Company in respect thereof has been satisfied and
          discharged as contemplated in this Section.  In the event that
          all of the conditions set forth in the preceding paragraph shall
          have been satisfied in respect of any Securities or portions
          thereof except that, for any reason, the Officer's Certificate
          specified in clause (z) (if otherwise required) shall not have
          been delivered, such Securities or portions thereof shall
          nevertheless be deemed to have been paid for all purposes of this
          Indenture, and the Holders of such Securities or portions thereof
          shall nevertheless be no longer entitled to the benefits provided
          by this Indenture or of any of the covenants of the Company under
          Article Six (except the covenants contained in Sections 602 and
          603) or any other covenants made in respect of such Securities or
          portions thereof as contemplated by Section 301 or Section
          1201(b), but the indebtedness of the Company in respect of such
          Securities or portions thereof shall not be deemed to have been
          satisfied and discharged prior to Maturity for any other purpose;
          and, upon Company Request, the Trustee shall acknowledge in
          writing that such Securities or portions thereof are deemed to
          have been paid for all purposes of this Indenture.

                    If payment at Stated Maturity of less than all of the
          Securities of any series, or any Tranche thereof, is to be
          provided for in the manner and with the effect provided in this
          Section, the Trustee shall select such Securities, or portions of
          principal amount thereof, in the manner specified by Section 403
          for selection for redemption of less than all the Securities of a
          series or Tranche.

                    In the event that Securities which shall be deemed to
          have been paid for purposes of this Indenture, and, if such is
          the case, in respect of which the Company's indebtedness shall
          have been satisfied and discharged, all as provided in this
          Section, do not mature and are not to be redeemed within the
          sixty (60) day period commencing with the date of the deposit of
          moneys or Eligible Obligations, as aforesaid, the Company shall,
          as promptly as practicable, give a notice, in the same manner as
          a notice of redemption with respect to such Securities, to the
          Holders of such Securities to the effect that such deposit has
          been made and the effect thereof.

                    Notwithstanding that any Securities shall be deemed to
          have been paid for purposes of this Indenture, as aforesaid, the
          obligations of the Company and the Trustee in respect of such
          Securities under Sections 304, 305, 306, 404, 602, 603, 907 and
          914 and this Article shall survive.

                    The Company shall pay, and shall indemnify the Trustee
          or any Paying Agent with which Eligible Obligations shall have
          been deposited as provided in this Section against, any tax, fee
          or other charge imposed on or assessed against such Eligible
          Obligations or the principal or interest received in respect of
          such Eligible Obligations, including, but not limited to, any
          such tax payable by any entity deemed, for tax purposes, to have
          been created as a result of such deposit.

                    Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a)
          if, at any time after a Security would be deemed to have been
          paid for purposes of this Indenture, and, if such is the case,
          the Company's indebtedness in respect thereof would be deemed to
          have been satisfied and discharged, pursuant to this Section
          (without regard to the provisions of this paragraph), the Trustee
          or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, (i) shall be required to
          return the money or Eligible Obligations, or combination thereof,
          deposited with it as aforesaid to the Company or its
          representative under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy,
          insolvency or other similar law, or (ii) are unable to apply any
          money in accordance with this Article with respect to any
          Securities by reason of any order or judgment of any court or
          governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
          prohibiting such application, such Security shall thereupon be
          deemed retroactively not to have been paid and any satisfaction
          and discharge of the Company's indebtedness in respect thereof
          shall retroactively be deemed not to have been effected, and such
          Security shall be deemed to remain Outstanding and (b) any
          satisfaction and discharge of the Company's indebtedness in
          respect of any Security shall be subject to the provisions of the
          last paragraph of Section 603.

          SECTION 702.  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.

                    This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be
          of further effect (except as hereinafter expressly provided), and
          the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute such
          instruments as the Company shall reasonably request to evidence
          and acknowledge the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture,
          when:

                    (a)  no Securities remain Outstanding hereunder; and 

                    (b)  the Company has paid or caused to be paid all
               other sums payable hereunder by the Company; 

          provided, however, that if, in accordance with the last paragraph
          of Section 701, any Security, previously deemed to have been paid
          for purposes of this Indenture, shall be deemed retroactively not
          to have been so paid, this Indenture shall thereupon be deemed
          retroactively not to have been satisfied and discharged, as
          aforesaid, and to remain in full force and effect, and the
          Company shall execute and deliver such instruments as the Trustee
          shall reasonably request to evidence and acknowledge the same.

                    Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this
          Indenture as aforesaid, the obligations of the Company, and the
          Trustee under Sections 304, 305, 306, 404, 602, 603, 907 and 914
          and this Article shall survive.

                    Upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as
          provided in this Section, the Trustee shall turn over to the
          Company any and all money, securities and other property then
          held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the
          Securities (other than money and Eligible Obligations held by the
          Trustee pursuant to Section 703) and shall execute and deliver to
          the Company such instruments as, in the judgment of the Company,
          shall be necessary, desirable or appropriate to effect or
          evidence the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

          SECTION 703.  APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.

                    Neither the Eligible Obligations nor the money
          deposited pursuant to Section 701, nor the principal or interest
          payments on any such Eligible Obligations, shall be withdrawn or
          used for any purpose other than, and shall be held in trust for,
          the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and
          interest, if any, on the Securities or portions of principal
          amount thereof in respect of which such deposit was made, all
          subject, however, to the provisions of Section 603; provided,
          however, that any cash received from such principal or interest
          payments on such Eligible Obligations, if not then needed for
          such purpose, shall, to the extent practicable and upon Company
          Request and delivery to the Trustee of the documents referred to
          in clause (y) in the first paragraph of Section 701, be invested
          in Eligible Obligations of the type described in clause (b) in
          the first paragraph of Section 701 maturing at such times and in
          such amounts as shall be sufficient, together with any other
          moneys and the proceeds of any other Eligible Obligations then
          held by the Trustee, to pay when due the principal of and
          premium, if any, and interest, if any, due and to become due on
          such Securities or portions thereof on and prior to the Maturity
          thereof, and interest earned from such reinvestment shall be paid
          over to the Company as received, free and clear of any trust,
          lien or pledge under this Indenture (except the lien provided by
          Section 907); and provided, further, that any moneys held in
          accordance with this Section on the Maturity of all such
          Securities in excess of the amount required to pay the principal
          of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, then due on such
          Securities shall be paid over to the Company free and clear of
          any trust, lien or pledge under this Indenture (except the lien
          provided by Section 907); and provided, further, that if an Event
          of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, moneys to be
          paid over to the Company pursuant to this Section shall be held
          until such Event of Default shall have been waived or cured.


                                    ARTICLE EIGHT

                             EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

          SECTION 801.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

                    "Event of Default", wherever used herein with respect
          to Securities of any series, means any one of the following
          events:

                    (a)  default in the payment of principal of or premium,
               if any, or interest on any Security of such series when it
               becomes due and payable and continuance of such default for
               a period of 30 days; or

                    (b)  default in the performance of, or breach of, any
               covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture (other
               than a covenant or warranty a default in the performance of
               which or breach of which is elsewhere in this Section
               specifically dealt with or which has expressly been included
               in this Indenture solely for the benefit of one or more
               series of Securities other than such series) and continuance
               of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after
               there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to
               the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the
               Trustee by the Holders of at least 75% in principal amount
               of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written
               notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to
               be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of
               Default" hereunder, unless the Trustee, or the Trustee and
               the Holders of a principal amount of Securities of such
               series not less than the principal amount of Securities the
               Holders of which gave such notice, as the case may be, shall
               agree in writing to an extension of such period prior to its
               expiration; provided, however, that the Trustee, or the
               Trustee and the Holders of such principal amount of
               Securities of such series, as the case may be, shall be
               deemed to have agreed to an extension of such period if
               corrective action is initiated by the Company within such
               period and is being diligently pursued; or

                    (c)  any other Event of Default specified with respect
               to Securities of such series.

          SECTION 802.  ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.

                    If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
          continuing with respect to Securities of any series at the time
          Outstanding, then in every such case the Holders of not less than
          75% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such
          series may declare the principal amount (or, if any of the
          Securities of such series are Discount Securities, such portion
          of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified in
          the terms thereof as contemplated by Section 301) of all of the
          Securities of such series to be due and payable immediately, by a
          notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by
          Holders), and upon receipt by the Company of notice of such
          declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) shall
          become immediately due and payable; provided, however, that if an
          Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with
          respect to more than one series of Securities, the Holders of not
          less than 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
          Securities of all such series, considered as one class, may make
          such declaration of acceleration, and not the Holders of the
          Securities of any one of such series.

                    At any time after such a declaration of acceleration
          with respect to Securities of any series shall have been made and
          before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due shall
          have been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article
          provided, such declaration and its consequences shall, without
          further act, be deemed to have been rescinded and annulled, if

                         (a)  the Company shall have paid or deposited with
                    the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

                              (1)  all overdue interest, if any, on all
                         Securities of such series then Outstanding;

                              (2)  the principal of and premium, if any, on
                         any Securities of such series then Outstanding
                         which have become due otherwise than by such
                         declaration of acceleration and interest thereon
                         at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such
                         Securities;

                              (3)  to the extent that payment of such
                         interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest
                         at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such
                         Securities;

                              (4)  all amounts due to the Trustee under
                         Section 907;

                    and

                         (b)  all Events of Default with respect to
                    Securities of such series, other than the non payment
                    of the principal of Securities of such series which
                    shall have become due solely by such declaration of
                    acceleration, shall have been cured or waived as
                    provided in Section 813.

          No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Event of Default
          or impair any right consequent thereon.

          SECTION 803.  COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR
                        ENFORCEMENT BY TRUSTEE.

                    If an Event of Default described in clause (a) of
          Section 801 shall have occurred, the Company shall, upon demand
          of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of the
          Securities of the series with respect to which such Event of
          Default shall have occurred, the whole amount then due and
          payable on such Securities for principal and premium, if any, and
          interest, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest
          on premium, if any, and on any overdue principal and interest, at
          the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in
          addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to
          cover any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 907.

                    If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith
          upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of
          an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the
          collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such
          proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same
          against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and
          collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the
          manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any
          other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.

                    If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of
          any series shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may
          in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and
          the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such
          appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most
          effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the
          specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this
          Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein,
          or to enforce any other proper remedy.

          SECTION 804.  TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

                    In case of the pendency of any receivership,
          insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
          adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to
          the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the
          property of the Company or of such other obligor or their
          creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of
          the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed
          or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the
          Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment
          of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and
          empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

                    (a)  to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of
               principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, owing and
               unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other
               papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in
               order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim
               for amounts due to the Trustee under Section 907) and of the
               Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

                    (b)  to collect and receive any moneys or other
               property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to
               distribute the same;

          and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator,
          sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial
          proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such
          payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall
          consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders,
          to pay to the Trustee any amounts due it under Section 907.

                    Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize
          the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on
          behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
          adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights
          of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
          respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding;
          provided, however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of the
          Holders, be a member of a creditors' or similar other committee.

          SECTION 805.  TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF
                        SECURITIES.

                    All rights of action and claims under this Indenture,
          the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee
          without the possession of any of the Securities or the production
          thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such
          proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own
          name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment
          shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable
          compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
          Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of
          the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

          SECTION 806.  APPLICATION OF MONEY COLLECTED.

                    Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this
          Article shall be applied in the following order, to the extent
          permitted by law, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and,
          in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal
          or premium, if any, or interest, if any, upon presentation of the
          Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such
          money shall have been collected and the notation thereon of the
          payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if
          fully paid:

                    FIRST:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee
               under Section 907;

                    SECOND:  To the payment of the amounts then due and
               unpaid upon the Securities for principal of and premium, if
               any, and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the
               benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably,
               without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
               amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal,
               premium, if any, and interest, if any, respectively; 

                    THIRD:  To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the
               Company or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive
               the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

          SECTION 807.  LIMITATION ON SUITS.

                    No Holder shall have any right to institute any
          proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this
          Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or
          for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

                    (a)  such Holder shall have previously given written
               notice conforming to the requirements of Section 105 hereof,
               to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect
               to the Securities of such series;

                    (b)  the Holders of 75% in aggregate principal amount
               of the Outstanding Securities of all series in respect of
               which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
               continuing, considered as one class, shall have made written
               request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect
               of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee
               hereunder;

                    (c)  such Holder or Holders shall have offered to the
               Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee,
               against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred
               in compliance with such request;

                    (d)  the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such
               notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to
               institute any such proceeding; and

                    (e)  no direction inconsistent with such written
               request shall have been given to the Trustee during such 60-
               day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate
               principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series
               in respect of which an Event of Default shall have occurred
               and be continuing, considered as one class;

          it being understood and intended that no one or more of such
          Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of,
          or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect,
          disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders or
          to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any
          other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this
          Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal
          and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.

          SECTION 808.  UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE
                        PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND INTEREST.

                    Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture,
          the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is
          absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal
          of and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 307) interest, if
          any, on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities
          expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the
          Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any
          such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the
          consent of such Holder.

          SECTION 809.  RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

                    If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any
          proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture
          and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for
          any reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the
          Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject
          to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee
          and such Holder shall be restored severally and respectively to
          their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and
          remedies of the Trustee and such Holder shall continue as though
          no such proceeding had been instituted.

          SECTION 810.  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

                    Except as otherwise provided in the last paragraph of
          Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved
          to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of
          any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to
          the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
          every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter
          existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or
          employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall
          not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other
          appropriate right or remedy.

          SECTION 811.  DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER.

                    No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to
          exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default
          shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of
          any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every
          right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee
          or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as
          often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the
          Holders, as the case may be.

          SECTION 812.  CONTROL BY HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.

                    If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
          continuing in respect of a series of Securities, the Holders of a
          majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of
          such series shall have the right to direct the time, method and
          place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
          the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the
          Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series; provided,
          however, that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
          continuing with respect to more than one series of Securities,
          the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
          Outstanding Securities of all such series, considered as one
          class, shall have the right to make such direction, and not the
          Holders of the Securities of any one of such series; and
          provided, further, that

                    (a)  such direction shall not be in conflict with any
               rule of law or with this Indenture, and could not involve
               the Trustee in personal liability in circumstances where
               indemnity would not, in the Trustee's sole discretion, be
               adequate, and

                    (b)  the Trustee may take any other action deemed
               proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such
               direction.

          SECTION 813.  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

                    The Holders of not less than a majority in principal
          amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf
          of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any
          past default hereunder with respect to such series and its
          consequences, except a default

                    (a)  in the payment of the principal of or premium, if
               any, or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or

                    (b)  in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which
               under Section 1202 cannot be modified or amended without the
               consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such
               series affected.

                    Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to
          exist, and any and all Events of Default arising therefrom shall
          be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this
          Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
          other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

          SECTION 814.  UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

                    The Company and the Trustee agree, and each Holder by
          his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any
          court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the
          enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in
          any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or
          omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in
          such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and
          that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs,
          including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any
          party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and
          good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant,
          but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit
          instituted by the Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee,
          to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders,
          holding in the aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal
          amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series in respect of
          which such suit may be brought, considered as one class, or to
          any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the
          payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if
          any, on any Security on or after the Stated Maturity or
          Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of
          redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

          SECTION 815.  WAIVER OF USURY, STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS.

                    The Company covenants (to the extent that it may
          lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or
          plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
          advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted,
          now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the
          covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company
          (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly
          waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants
          that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
          power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit
          the execution of every such power as though no such law had been
          enacted.


                                     ARTICLE NINE

                                     THE TRUSTEE

          SECTION 901.  CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

                    (a)  Except during the continuance of an Event of
          Default with respect to Securities of any series,

                    (1)  the Trustee undertakes to perform, with respect to
               Securities of such series, such duties and only such duties
               as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no
               implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
               Indenture against the Trustee; and

                    (2)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the
               Trustee may, with respect to Securities of such series,
               conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
               correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
               certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and
               conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the
               case of any such certificates or opinions which by any
               provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished
               to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine
               the same to determine whether or not they conform to the
               requirements of this Indenture.

                    (b)  In case an Event of Default with respect to
          Securities of any series shall have occurred and be continuing,
          the Trustee shall exercise, with respect to Securities of such
          series, such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
          Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their
          exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the
          circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

                    (c)  No provision of this Indenture shall be construed
          to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent
          action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own wilful
          misconduct, except that

                    (1)  this subsection shall not be construed to limit
               the effect of subsection (a) of this Section;

                    (2)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
               judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless
               it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in
               ascertaining the pertinent facts;

                    (3)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to
               any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith
               in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a
               majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities
               of any one or more series, as provided herein, relating to
               the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
               any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust
               or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture
               with respect to the Securities of such series; and

                    (4)  no provision of this Indenture shall require the
               Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur
               any financial liability in the performance of any of its
               duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or
               powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing
               that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against
               such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

                    (d)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided,
          every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or
          affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee
          shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

          SECTION 902.  NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

                    The Trustee shall give notice of any default hereunder
          with respect to the Securities of any series to the Holders of
          Securities of such series in the manner and to the extent
          required to do so by the Trust Indenture Act, unless such default
          shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that in the
          case of any default of the character specified in Section 801(b),
          no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 75 days
          after the occurrence thereof.  For the purpose of this Section,
          the term "default" means any event which is, or after notice or
          lapse of time, or both, would become, an Event of Default with
          respect to the Securities of such series.

          SECTION 903.  CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

                    Subject to the provisions of Section 901 and to the
          applicable provisions of the Trust Indenture Act:

                    (a)  the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be
               protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any
               resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion,
               report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,
               debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other
               paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have
               been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

                    (b)  any request or direction of the Company mentioned
               herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request
               or Company Order, or as otherwise expressly provided herein,
               and any resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company
               may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution thereof;

                    (c)  whenever in the administration of this Indenture
               the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved
               or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any
               action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be
               herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad
               faith on its part, rely upon an Officer's Certificate of the
               Company;

                    (d)  the Trustee may consult with counsel of its
               selection and the written advice of such counsel or any
               Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization
               and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or
               omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance
               thereon;

                    (e)  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to
               exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this
               Indenture at the request or direction of any Holder pursuant
               to this Indenture, unless such Holder shall have offered to
               the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to
               the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities
               which might be incurred by it in compliance with such
               request or direction;

                    (f)  the Trustee shall not be bound to make any
               investigation into the facts or matters stated in any
               resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion,
               report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,
               debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other
               paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may
               make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts
               or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall
               determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it
               shall (subject to applicable legal requirements) be entitled
               to examine, during normal business hours, the books, records
               and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or
               attorney;

                    (g)  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or
               powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either
               directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the
               Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
               negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed
               with due care by it hereunder;

                    (h)  the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of
               any Event of Default with respect to the Securities of any
               series for which it is acting as Trustee unless either (1) a
               Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to the Corporate
               Trust Administration and agency group of the Trustee (or any
               successor division or department of the Trustee) shall have
               actual knowledge of the Event of Default or (2) written
               notice of such Event of Default shall have been given to the
               Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on such
               Securities, or by any Holder of such Securities;

                    (i)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any action
               taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith
               and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the
               discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this
               Indenture; and

                    (j)  the rights, privileges, protections, immunities
               and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without
               limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to,
               and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its
               capacities hereunder.

          SECTION 904.  NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE OF
                        SECURITIES.

                    The recitals contained herein and in the Securities
          (except the Trustee's certificates of authentication) shall be
          taken as the statements of the Company and neither the Trustee
          nor any Authenticating Agent assumes responsibility for their
          correctness.  The Trustee makes no representations as to the
          validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. 
          Neither Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable
          for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the
          proceeds thereof.

          SECTION 905.  MAY HOLD SECURITIES.

                    Each of the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any
          Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other agent of the
          Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the
          owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 908 and
          913, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it
          would have if it were not the Trustee, Authenticating Agent,
          Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

          SECTION 906.  MONEY HELD IN TRUST.

                    Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not
          be segregated from other funds, except to the extent required by
          law.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on or
          investment of any money received by it hereunder except as
          expressly provided herein or otherwise agreed with in writing,
          and for the sole benefit of, the Company.

          SECTION 907.  COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

                    The Company agrees

                    (a)  to pay to the Trustee from time to time such
               compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as
               the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in
               writing (which compensation shall not be limited by any
               provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee
               of an express trust);

                    (b)  except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to
               reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable
               expenses, disbursements and advances reasonably incurred or
               made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this
               Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the
               expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel),
               except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be
               attributable to its negligence, wilful misconduct or bad
               faith; and

                    (c)  to indemnify the Trustee and hold it harmless from
               and against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably
               incurred without negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith
               on its part, arising out of or in connection with the
               acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts
               hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending
               itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company,
               any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection
               with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or
               duties hereunder.

                    As security for the performance of the obligations of
          the Company under this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien
          prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or
          collected by the Trustee as such, other than property and funds
          held in trust under Section 703 (except moneys payable to the
          Company as provided in Section 703).

                    The provisions of this Section 907 shall survive the
          termination of this Indenture.

          SECTION 908.  DISQUALIFICATION; CONFLICTING INTERESTS.

                    If the Trustee shall have or acquire any conflicting
          interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, it shall
          either eliminate such conflicting interest or resign to the
          extent, in the manner and with the effect, and subject to the
          conditions, provided in the Trust Indenture Act and this
          Indenture.  For purposes of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust
          Indenture Act and to the extent permitted thereby, the Trustee,
          in its capacity as trustee in respect of the Securities of any
          series, shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest
          arising from its capacity as trustee in respect of the Securities
          of any other series.

          SECTION 909.  CORPORATE TRUSTEE REQUIRED; ELIGIBILITY.

                    There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which
          shall be 

                    (a)  a corporation organized and doing business under
          the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or
          the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise
          corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of
          at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by
          Federal, State or District of Columbia authority, or 

                    (b)  if and to the extent permitted by the Commission
          by rule, regulation or order upon application, a corporation or
          other Person organized and doing business under the laws of a
          foreign government, authorized under such laws to exercise
          corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of
          at least $50,000,000 or the Dollar equivalent of the applicable
          foreign currency and subject to supervision or examination by
          authority of such foreign government or a political subdivision
          thereof substantially equivalent to supervision or examination
          applicable to United States institutional trustees and, in either
          case, qualified and eligible under this Article and the Trust
          Indenture Act. If such corporation publishes reports of condition
          at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such
          supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this
          Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation
          shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set
          forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If
          at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance
          with the provisions of this Section and the Trust Indenture Act,
          it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect
          hereinafter specified in this Article.

          SECTION 910.  RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

                    (a)  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no
          appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall
          become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the
          successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements
          of Section 911.

                    (b)  The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to
          the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice
          thereof to the Company.  If the instrument of acceptance by a
          successor Trustee required by Section 911 shall not have been
          delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such
          notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any
          court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
          successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

                    (c)  The Trustee may be removed at any time with
          respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of
          a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of
          such series delivered to the Trustee and the Company. If the
          instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by
          Section 911 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within
          30 days after the giving of such notice of removal, the Trustee
          being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction
          for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the
          Securities of such series.

                    (d)  If at any time:

                    (1)  the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 908
               after written request therefor by the Company or by any
               Holder who has been a bona fide Holder for at least six
               months, or

                    (2)  the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under
               Section 909 or Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act and
               shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the
               Company or by any such Holder, or

                    (3)  the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or
               shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of
               the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any
               public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee
               or of its property or affairs for the purpose of
               rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

          then, in any such case, (x) the Company by Board Resolution may
          remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities or (y) subject
          to Section 814, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder for at
          least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others
          similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction
          for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and
          the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

                    (e)  If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become
          incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of
          Trustee for any cause (other than as contemplated by clause (y)
          in subsection (d) or this Section), with respect to the
          Securities of one or more series, the Company, by Board
          Resolutions, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or
          Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series
          (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be
          appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of
          such series and that at any time (subject to Section 915) there
          shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any
          particular series) and shall comply with the applicable
          requirements of Section 911.  If, within one year after such
          resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such
          vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of
          any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority
          in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series
          delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor
          Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such
          appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of
          Section 911, become the successor Trustee with respect to the
          Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the
          successor Trustee appointed by the Company.  If no successor
          Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have
          been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted
          appointment in the manner required by Section 911, any Holder who
          has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at
          least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others
          similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction
          for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the
          Securities of such series.

                    (f)  So long as no event which is, or after notice or
          lapse of time, or both, would become, an Event of Default shall
          have occurred and be continuing, and except with respect to a
          Trustee appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in
          principal amount of the Outstanding Securities pursuant to
          subsection (e) of this Section, if the Company shall have
          delivered to the Trustee (i) Board Resolutions of the Company
          appointing a successor Trustee, effective as of a date specified
          therein, and (ii) an instrument of acceptance of such
          appointment, effective as of such date, by such successor Trustee
          in accordance with Section 911, the Trustee shall be deemed to
          have resigned as contemplated in subsection (b) of this Section,
          the successor Trustee shall be deemed to have been appointed by
          the Company pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section and such
          appointment shall be deemed to have been accepted as contemplated
          in Section 911, all as of such date, and all other provisions of
          this Section and Section 911 shall be applicable to such
          resignation, appointment and acceptance except to the extent
          inconsistent with this subsection (f).

                    (g)  The Company shall give notice of each resignation
          and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of
          any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with
          respect to the Securities of any series to all Holders of
          Securities of such series in the manner provided in Section 106. 
          Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with
          respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its
          Corporate Trust Office.

          SECTION 911.  ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR.

                    (a)  In case of the appointment hereunder of a
          successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of all series,
          every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute,
          acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring
          Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon
          the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become
          effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act,
          deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights,
          powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the
          request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring
          Trustee shall, upon payment of all sums owed to it, execute and
          deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all
          the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall
          duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all
          property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

                    (b)  In case of the appointment hereunder of a
          successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more
          (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each
          successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more
          series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto
          wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and
          which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or
          desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each
          successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of
          the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or
          those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee
          relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect
          to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be
          deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights,
          powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to
          the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring
          Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the
          retiring Trustee and (3) shall add to or change any of the
          provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for
          or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more
          than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in
          such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-
          trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be
          trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from
          any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such
          Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental
          indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee
          shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each
          such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or
          conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers,
          trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the
          Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of
          such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or
          any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee, upon payment of all
          sums owed to it, shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such
          successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring
          Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those
          series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee
          relates.

                    (c)  Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the
          Company shall execute any instruments for more fully and
          certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all
          such rights, powers and trusts referred to in subsection (a) or
          (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

                    (d)  No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment
          unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee
          shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

          SECTION 912.  MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO
                        BUSINESS.

                    Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or
          converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any
          corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or
          consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any
          corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate
          trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the
          Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise
          qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution
          or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of
          the parties hereto.  In case any Securities shall have been
          authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office,
          any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such
          authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver
          the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such
          successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

          SECTION 913.  PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.

                    If the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the
          Company or any other obligor upon the Securities (other than by
          reason of a relationship described in Section 311(b) of the Trust
          Indenture Act), the Trustee shall be subject to any and all
          applicable provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the
          collection of claims against the Company or such other obligor. 
          For purposes of Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act (a) the
          term "cash transaction" shall have the meaning provided in Rule
          11b-4 under the Trust Indenture Act, and (b) the term "self-
          liquidating paper" shall have the meaning provided in Rule 11b-6
          under the Trust Indenture Act.

          SECTION 914.  APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT.

                    The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or
          Agents with respect to the Securities of one or more series, or
          any Tranche thereof, which shall be authorized to act on behalf
          of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series or
          Tranche issued upon original issuance, exchange, registration of
          transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section
          306, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the
          benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for
          all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. 
          Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the
          authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the
          Trustee's certificate of authentication, such reference shall be
          deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the
          Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of
          authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an
          Authenticating Agent.  Each Authenticating Agent shall be
          acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation
          organized and doing business under the laws of the United States
          of America, any State or territory thereof or the District of
          Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, authorized under
          such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined
          capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to
          supervision or examination by Federal or State authority.  If
          such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least
          annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said
          supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this
          Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating
          Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as
          set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. 
          If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible
          in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such
          Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and
          with the effect specified in this Section.

                    Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may
          be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or
          any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or
          consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a
          party, or any corporation succeeding to all of substantially all
          the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an
          Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating
          Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible
          under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper
          or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the
          Authenticating Agent.

                    An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by
          giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and the Company. 
          The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an
          Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such
          Authenticating Agent and the Company.  Upon receiving such a
          notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at
          any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in
          accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may
          appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be
          acceptable to the Company.  Any successor Authenticating Agent
          upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested
          with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor
          hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an
          Authenticating Agent.  No successor Authenticating Agent shall be
          appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

                    The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent
          from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under
          this Section.

                    The provisions of Sections 308, 904 and 905 shall be
          applicable to each Authenticating Agent.

                    If an appointment with respect to the Securities of one
          or more series, or any Tranche thereof, shall be made pursuant to
          this Section, the Securities of such series or Tranche may have
          endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee's certificate of
          authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication
          substantially in the following form:

                    This is one of the Securities of the series designated
          therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                             As Trustee


                                             By______________________
                                               As Authenticating
                                                  Agent


                                             By______________________
                                               Authorized Signatory

                    If all of the Securities of a series may not be
          originally issued at one time, and if the Trustee does not have
          an office capable of authenticating Securities upon original
          issuance located in a Place of Payment where the Company wishes
          to have Securities of such series authenticated upon original
          issuance, the Trustee, if so requested by the Company in writing
          (which writing need not comply with Section 102 and need not be
          accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel), shall appoint, in
          accordance with this Section and in accordance with such
          procedures as shall be acceptable to the Trustee, an
          Authenticating Agent having an office in a Place of Payment
          designated by the Company with respect to such series of
          Securities.

          SECTION 915.  CO-TRUSTEE AND SEPARATE TRUSTEES.

                    At any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the
          legal requirements of any applicable jurisdiction, the Company
          and the Trustee shall have power to appoint, and, upon the
          written request of the Trustee or of the Holders of at least 33%
          in principal amount of the Securities then Outstanding, the
          Company shall for such purpose join with the Trustee in the
          execution and delivery of all instruments and agreements
          necessary or proper to appoint, one or more Persons approved by
          the Trustee either to act as co-trustee, jointly with the
          Trustee, or to act as separate trustee, in either case with such
          powers as may be provided in the instrument of appointment, and
          to vest in such Person or Persons, in the capacity aforesaid, and 
          for the benefit of the Holders, any property, title, right or
          power deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the other
          provisions of this Section.  If the Company does not join in such
          appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request
          so to do, or if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
          continuing, the Trustee alone shall have power to make such
          appointment.

                    Should any written instrument or instruments from the
          Company be required by any co-trustee or separate trustee to more
          fully confirm to such co-trustee or separate trustee such
          property, title, right or power, any and all such instruments
          shall, on request, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the
          Company.

                    Every co-trustee or separate trustee shall, to the
          extent permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed
          subject to the following conditions:

                    (a)  the Securities shall be authenticated and
          delivered, and all rights, powers, duties and obligations
          hereunder in respect of the custody of securities, cash and other
          personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged
          with, the Trustee hereunder, shall be exercised solely, by the
          Trustee;

                    (b)  the rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby
          conferred or imposed upon the Trustee in respect of any property
          covered by such appointment shall be conferred or imposed upon
          and exercised or performed either by the Trustee or by the
          Trustee and such co-trustee or separate trustee jointly, as shall
          be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee or
          separate trustee, except to the extent that under any law of any
          jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed, the
          Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act,
          in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall
          be exercised and performed singly by such co-trustee or separate
          trustee.

                    (c)  the Trustee at any time, by an instrument in
          writing executed by it, with the concurrence of the Company, may
          accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee or separate
          trustee appointed under this Section, and, if an Event of Default
          shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee shall have
          power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-
          trustee or separate trustee without the concurrence of the
          Company.  Upon the written request of the Trustee, the Company
          shall join with the Trustee in the execution and delivery of all
          instruments and agreements necessary or proper to effectuate such
          resignation or removal.  A successor to any co-trustee or
          separate trustee so resigned or removed may be appointed in the
          manner provided in this Section;

                    (d)  no co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall
          be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of the
          Trustee, or any other such trustee hereunder, and the Trustee
          shall not be personally liable by reason of any act or omission
          of any such co-trustee or separate trustee;

                    (e)  any Act of Holders delivered to the Trustee shall
          be deemed to have been delivered to each such co-trustee and
          separate trustee; and

                    (f)  Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time
          appoint the Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with full
          power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do
          any lawful act under or in respect of this Indenture on its
          behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee or co-trustee
          shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all
          of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall
          vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted
          by law, without the appointment of a new successor trustee.
                                                                        

                                     ARTICLE TEN

                  HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

          SECTION 1001.  LISTS OF HOLDERS.

                    Semiannually, not later than September 1 and March 1 in
          each year, commencing March 1, 1999 and at such other times as
          the Trustee may request in writing, the Company shall furnish or
          cause to be furnished to the Trustee information as to the names
          and addresses of the Holders, and the Trustee shall preserve such
          information and similar information received by it in any other
          capacity and afford to the Holders access to information so
          preserved by it, all to such extent, if any, and in such manner
          as shall be required by the Trust Indenture Act; provided,
          however, that no such list need be furnished so long as the
          Trustee shall be the Security Registrar.

          SECTION 1002.  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

                    The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports
          concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as
          may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the time
          and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.  Reports so required
          to be transmitted at stated intervals of not more than 12 months
          shall be transmitted no later than September 15 in each calendar
          year with respect to the 12-month period ending on the preceding
          July 15, commencing September 15, 1999.  A copy of each such
          report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be
          filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any
          Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. 
          The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when any Securities
          are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

                    The Company shall file with the Trustee (within thirty
          (30) days after filing with the Commission in the case of reports
          that pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act must be filed with the
          Commission and furnished to the Trustee) and transmit to the
          Holders, such other information, reports and other documents, if
          any, at such times and in such manner, as shall be required by
          the Trust Indenture Act.  Delivery of such reports, information
          and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only
          and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute
          constructive notice of any information contained therein or
          determinable from information contained therein, including the
          Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder.


                                    ARTICLE ELEVEN

                 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, OR OTHER TRANSFER

          SECTION 1101.  COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC.,
                         ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS.

                    The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into
          any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and
          assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless

                    (a)  the Person formed by such consolidation or into
               which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by
               conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and
               assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be
               a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United
               States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and
               shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto,
               executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory
               to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the
               principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on
               all Outstanding Securities and the performance of every
               covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be
               performed or observed;

                    (b)  immediately after giving effect to such
               transaction and treating any indebtedness for borrowed money
               which becomes an obligation of the Company as a result of
               such transaction as having been incurred by the Company at
               the time of such transaction, no Event of Default, and no
               event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would
               become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be
               continuing; and

                    (c)  the Company, as the case may be, shall have
               delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an
               Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation,
               merger, conveyance or other transfer or lease and such
               indenture supplemental hereto complies with this Article and
               that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating
               to such transactions have been complied with.

          SECTION 1102.  SUCCESSOR PERSON SUBSTITUTED.

                    Upon any consolidation by the Company with or merger by
          the Company into any other Person or any conveyance or other
          transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Company
          substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 1101, the
          successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the
          Company is merged or the Person to which such conveyance, or
          other transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be
          substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the
          Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such
          successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and
          thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person
          shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this
          Indenture and the Securities Outstanding hereunder. 

          SECTION 1103.  MERGER INTO COMPANY.

                    Nothing in this Indenture shall be deemed to prevent or
          restrict any consolidation or merger after the consummation of
          which the Company would be the surviving or resulting corporation
          or any conveyance or other transfer, or lease of any part of the
          properties of the Company which does not constitute the entirety,
          or substantially the entirety, thereof.


                                    ARTICLE TWELVE

                               SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

          SECTION 1201.  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF
                         HOLDERS.

                    Without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the
          Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or
          more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the
          Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

                    (a)  to evidence the succession of another Person to
               the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the
               covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities, all
               as provided in Article Eleven; or

                    (b)  to add one or more covenants of the Company or
               other provisions for the benefit of the Holders of all or
               any series of Securities, or any Tranche thereof or to
               surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the
               Company (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of
               less than all series of Securities, stating that such
               covenants are expressly being included solely for the
               benefit of such series); or

                    (c)  to add any additional Events of Default with
               respect to all or any series of Securities Outstanding
               hereunder (and if such additional Events of Default are to
               be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities,
               stating that such additional Events of Default are expressly
               being included solely for the benefit of such series); or

                    (d)  to change or eliminate any provision of this
               Indenture or to add any new provision to this Indenture;
               provided, however, that if such change, elimination or
               addition shall adversely affect the interests of the Holders
               of Securities of any series or Tranche Outstanding on the
               date of such supplemental indenture in any material respect,
               such change, elimination or addition shall become effective
               with respect to such series or Tranche only pursuant to the
               provisions of Section 1202 hereof or when no Security of
               such series or Tranche remains Outstanding; or

                    (e)  to provide collateral security for the Securities
               of any series; or

                    (f)  to establish the form or terms of Securities of
               any series or Tranche as contemplated by Sections 201 and
               301; or

                    (g)  to provide for the authentication and delivery of
               bearer securities and coupons appertaining thereto
               representing interest, if any, thereon and for the
               procedures for the registration, exchange and replacement
               thereof and for the giving of notice to, and the
               solicitation of the vote or consent of, the holders thereof,
               and for any and all other matters incidental thereto; or

                    (h)  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of
               appointment hereunder by a separate or successor Trustee
               with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to
               add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as
               shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the
               administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one
               Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 911(b); or

                    (i)  to provide for the procedures required to permit
               the Company to utilize, at its option, a non certificated
               system of registration for all, or any series or Tranche of,
               the Securities; or

                    (j)  to change any place or places where (1) the
               principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on
               all or any series of Securities, or any Tranche thereof,
               shall be payable, (2) all or any series of Securities, or
               any Tranche thereof, may be surrendered for registration of
               transfer, (3) all or any series of Securities, or any
               Tranche thereof, may be surrendered for exchange and (4)
               notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of all
               or any series of Securities, or any Tranche thereof, and
               this Indenture may be served; or

                    (k)  to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement
               any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent
               with any other provision herein, or to make any other
               changes to the provisions hereof or to add other provisions
               with respect to matters or questions arising under this
               Indenture, provided that such other changes or additions
               shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of
               Securities of any series or Tranche in any material respect.

                    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if
          the Trust Indenture Act as in effect at the date of the execution
          and delivery of this Indenture or at any time thereafter shall be
          amended and

                    (x)  if any such amendment shall require one or more
               changes to any provisions hereof or the inclusion herein of
               any additional provisions, or shall by operation of law be
               deemed to effect such changes or incorporate such provisions
               by reference or otherwise, this Indenture shall be deemed to
               have been amended so as to conform to such amendment to the
               Trust Indenture Act, and the Company and the Trustee may,
               without the consent of any Holders, enter into an indenture
               supplemental hereto to evidence such amendment hereof; or

                    (y)  if any such amendment shall permit one or more
               changes to, or the elimination of, any provisions hereof
               which, at the date of the execution and delivery hereof or
               at any time thereafter, are required by the Trust Indenture
               Act to be contained herein or are contained herein to
               reflect any provision of the Trust Indenture Act as in
               effect at such date, this Indenture shall be deemed to have
               been amended to effect such changes or elimination, and the
               Company and the Trustee may, without the consent of any
               Holders, enter into an indenture supplemental hereto to this
               Indenture to effect such changes or elimination or evidence
               such amendment.

          SECTION 1202.  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS. 

                    Subject to the provisions of Section 1201, with the
          consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
          principal amount of the Securities of all series then Outstanding
          under this Indenture, considered as one class, by Act of said
          Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company,
          when authorized by Board Resolutions, and the Trustee may enter
          into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the
          purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or
          eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture; provided,
          however, that if there shall be Securities of more than one
          series Outstanding hereunder and if a proposed supplemental
          indenture shall directly affect the rights of the Holders of
          Securities of one or more, but less than all, of such series,
          then the consent only of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
          principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series so
          directly affected, considered as one class, shall be required;
          and provided, further, that if the Securities of any series shall
          have been issued in more than one Tranche and if the proposed
          supplemental indenture shall directly affect the rights of the
          Holders of Securities of one or more, but less than all, of such
          Tranches, then the consent only of the Holders of a majority in
          aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of all
          Tranches so directly affected, considered as one class, shall be
          required; and provided, further, that no such supplemental
          indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each
          Outstanding Security of each series or Tranche so directly
          affected,

                    (a)  change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or
               any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security
               (other than pursuant to the terms thereof), or reduce the
               principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon (or
               the amount of any installment of interest thereon) or change
               the method of calculating such rate or reduce any premium
               payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of
               the principal of a Discount Security that would be due and
               payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity
               thereof pursuant to Section 802, or change the coin or
               currency (or other property), in which any Security or any
               premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the
               right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such
               payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the
               case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date), or

                    (b)  reduce the percentage in principal amount of the
               Outstanding Securities of any series or any Tranche thereof,
               the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such
               supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of
               which is required for any waiver of compliance with any
               provision of this Indenture or of any default hereunder and
               its consequences, or reduce the requirements of Section 1304
               for quorum or voting, or

                    (c)  modify any of the provisions of this Section,
               Section 606 or Section 813 with respect to the Securities of
               any series or any Tranche thereof, except to increase the
               percentages in principal amount referred to in this Section
               or such other Sections or to provide that other provisions
               of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the
               consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected
               thereby; provided, however, that this clause shall not be
               deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to
               changes in the references to "the Trustee" and concomitant
               changes in this Section, or the deletion of this proviso, in
               accordance with the requirements of Sections 911(b) and
               1201(h).

          A supplemental indenture which (x) changes or eliminates any
          covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly
          been included solely for the benefit of the Holders of, or which
          is to remain in effect only so long as there shall be
          Outstanding, Securities of one or more particular series, or one
          or more Tranches thereof, or (y) modifies the rights of the
          Holders of Securities of such series or Tranches with respect to
          such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect
          the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of
          any other series or Tranche.

                    It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under
          this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed
          supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act
          shall approve the substance thereof.

          SECTION 1203.  EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

                    In executing, or accepting the additional trusts
          created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article
          or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this
          Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject
          to Section 901) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
          Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such
          supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this
          Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter
          into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee's
          own rights, duties, immunities or liabilities under this
          Indenture or otherwise.

          SECTION 1204.  EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

                    Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under
          this Article this Indenture shall be modified in accordance
          therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of
          this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities
          theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder
          shall be bound thereby.  Any supplemental indenture permitted by
          this Article may restate this Indenture in its entirety, and,
          upon the execution and delivery thereof, any such restatement
          shall supersede this Indenture as theretofore in effect for all
          purposes.

          SECTION 1205.  CONFORMITY WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

                    Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this
          Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture
          Act as then in effect.

          SECTION 1206.  REFERENCE IN SECURITIES TO SUPPLEMENTAL
                         INDENTURES.

                    Securities of any series, or any Tranche thereof,
          authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
          supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if
          required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the
          Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental
          indenture.  If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of
          any series, or any Tranche thereof, so modified as to conform, in
          the opinion of the Trustee, the Company, to any such supplemental
          indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, and
          authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for
          Outstanding Securities of such series or Tranche.

          SECTION 1207.  MODIFICATION WITHOUT SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

                    To the extent, if any, that the terms of any particular
          series of Securities shall have been established in or pursuant
          to a Board Resolution or an Officer's Certificate pursuant to a
          supplemental indenture or Board Resolution as contemplated by
          Section 301, and not in an indenture supplemental hereto,
          additions to, changes in or the elimination of any of such terms
          may be effected by means of a supplemental Board Resolution or
          Officer's Certificate, as the case may be, delivered to, and
          accepted by, the Trustee; provided, however, that such
          supplemental Board Resolution or Officer's Certificate shall not
          be accepted by the Trustee or otherwise be effective unless all
          conditions set forth in this Indenture which would be required to
          be satisfied if such additions, changes or elimination were
          contained in a supplemental indenture shall have been
          appropriately satisfied.  Upon the acceptance thereof by the
          Trustee, any such supplemental Board Resolution or Officer's
          Certificate shall be deemed to be a "supplemental indenture" for
          purposes of Section 1204 and 1206.


                                   ARTICLE THIRTEEN

                     MEETINGS OF HOLDERS; ACTION WITHOUT MEETING

          SECTION 1301.  PURPOSES FOR WHICH MEETINGS MAY BE CALLED.

                    A meeting of Holders of Securities of one or more, or
          all, series, or any Tranche or Tranches thereof, may be called at
          any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make,
          give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction,
          notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this
          Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of
          such series or Tranches.

          SECTION 1302.  CALL, NOTICE AND PLACE OF MEETINGS.

                    (a)  The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of
          Holders of Securities of one or more, or all, series, or any
          Tranche or Tranches thereof, for any purpose specified in Section
          1301, to be held at such time and at such place in the Borough of
          Manhattan, The City of New York, as the Trustee shall determine,
          or, with the approval of the Company, at any other place.  Notice
          of every such meeting, setting forth the time and the place of
          such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken
          at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in
          Section 106, not less than 21 nor more than 180 days prior to the
          date fixed for the meeting.

                    (b)  If the Trustee shall have been requested to call a
          meeting of the Holders of Securities of one or more, or all,
          series, or any Tranche or Tranches thereof, by the Company or by
          the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all of
          such series and Tranches, considered as one class, for any
          purpose specified in Section 1301, by written request setting
          forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the
          meeting, and the Trustee shall not have given the notice of such
          meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request or shall not
          thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided
          herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities of such
          series and Tranches in the amount above specified, as the case
          may be, may determine the time and the place in the Borough of
          Manhattan, The City of New York, or in such other place as shall
          be determined or approved by the Company, for such meeting and
          may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof
          as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

                    (c)  Any meeting of Holders of Securities of one or
          more, or all, series, or any Tranche or Tranches thereof, shall
          be valid without notice if the Holders of all Outstanding
          Securities of such series or Tranches are present in person or by
          proxy and if representatives of the Company and the Trustee are
          present, or if notice is waived in writing before or after the
          meeting by the Holders of all Outstanding Securities of such
          series, or by such of them as are not present at the meeting in
          person or by proxy, and by the Company and the Trustee.

          SECTION 1303.  PERSONS ENTITLED TO VOTE AT MEETINGS.

                    To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of
          Securities of one or more, or all, series, or any Tranche or
          Tranches thereof, a Person shall be (a) a Holder of one or more
          Outstanding Securities of such series or Tranches, or (b) a
          Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a
          Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such
          series or Tranches by such Holder or Holders.  The only Persons
          who shall be entitled to attend any meeting of Holders of
          Securities of any series or Tranche shall be the Persons entitled
          to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of
          the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the
          Company and its counsel.

          SECTION 1304.  QUORUM; ACTION.

                    The Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate
          principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of the series and
          Tranches with respect to which a meeting shall have been called
          as hereinbefore provided, considered as one class, shall
          constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Securities of
          such series and Tranches; provided, however, that if any action
          is to be taken at such meeting which this Indenture expressly
          provides may be taken by the Holders of a specified percentage,
          which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the
          Outstanding Securities of such series and Tranches, considered as
          one class, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage
          in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series
          and Tranches, considered as one class, shall constitute a quorum. 
          In the absence of a quorum within one hour of the time appointed
          for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the
          request of Holders of Securities of such series and Tranches, be
          dissolved.  In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for
          such period as may be determined by the chairman of the meeting
          prior to the adjournment of such meeting.  In the absence of a
          quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may
          be further adjourned for such period as may be determined by the
          chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such
          adjourned meeting.  Except as provided by Section 1305(e), notice
          of the reconvening of any meeting adjourned for more than 30 days
          shall be given as provided in Section 1302(a) not less than ten
          days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be
          reconvened.  Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting
          shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the
          principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series and
          Tranches which shall constitute a quorum.

                    Except as limited by Section 1202, any resolution
          presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at
          which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted only by the
          affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
          principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of the series and
          Tranches with respect to which such meeting shall have been
          called, considered as one class; provided, however, that, except
          as so limited, any resolution with respect to any action which
          this Indenture expressly provides may be taken by the Holders of
          a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in
          principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series and
          Tranches, considered as one class, may be adopted at a meeting or
          an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is
          present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of
          such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding
          Securities of such series and Tranches, considered as one class.

                    Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting
          of Holders of Securities duly held in accordance with this
          Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of the
          series and Tranches with respect to which such meeting shall have
          been held, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

          SECTION 1305.  ATTENDANCE AT MEETINGS; DETERMINATION OF VOTING
                         RIGHTS; CONDUCT AND ADJOURNMENT OF MEETINGS.

                    (a)  Attendance at meetings of Holders of Securities
          may be in person or by proxy; and, to the extent permitted by
          law, any such proxy shall remain in effect and be binding upon
          any future Holder of the Securities with respect to which it was
          given unless and until specifically revoked by the Holder or
          future Holder of such Securities before being voted.

                    (b)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
          Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it
          may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities in
          regard to proof of the holding of such Securities and of the
          appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and
          duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of
          proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote,
          and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as
          it shall deem appropriate.  Except as otherwise permitted or
          required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall
          be proved in the manner specified in Section 104 and the
          appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified
          in Section 104.  Such regulations may provide that written
          instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be
          presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section
          104 or other proof.

                    (c)  The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing,
          appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting
          shall have been called by the Company or by Holders as provided
          in Section 1302(b), in which case the Company or the Holders of
          Securities of the series and Tranches calling the meeting, as the
          case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. 
          A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting
          shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a
          majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
          Securities of all series and Tranches represented at the meeting,
          considered as one class.

                    (d)  At any meeting each Holder or proxy shall be
          entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of
          Securities held or represented by him; provided, however, that no
          vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any
          Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman
          of the meeting to be not Outstanding.  The chairman of the
          meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a
          Security or proxy.

                    (e)  Any meeting duly called pursuant to Section 1302
          at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time
          by Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal
          amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series and Tranches
          represented at the meeting, considered as one class; and the
          meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

          SECTION 1306.  COUNTING VOTES AND RECORDING ACTION OF MEETINGS.

                    The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting
          of Holders shall be by written ballots on which shall be
          subscribed the signatures of the Holders or of their
          representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial
          numbers of the Outstanding Securities, of the series and Tranches
          with respect to which the meeting shall have been called, held or
          represented by them.  The permanent chairman of the meeting shall
          appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at
          the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and
          file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written
          reports of all votes cast at the meeting.  A record, in
          duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders shall be
          prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be
          attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of
          votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one
          or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a
          copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice
          was given as provided in Section 1302 and, if applicable, Section
          1304.  Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits
          of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one
          such copy shall be delivered to the Company, and another to the
          Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have
          attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.  Any record so
          signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters
          therein stated.

          SECTION 1307.  ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                    In lieu of a vote of Holders at a meeting as
          hereinbefore contemplated in this Article, any request, demand,
          authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
          may be made, given or taken by Holders by written instruments as
          provided in Section 104.


                                   ARTICLE FOURTEEN

           IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

          SECTION 1401.  LIABILITY SOLELY CORPORATE.

                    No recourse shall be had for the payment of the
          principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any
          Securities or any part thereof, or for any claim based thereon or
          otherwise in respect thereof, or of the indebtedness represented
          thereby, or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement under this
          Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or
          director, as such, past, present or future of the Company or of
          any predecessor or successor of it (either directly or through
          the Company or a predecessor or successor of it), whether by
          virtue of any constitutional provision, statute or rule of law,
          or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise;
          it being expressly agreed and understood that this Indenture and
          all the Securities are solely corporate obligations, and that no
          personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, or be incurred by,
          any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present
          or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor of
          it, either directly or indirectly through the Company or any
          predecessor or successor of it, because of the indebtedness
          hereby authorized or under or by reason of any of the
          obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture
          or in any of the Securities or to be implied herefrom or
          therefrom, and that any such personal liability is hereby
          expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as part of
          the consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the
          issuance of the Securities.

                              _________________________

                    This instrument may be executed in any number of
          counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an
          original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but
          one and the same instrument.


     <PAGE>


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first
          above written.

                                        GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.

                                           
                                        By:/s/Bernard M. Rodin       
                                           --------------------------


                                        THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                          as Trustee


                                        By:/s/Lucille Firrincieli   
                                           -------------------------
                                             Lucille Firrincieli
                                             Vice President



                                                          



                                                                Exhibit 4.1

                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.

                                OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE
                        (Under Section 301 of the Indenture, 
                             dated as of October 1, 1998)


                    I, the undersigned Catherine  Merlino, a Vice President
          of GRAND  COURT LIFESTYLES,  INC. (the "Company"),  in accordance
          with Section 301 of  the Indenture, dated  as of October 1,  1998
          (the "Indenture",  capitalized terms used herein  and not defined
          herein having  the meanings specified  in the Indenture),  of the
          Company  to The  Bank of  New York,  trustee (the  "Trustee"), do
          hereby  establish a  series of  Securities having  the  terms and
          characteristics set  forth below (the lettered  clauses set forth
          below corresponding to the lettered subsections of Section 301 of
          the Indenture):

                    (a)  the title  of the Securities of  such series shall
               be "11% Series A Notes due December 15, 2005  (the "Notes of
               the First Series"); 

                    (b)  the aggregate  principal amount  of  Notes of  the
               First Series which may  be authenticated and delivered under
               the  Indenture shall  be limited  to $10,000,000,  except as
               contemplated in Section 301(b) of the Indenture;

                    (c)  interest on the Notes of the First Series shall be
               payable to the Person or Persons in whose names the Notes of
               the  First Series are registered at the close of business on
               the  Regular  Record  Date  for  such  interest,  except  as
               otherwise  expressly provided  in the  form of  Note  of the
               First  Series  attached  hereto  and  hereby authorized  and
               approved;

                    (d)  the  principal of  the Notes  of the  First Series
               shall be payable on December 15, 2005;

                    (e) (i)   the  Notes  of  the First  Series  shall bear
               interest  at  the rate  of 11%  per  annum of  the principal
               amount  thereof, payable monthly in  arrears on the 15th day
               of  each month  of  each year  (each,  an "Interest  Payment
               Date"),  commencing  with  the Interest  Payment  Date  next
               succeeding the Original Issue Date (as defined below) and at
               Maturity; provided, however, that if the Original Issue Date
               of the Notes  of the First Series is after  a Regular Record
               Date (as  defined  in the  form of  the Notes  of the  First
               Series) and before the  corresponding Interest Payment Date,
               interest  so payable for  the period from  and including the
               Original Issue  Date to but excluding  such Interest Payment
               Date shall be  paid on the next  succeeding Interest Payment
               Date to  the  Holder hereof  on the  related Regular  Record
               Date;

                          (ii)     interest  on  the  Notes  of  the  First
               Series shall accrue from,  and including, the Original Issue
               Date  and will accrue to, but  excluding, the first Interest
               Payment  Date,   and  thereafter   will  accrue  from,   and
               including, the  most recent  Interest Payment Date  to which
               interest  has  been  paid  or  duly  provided  for  to,  but
               excluding, the  next succeeding  Interest Payment Date.   In
               the event that any  Interest Payment Date is not  a Business
               Day, then payment of the interest payable on such date shall
               be  made on the next  succeeding Business Day;  and, if such
               payment is made or duly provided for on such next succeeding
               Business Day,  no interest shall  accrue on such  amount for
               the period from and after such Interest Payment Date to such
               Business Day; 

                          (iii)     the Original Issue Date of each Note of
               the First Series  shall be the date of the first issuance of
               such Note of the  First Series and shall be  communicated by
               the  Company to the Trustee  by a written  order pursuant to
               the Company Order No. 1 of even date herewith;

                    (f)  the corporate trust office of The Bank of New York
               in New York, New  York  shall be the place  at which (i) the
               principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes of the First
               Series  at  Maturity  shall  be  payable  upon  presentment,
               interest  prior to Maturity to  be paid as  specified in the
               form  of Note  of  the First  Series  attached hereto,  (ii)
               registration of  transfer of the  Notes of the  First Series
               may  be  effected, (iii)  exchanges  of Notes  of  the First
               Series  may be effected and  (iv) notices and  demands to or
               upon the Company in respect of the Notes of the First Series
               and the Indenture may  be served; and  The Bank of New  York
               shall be the Security  Registrar and a Paying Agent  for the
               Notes  of  the First  Series;  provided,  however, that  the
               Company  reserves  the  right  to  change,  by  one  or more
               Officer's  Certificates  supplemental   to  this   Officer's
               Certificate,  any such  place or  the Security  Registrar or
               such Paying  Agent; and provided, further,  that the Company
               reserves the  right to designate,  by one or  more Officer's
               Certificates supplemental to this Officer's Certificate, its
               corporate office in Fort  Lee, New Jersey 07024 as  any such
               place or itself as the Security Registrar;

                    (g) the Notes of  the First Series shall be  subject to
               redemption, in whole  at any  time or in  part from time  to
               time,  at the election of the Company, at a redemption price
               equal to 100% of  the principal amount thereof  plus accrued
               interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption;

                    (h)  [not applicable];

                    (i)  [not applicable];

                    (j)  [not applicable];

                    (k)  [not applicable];

                    (l)  [not applicable];

                    (m)  [not applicable];

                    (n)  [not applicable]; 

                    (o)  the Company  reserves the right to  provide by one
          or  more  Officer's Certificates  supplemental to  this Officer's
          Certificate,  any additional  covenants  of the  Company for  the
          benefit of the  Holders of the Notes of the  First Series, or any
          Tranche thereof, or any additional Events of Default with respect
          to all or any series of Securities Outstanding;

                    (p)  [not applicable];

                    (q)  (i)  the  only  obligations  or instruments  which
          shall  be considered  Eligible  Obligations with  respect to  the
          Notes of the First Series shall be Government Obligations;

                         (ii)  if the  Company  shall make  any deposit  of
          money and/or Eligible  Obligations with respect  to any Notes  of
          the First Series, or any portion of the principal amount thereof,
          as contemplated  by  Section 701  of the  Indenture, the  Company
          shall not  deliver an  Officer's Certificate described  in clause
          (z) in the first paragraph of said Section 701 unless the Company
          shall also deliver  to the Trustee, together  with such Officer's
          Certificate, either:

                         (A)  an    instrument    wherein   the    Company,
                    notwithstanding the satisfaction  and discharge of  its
                    indebtedness  in  respect of  the  Notes  of the  First
                    Series,  shall assume  the obligation  (which shall  be
                    absolute and unconditional) to irrevocably deposit with
                    the  Trustee or  Paying Agent  such additional  sums of
                    money,  if  any,  or  additional  Eligible  Obligations
                    (meeting the  requirements of Section 701),  if any, or
                    any  combination thereof,  at  such time  or times,  as
                    shall be  necessary,  together with  the  money  and/or
                    Eligible Obligations theretofore  so deposited, to  pay
                    when  due the  principal  of and  interest  due and  to
                    become  due  on  such  Notes  of  the First  Series  or
                    portions thereof, all in accordance with and subject to
                    the provisions of said Section  701; provided, however,
                    that such  instrument may state that  the obligation of
                    the  Company to make  additional deposits  as aforesaid
                    shall  be subject to the delivery to the Company by the
                    Trustee   of   a   notice   asserting   the  deficiency
                    accompanied  by an  opinion  of  an independent  public
                    accountant of nationally recognized  standing, selected
                    by the Trustee, showing the calculation thereof; or

                         (B)  an Opinion of Counsel  to the effect that the
                    Holders of  such Notes of the First Series, or portions
                    of  the principal  amount thereof,  will not  recognize
                    income, gain  or loss for United  States federal income
                    tax  purposes  as  a  result of  the  satisfaction  and
                    discharge  of  the  Company's  indebtedness  in respect
                    thereof and  will be  subject to United  States federal
                    income tax on the  same amounts, at the same  times and
                    in  the  same  manner   as  if  such  satisfaction  and
                    discharge had not been effected;

                    (r)  The  Notes  of  the  First  Series  shall  contain
          restrictions on transfer, substantially  as described in the form
          of the  Note of the First  Series attached hereto.   Each Note of
          the First Series  shall bear  a non registration  legend and  the
          registration rights legend in substantially the form set forth in
          such form, unless otherwise agreed by the Company, such agreement
          to  be  confirmed  in writing  by  the  Trustee.  Nothing in  the
          Indenture,  the Notes  of  the  First  Series or  this  Officer's
          Certificate shall be construed to require the Company to register
          any  Notes of the First  Series under the  Securities Act, unless
          otherwise expressly  agreed by the Company,  confirmed in writing
          to the Trustee,  or make any transfer of such  Notes of the First
          Series in violation of the applicable law. The Company will enter
          into a registration rights  agreement in favor of the  Holders of
          the  Notes of  the First  Series pursuant  to which,  among other
          things,  the Notes of  the First Series may  be exchanged for the
          Securities  to  be  issued  under  the  Indenture  which  will be
          registered under the Securities Act.

                    (s)  [not applicable];

                    (t)  no   service   charge  shall   be  made   for  the
          registration of  transfer  or  exchange of  Notes  of  the  First
          Series; provided,  however, that the Company  may require payment
          of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge
          payable in connection with the exchange or transfer;

                    (u)  [not applicable];

                    (v)  the   Notes   of   the  First   Series   shall  be
          substantially  in  the  form of  the  Note  of  the First  Series
          attached hereto and hereby authorized and approved and shall have
          such further terms as are set forth in such form.

                    IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, I  have  executed this  Officer's
          Certificate this ____ day of

          December 24, 1998.


                                             _____________________________
                                             Catherine Merlino
                                             Vice President




      <PAGE>


                               FORM OF THE FACE OF NOTE

                              [non-registration legend]

                    THESE  SECURITIES  (THE  "SECURITIES")  HAVE  NOT  BEEN
          REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933,  AS AMENDED  (THE
          "SECURITIES ACT"), OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES LAWS  AND ARE  BEING
          OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM  THE REGISTRATION
          REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS.  THE SECURITIES
          MAY  NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR  RESOLD WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE
          SECURITIES ACT  AND APPLICABLE  STATE SECURITIES LAWS,  UNLESS IN
          THE OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO  THE COMPANY AN
          EXEMPTION  FROM REGISTRATION  UNDER THE  SECURITIES ACT  AND SUCH
          LAWS IS THEN AVAILABLE.

                             [registration rights legend]

          The Holder of this Security, by acceptance hereof, will be deemed
          to have agreed to  be bound by the provisions of the Registration
          Rights Agreement dated  as of October 1, 1998, of  the Company in
          favor of the Holder of this Security.

                            GRAND COURT LIFE STYLES, INC.
                       11% Series A Notes due December 15, 2005


          Original Issue Date:          ----------------
          Redemption Price:             100%
          Stated Maturity:              December 15, 2005
          Interest Rate:                11% per annum
          Interest Payment Dates:       15th day of each month

          Regular Record Dates:         6th calendar day prior to
                                        relevant Interest Payment Date


                      -------------------------------------------
                       This Security is not a Discount Security
                within the meaning of the within-mentioned Indenture.


          Principal Amount:                       Registered No.           
          $                                                                

               GRAND COURT  LIFESTYLES, INC., a  corporation duly organized
          and  existing under  the laws  of the  State of  Delaware (herein
          called   the  "Company,"   which  term  includes   any  successor
          corporation  under the  Indenture referred  to below),  for value
          received, hereby promises to pay to 


          or registered assigns, the principal sum of
                                                                    DOLLARS

          on  the  Stated Maturity  specified  above, and  to  pay interest
          thereon  from the Original Issue Date specified above or from the
          most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid
          or  duly provided for, monthly in arrears on the Interest Payment
          Dates specified  above in each year, commencing with the Interest
          Payment Date  next succeeding  the Original Issue  Date specified
          above,  and at Maturity, at the Interest Rate per annum specified
          above, until the principal  hereof is paid or duly  provided for.
          The interest  so payable, and paid  or duly provided for,  on any
          Interest Payment Date  shall, as provided  in such Indenture,  be
          paid to  the Person in whose  name this Security (or  one or more
          Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on
          the  Regular  Record  Date  specified  above  (whether  or  not a
          Business  Day)  next  preceding   such  Interest  Payment   Date;
          provided, that if  the Original  Issue Date of  this Security  is
          after a Regular Record Date and before the corresponding Interest
          Payment  Date,  interest  so  payable  for  the  period from  and
          including  the Original Issue Date to but excluding such Interest
          Payment Date  shall  be  paid on  the  next  succeeding  Interest
          Payment Date to the  Holder hereof on the related  Regular Record
          Date; and  provided, further,  that interest payable  at Maturity
          shall  be paid  to the Person  to whom  principal shall  be paid.
          Except as otherwise provided in said Indenture, any such interest
          not  so paid  or duly  provided for  shall forthwith cease  to be
          payable to the Holder on such  Regular Record Date and may either
          be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more
          Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on
          a  Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest
          to be  fixed by the  Trustee, notice of  which shall be  given to
          Holders of Securities of  this series not more than  fifteen days
          not less  than 10 days prior  to such Special Record  Date, or be
          paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with
          the  requirements  of  any   securities  exchange  on  which  the
          Securities  of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as
          may be required by such exchange,  all as more fully provided  in
          said Indenture.  Interest  on this Security shall be  computed on
          the basis of a  360-day year consisting of twelve  30-day months,
          and  with respect to any period  less than a full calendar month,
          on  the basis of  the actual number  of days elapsed  during such
          period, based on a 360-day year (also based on a 30-day month).

               Payment  of  the principal  of  this  Security and  interest
          hereon  at  Maturity  shall be  made  upon  presentation of  this
          Security at the corporate trust office of The Bank of New York in
          New York, New  York or at such  other office or agency  as may be
          designated for such  purpose by  the Company from  time to  time.
          Payment  of  interest,  if  any, on  this  Security  (other  than
          interest  at Maturity)  shall  be made  by  check mailed  to  the
          address of  the Person  entitled  thereto as  such address  shall
          appear in the Security  Register, except that (a) if  such Person
          shall be a  securities depositary,  such payment may  be made  by
          such other means in lieu of check  as shall be agreed upon by the
          Company,  the Trustee or other  Paying Agent and  such Person and
          (b) if such Person is a Holder of $1,000,000 or more in aggregate
          principal amount of Securities of this series such payment may be
          in immediately available  funds by wire transfer  to such account
          as may have  been designated  in writing by  the Person  entitled
          thereto as set forth herein in time for the Paying  Agent to make
          such payments in accordance with its normal procedures.  Any such
          designation for  wire transfer purposes  shall be made  by filing
          the  appropriate information  with the  Trustee at  its Corporate
          Trust  Office  in The  City of  New  York not  less  than fifteen
          calendar  days prior to  the applicable payment  date and, unless
          revoked by written notice to the Trustee received  on or prior to
          the  Regular Record  Date  immediately  preceding the  applicable
          Interest Payment Date, shall remain in effect with respect to any
          further  interest  payments  (other  than  interest  payments  at
          Maturity) with respect to  this Security payable to such  Holder.
          Payment  of  the  principal of  and  interest,  if  any, on  this
          Security, as aforesaid, shall be made in such coin or currency of
          the United States  of America as at the time  of payment shall be
          legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.





      <PAGE>


                              [FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

               This  Security   is  one  of  a  duly  authorized  issue  of
          securities  of  the  Company  (herein called  the  "Securities"),
          issued  and  issuable in  one or  more  series under  and equally
          secured  by an  Indenture,  dated as  of  October 1,  1998  (such
          Indenture   as  originally   executed   and   delivered  and   as
          supplemented or  amended from  time to time  thereafter, together
          with  any  constituent  instruments  establishing  the  terms  of
          particular  Securities,  being  herein  called  the "Indenture"),
          between the Company  and The Bank of New York, as trustee (herein
          called the  "Trustee," which term includes  any successor trustee
          under  the  Indenture), to  which  Indenture  and all  indentures
          supplemental thereto  reference is hereby made  for a description
          of  the  respective rights,  limitations  of  rights, duties  and
          immunities of the  Company, the  Trustee and the  Holders of  the
          Securities thereunder and  of the terms and conditions upon which
          the Securities are,  and are to be,  authenticated and delivered.
          The acceptance of this Security shall be deemed to constitute the
          consent and agreement  by the Holder  hereof to all of  the terms
          and provisions  of the Indenture.   This Security  is one of  the
          series designated above.

               If any  Interest Payment Date,  any Redemption  Date or  the
          Stated Maturity  shall  not be  a  Business Day  (as  hereinafter
          defined), payment of  the amounts  due on this  Security on  such
          date  may be  made on the  next succeeding Business  Day, and, if
          such payment is made or duly provided for on such next succeeding
          Business  Day, no interest shall  accrue on such  amounts for the
          period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date
          or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, to such Business Day.

               The  Securities of this series are  subject to redemption at
          any time, in whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at
          a  redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof
          plus accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption. 

               Notice  of redemption shall be  given by mail  to Holders of
          Securities, not less than 20 days  nor more than 60 days prior to
          the  date fixed for redemption, all as provided in the Indenture.
          As  provided  in  the  Indenture,  notice of  redemption  at  the
          election  of  the  Company  as  aforesaid  may  state  that  such
          redemption  shall be conditional  upon the receipt  by the Paying
          Agent of money sufficient  to pay the principal of  and interest,
          if  any, on this Security on or  prior to the date fixed for such
          redemption;  a notice of redemption so conditioned shall be of no
          force or effect  if such money  is not so  received and, in  such
          event, the Company shall not be required to redeem this Security.

               Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, and the
          conditions,  if  any,  set  forth  in  such  notice  having  been
          satisfied, the Securities  of this series or portions  thereof so
          to  be redeemed shall, on  the date fixed  for redemption, become
          due and  payable at the  redemption price therein  specified, and
          from and after such date (unless, in the case of an unconditional
          notice of redemption, the Company shall default in the payment of
          the  redemption   price  and  accrued  interest,   if  any)  such
          Securities of this series or portions thereof shall cease to bear
          interest.

               In the event of redemption of  this Security in part only, a
          new  Security  or Securities  of  this  series,  of  like  tenor,
          representing the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the
          name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

               If an Event  of Default  with respect to  the Securities  of
          this  series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of this
          Security  may be declared due and  payable in the manner and with
          the effect provided in the Indenture.

               The  Indenture permits,  with certain exceptions  as therein
          provided,  the Trustee  to enter  into one  or more  supplemental
          indentures  for  the  purpose  of adding  any  provisions  to, or
          changing in any manner  or eliminating any of the  provisions of,
          the Indenture with the consent of  the Holders of not less than a
          majority in aggregate  principal amount of the  Securities of all
          series then  Outstanding under  the Indenture, considered  as one
          class; provided,  however, that if  there shall be  Securities of
          more than one  series Outstanding  under the Indenture  and if  a
          proposed supplemental  indenture shall directly affect the rights
          of the Holders  of Securities of one or more,  but less than all,
          of  such  series,  then the  consent  only  of the  Holders  of a
          majority  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the   Outstanding
          Securities of  all series so directly affected, considered as one
          class,  shall be  required; and  provided, further,  that if  the
          Securities  of any series shall have been issued in more than one
          Tranche and if the proposed supplemental indenture shall directly
          affect the  rights of the Holders  of Securities of one  or more,
          but less than all, of such Tranches, then the consent only of the
          Holders  of  a majority  in  aggregate  principal amount  of  the
          Outstanding  Securities of  all  Tranches  so directly  affected,
          considered  as  one  class,  shall  be  required;  and  provided,
          further, that the Indenture permits the Trustee to enter into one
          or more supplemental indentures  for limited purposes without the
          consent  of  any  Holders  of  Securities.   The  Indenture  also
          contains  provisions  permitting the  Holders  of  a majority  in
          principal amount of the Securities then Outstanding, on behalf of
          the Holders of all Securities, to waive compliance by the Company
          with  certain  provisions  of  the  Indenture  and  certain  past
          defaults  under the Indenture  and their consequences.   Any such
          consent  or  waiver  by the  Holder  of  this  Security shall  be
          conclusive  and binding  upon  such Holder  and  upon all  future
          Holders  of this  Security and  of any  Security issued  upon the
          registration of transfer  hereof or  in exchange  therefor or  in
          lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is
          made upon this Security.

               No reference  herein to  the Indenture  and no  provision of
          this  Security  or of  the Indenture  shall  alter or  impair the
          obligation of  the Company, which is  absolute and unconditional,
          to pay the principal of and interest, if any, on this Security at
          the times,  place and rate, in  the coin or currency,  and in the
          manner, herein prescribed.

               As  provided  in  the   Indenture  and  subject  to  certain
          limitations therein set  forth, this Security  or any portion  of
          the principal amount hereof will be deemed to have been  paid for
          all purposes of  the Indenture  and to be  no longer  Outstanding
          thereunder, and, at  the election of  the Company, the  Company's
          entire  indebtedness in  respect  thereof will  be satisfied  and
          discharged,  if there  has  been irrevocably  deposited with  the
          Trustee or any Paying  Agent (other than the Company),  in trust,
          money  in an  amount  which will  be  sufficient and/or  Eligible
          Obligations, the  principal of  and interest on  which when  due,
          without regard  to any reinvestment thereof,  will provide moneys
          which, together with  moneys so deposited, will  be sufficient to
          pay when due the principal of and interest  on this Security when
          due.

               The  Indenture  contains  terms,  provisions  and conditions
          relating  to the consolidation or  merger of the  Company with or
          into, and the conveyance  or other transfer, or lease,  of assets
          to,  another Person, to the  assumption by such  other Person, in
          certain  circumstances, of all of  the obligations of the Company
          under the  Indenture and on the Securities and to the release and
          discharge  of the  Company, in  certain circumstances,  from such
          obligation.

               As  provided  in  the   Indenture  and  subject  to  certain
          limitations therein set forth,  the transfer of this  Security is
          registrable  in the  Security  Register, upon  surrender of  this
          Security for registration of  transfer at the office of  The Bank
          of New York in New York, New  York or such other office or agency
          as  may be  designated  by the  Company from  time to  time, duly
          endorsed by, or accompanied by  a written instrument of  transfer
          in form satisfactory  to the Company  and the Security  Registrar
          duly  executed  by,  the  Holder  hereof  or  his  attorney  duly
          authorized in writing,  and thereupon one or  more new Securities
          of  this series of authorized denominations and of like tenor and
          aggregate  principal amount,  will  be issued  to the  designated
          transferee or transferees.

               The  Securities   of  this  series  are   issuable  only  as
          registered Securities, without  coupons, and in denominations  of
          $1,000  and integral  multiples  thereof.    As provided  in  the
          Indenture and  subject to certain limitations  therein set forth,
          Securities of this  series are exchangeable for  a like aggregate
          principal amount of Securities of the same series and Tranche, of
          any  authorized  denominations,   as  requested  by  the   Holder
          surrendering  the same, and of  like tenor upon  surrender of the
          Security  or Securities to be exchanged at the office of The Bank
          of New York in New York, New York or such other office or  agency
          as may be designated by the Company from time to time.

               The  Company shall  not  be  required  to  execute  and  the
          Security Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer
          of or exchange of (a)  Securities of this series during  a period
          of  15  days  immediately  preceding  the  date  notice is  given
          identifying the serial  numbers of the Securities of  this series
          called  for  redemption or  (b)  any  Security  so  selected  for
          redemption  in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of
          any Security being redeemed in part.

               No service charge shall be made for any such registration of
          transfer  or exchange, but the  Company may require  payment of a
          sum  sufficient  to cover  any tax  or other  governmental charge
          payable in connection therewith.

               Prior to  due presentment of this  Security for registration
          of  transfer, the  Company,  the Trustee  and  any agent  of  the
          Company  or the Trustee  may treat the Person  in whose name this
          Security  is  registered as  the  absolute owner  hereof  for all
          purposes, whether  or not this  Security be overdue,  and neither
          the Company, the  Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by
          notice to the contrary.

               The  Indenture and the  Securities shall be  governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State New York.

               As used herein, "Business  Day" means any day, other  than a
          Saturday   or  Sunday,  that  is  not  a  day  on  which  banking
          institutions  or  trust  companies are  generally  authorized  or
          required  by law, regulation or  executive order to  close in The
          City of New York  or other city in which any Paying Agent for the
          Securities of this  series is located.   All other terms  used in
          this Security which are  defined in the Indenture shall  have the
          meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

               As provided in the  Indenture, no recourse shall be  had for
          the payment of the principal of or interest on any Securities, or
          any part thereof, or  for any claim based thereon or otherwise in
          respect thereof,  or of the indebtedness  represented thereby, or
          upon any  obligation, covenant or agreement  under the Indenture,
          against, and no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, or
          be  incurred  by,  any  incorporator,  shareholder,  officer   or
          director, as such, past, present or  future of the Company or  of
          any predecessor  or successor of  it (either directly  or through
          the  Company or  a predecessor  or successor  of it),  whether by
          virtue of  any constitutional provision, statute or  rule of law,
          or  by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise;
          it being expressly  agreed and understood that  the Indenture and
          all the Securities are solely corporate  obligations and that any
          such personal  liability is hereby expressly  waived and released
          as  a condition  of, and as  part of  the consideration  for, the
          execution of the Indenture and the issuance of the Securities.

               Unless  the certificate  of  authentication hereon  has been
          executed by  the Trustee  or  an Authenticating  Agent by  manual
          signature,  this Security  shall not  be entitled to  any benefit
          under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


      <PAGE>


               IN WITNESS  WHEREOF, the Company has  caused this instrument
          to be duly executed.


                                        GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.

                                        By: ----------------------------
                                             [Title]

                  [FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION]

                       TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

               This  is  one of  the  Securities of  the  series designated
          therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


          Dated: ------------------


                                                  THE BANK OF NEW  YORK, as
          Trustee

                                                  By: ------------------
                                                       Authorized Officer



            
      <PAGE>


               FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and
          transfers unto


          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          [please  insert social  security or  other identifying  number of
          assignee]


          -----------------------------------------------------------------
               [please print or typewrite name and address of assignee]


          -----------------------------------------------------------------


          the  within Security  of GRAND  COURT  LIFESTYLES, INC.  and does
          hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint -----------------------
          -------,  Attorney, to transfer said Security on the books of the
          within-mentioned Company, with full  power of substitution in the
          premises.



          Dated: _____________

                                      Signature__________________________

                                      Guarantee________________________


          Notice:   The signature to  this assignment must  correspond with
          the name  as  written upon  the  face of  the Security  in  every
          particular  without  alteration  or  enlargement  or  any  change
          whatsoever.

                                 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

               Signatures  must be  guaranteed  by  an "eligible  guarantor
          institution" meeting the requirements of the Security  Registrar,
          which  requirements include  membership or  participation in  the
          Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other
          "signature  guarantee  program"  as  may  be  determined  by  the
          Security Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP.





                                                                EXHIBIT 4.2



                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.

                          SUPPLEMENTAL OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE


                    Catherine Merlino, a Vice President of GRAND COURT
          LIFESTYLES, INC. (the "Company"), pursuant to the authority
          granted in the Board Resolutions of the Company dated March 8,
          1999, and Sections 102, 1201 and 1207 of the Indenture defined
          herein, does hereby certify to The Bank of New York (the
          "Trustee"), as Trustee under the Indenture of the Company (For
          Unsecured Debt Securities) dated as of October 1, 1998 (the
          "Indenture") that:

               1.   The securities of the first series issued under the
                    Indenture are designated "11% Series Notes due December
                    15, 2005" (the "Notes of the First Series").  The terms
                    of the Notes of the First Series are set forth in the
                    Officer's Certificate dated November 24, 1998 and in
                    Exhibit A thereto, previously delivered to the Trustee. 
                    All capitalized terms used in this certificate which
                    are not defined herein but are defined in such Exhibit
                    A shall have the meanings set forth in such Exhibit A;
                    all capitalized terms used in this certificate which
                    are not defined herein or in such Exhibit A hereto but
                    are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings
                    set forth in the Indenture;

               2.   This Supplemental Officer's Certificate is being
                    delivered pursuant to Sections 1201 and 1207 of the
                    Indenture to effect the following changes to the terms
                    of the Notes of the First Series:

                    (a)  the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the
                    First Series which may be authenticated and delivered
                    under the Indenture shall be limited to $11,000,000,
                    except as contemplated in Section 301(b) of the
                    Indenture;

               3.   In the opinion of the undersigned the change referred
                    to in item 2(a) above, does not adversely affect the
                    interests of the Holders of the Notes in any material
                    respect;

               4.   The undersigned has read all of the covenants and
                    conditions contained in the Indenture relating to the
                    issuance of the Notes of the First Series and the
                    definitions in the Indenture relating thereto and in
                    respect of which this certificate is made;

               5.   The statements contained in this certificate are based
                    upon the familiarity of the undersigned with the
                    Indenture, the documents accompanying this certificate,
                    and upon discussions by the undersigned with officers
                    and employees of the Company familiar with the matters
                    set forth herein;

               6.   In the opinion of the undersigned, she has made such
                    examination or investigation as is necessary to enable
                    her to express an informed opinion whether or not such
                    covenants and conditions have been complied with; and

               7.   In the opinion of the undersigned, such conditions and
                    covenants and conditions precedent, if any (including
                    any covenants compliance with which constitutes a
                    condition precedent) to the authentication and delivery
                    of the Notes of the First Series requested in the
                    accompanying Company Order have been complied with.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Officer's
          Certificate this 12th day of March, 1999.



                                              /s/ Catherine Merlino        
                                             ------------------------------
                                                  Catherine Merlino
                                                  Vice President 






                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(c)

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                               12% DEBENTURES SERIES 1


                    AMENDMENT NO. 2, DATED AS OF APRIL 15, 1997 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of August 14, 1990 (the
          "Agreement"), with respect to 12% Debentures due June 16, 2000,
          Series 1 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 - - - - - - - - - - 

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the following Section 5.6:

                         "Section 5.6.  Redemption.  Whenever the 
                                        ----------
                         Company is required to effect mandatory redemption
                         of part or all of the Debentures, the Company shall
                         give written notice thereof to the Bank at least
                         forty (40) days prior to the date set forth for
                         redemption, the manner in which redemption shall
                         be effected and all the relevant details thereof.
                         The Bank shall give written notice to the


<PAGE>
                         Purchasers of that redemption at least thirty (30)
                         days prior to the date set forth for redemption.
                         The Bank shall register the cancellation of the
                         whole or a portion of the redeemed Debentures, as
                         appropriate.  In any event, new debentures will
                         not be issued to reflect the non-redeemed portion
                         of the debentures.  No interest shall be payable
                         on the redeemed portion of a Debenture from and
                         after the date of redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.8:

                         "Section 5.8.  Principal Amount of
                                        -------------------
                         Debentures Payable  Without Presentment or
                         ------------------------------------------
                         Surrender.  The portion of the unpaid principal
                         ---------
                         amount of the Debentures and any interest due upon
                         any redemption or at maturity shall be payable
                         without presentment or surrender of the
                         Debentures.  Notwithstanding anything herein or in
                         the Debentures to the contrary, the unpaid
                         principal amount thereof recorded by the Bank in
                         its register shall be controlling as to the
                         remaining unpaid principal amount thereof."

                    3.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 7.11:

                         "Section 7.11.  Matured Set Aside
                                         -----------------
                         Purchase Notes.  The Bank shall return promptly
                         --------------
                         to the Company matured Set Aside Purchase Notes
                         (the "Matured Set Aside Purchase Notes") after the
                         delivery by the Company to the Bank of sufficient
                         funds to make payment of all principal and
                         interest on the Debentures due upon any redemption
                         or at maturity pursuant to Section 5.8.  In
                         addition to the return of those Matured Set Aside
                         Purchase Notes, the Bank shall (i) execute and
                         deliver to the Company an instrument prepared by
                         the Company effecting a release by the Bank of the
                         existing assignment of the security interest and
                         Purchase Agreement covering the related Purchased
                         Partnership Interest, (ii) file with the
                         appropriate governmental authorities indicated by
                         the Company, financing statements delivered by the
                         Company to the Bank recording the termination of
                         the Bank's security interest and assignment

<PAGE>

                         granted under this Bank Agreement and (iii) return
                         to the Company the Consent and Agreement described
                         in Section 7.2(c) hereof and the Consent,
                         Assignment and Agreement described in
                         Section 7.3(c) hereof, each as relates to such
                         Matured Set Aside Purchase Note."

                    4.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    5.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    6.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 2 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Mark G. Walsh
             -----------------------                 --------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Mark G. Walsh
          Title:  President                       Title:  Assistant Vice
                                                            President






                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(d)


                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              12% DEBENTURES - SERIES 1


                    AMENDMENT NO. 3, DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 1998 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of August 14, 1990
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 12% Debentures due June 16,
          2000, Series 1 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 - - - - - - - - - - 

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the following Section 5.6:

                         "Section 5.6.  Redemption. Whenever
                                        ----------
                         the Company is required to effect mandatory
                         redemption of part or all of the Debentures, the
                         Company shall give written notice thereof to the
                         Bank at least five (5) days prior to the date set
                         forth for redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and all the relevant
                         details thereof.  The Bank shall not be required

<PAGE>

                         to give written notice to Purchasers of that
                         redemption.  The Bank shall register the
                         cancellation of the whole or a portion of the
                         redeemed Debentures, as appropriate.  In any
                         event, new debentures will not be issued to
                         reflect the non-redeemed portion of the
                         debentures.  No interest shall be payable on the
                         redeemed portion of a Debenture from and after the
                         date of redemption."

                    2.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    3.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    4.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 3 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK

          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Robert Gennari  
             -----------------------                 ---------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Robert Gennari
          Title:  President                       Title:  Vice President





                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(f)


                                   AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              12% DEBENTURES - SERIES 2


                    AMENDMENT NO. 1, DATED AS OF DECEMBER __, 1996 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of October 11, 1991
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 12% Debentures due April 15,
          1999, Series 2 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 - - - - - - - - - - 

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the following Section 5.6:

                         "Section 5.6.  Redemption.  Whenver the Company
                                        ----------
                         is required to effect mandatory redemption of part
                         or all of the Debentures, the Company shall give
                         written notice thereof to the Bank at least forty
                         (40) days prior to the date set forth for redemption,
                         the manner in which redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof.  The Bank shall give

<PAGE>
                         written notice to the Purchasers of that
                         redemption at least thirty (30) days prior to the
                         date set forth for redemption.  The Bank shall
                         register the cancellation of the whole or a
                         portion of the redeemed Debentures, as
                         appropriate.  In any event, new debentures will
                         not be issued to reflect the non-redeemed portion
                         of the debentures.  No interest shall be payable
                         on the redeemed portion of a Debenture from and
                         after the date of redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.8:

                         "Section 5.8.  Principal Amount of
                                        -------------------
                         Debentures Payable  Without Presentment or
                         ------------------------------------------
                         Surrender.  The portion of the unpaid principal
                         ---------
                         amount of the Debentures and any interest due upon
                         any redemption or at maturity shall be payable
                         without presentment or surrender of the
                         Debentures.  Notwithstanding anything herein or in
                         the Debentures to the contrary, the unpaid
                         principal amount thereof recorded by the Bank in
                         its register shall be controlling as to the
                         remaining unpaid principal amount thereof."

                    3.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 7.9:

                         "Section 7.9.  Matured Set Aside Purchase Notes.
                                        ---------------------------------
                         The Bank shall return promptly to the Company
                         matured Set Aside Purchase Notes (the "Matured
                         Set Aside Purchase Notes") after the delivery
                         by the Company to the Bank of sufficient
                         funds to make payment of all principal and
                         interest on the Debentures due upon any redemption
                         or at maturity pursuant to Section 5.8.  In
                         addition to the return of those Matured Set Aside
                         Purchase Notes, the Bank shall (i) execute and
                         deliver to the Company an instrument prepared by
                         the Company effecting a release by the Bank of the
                         existing assignment of the security interest and
                         Purchase Agreement covering the related Purchased
                         Partnership Interest, (ii) file with the
                         appropriate governmental authorities indicated by
                         the Company, financing statements delivered by the
                         Company to the Bank recording the termination of
                         the Bank's security interest and assignment

<PAGE>
                         granted under this Bank Agreement and (iii) return
                         to the Company the Consent and Agreement described
                         in Section 7.2(c) hereof and the Consent,
                         Assignment and Agreement described in
                         Section 7.3(c) hereof, each as relates to such
                         Matured Set Aside Purchase Note."

                    4.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    5.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    6.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Mark G. Walsh
             -----------------------                 --------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Mark G. Walsh
          Title:  President                       Title:  Assistant Vice
                                                            President




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(g)

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              12% DEBENTURES - SERIES 2


                    AMENDMENT NO. 2, DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 1998 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of October 11, 1991
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 12% Debentures due April 15,
          1999, Series 2 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 - - - - - - - - - - 

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the following Section 5.6:

                         "Section 5.6.  Redemption. Whenever the Company
                                        ----------
                         is required to effect mandatory redemption of part
                         or all of the Debentures, the Company shall give
                         written notice thereof to the Bank at least five
                         (5) days prior to the date set forth for redemption,
                         the manner in which redemption shall be effected
                         and all the relevant details thereof.  The Bank
                         shall not be required to give written notice

<PAGE>
                         to Purchasers of that redemption.  The Bank shall
                         register the cancellation of the whole or a portion
                         of the redeemed Debentures, as appropriate.  In any
                         event, new debentures will not be issued to
                         reflect the non-redeemed portion of the debentures.
                         No interest shall be payable on the redeemed portion
                         of a Debenture from and after the date of redemption."

                    2.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    3.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    4.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 2 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK

          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Robert Gennari  
             -----------------------                 ---------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Robert Gennari
          Title:  President                       Title:  Vice President



                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(i)


                                   AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              11% DEBENTURES - SERIES 3


                    AMENDMENT NO. 1, DATED AS OF DECEMBER   , 1996 (THE
                                                          --
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of October 17, 1991
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 11% Debentures due December
          31, 1996, Series 3 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management
          Company ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B
          Management Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart
          Development Corp. (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank
          of New York (the "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 - - - - - - - - - - 

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.8:

                         "Section 5.8.  Principal Amount of
                                        -------------------
                         Debentures Payable  Without Presentment or
                         ------------------------------------------
                         Surrender.  The principal amount of the Debentures
                         ---------
                         and any interest then due shall be payable at
                         maturity without presentment or surrender of the
                         Debentures.  Notwithstanding anything herein or in
                         the Debentures to the contrary, the unpaid
                         principal amount thereof recorded by the Bank in

<PAGE>

                         its register shall be controlling as to the
                         remaining unpaid principal amount thereof."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 7.9:

                         "Section 7.9.  Matured Set Aside
                                        -----------------
                         Purchase Notes.  The Bank shall return promptly to
                         --------------
                         the Company matured Set Aside Purchase Notes (the
                         "Matured Set Aside Purchase Notes") after the
                         delivery by the Company to the Bank of sufficient
                         funds to make payment of all principal and
                         interest on the Debentures at maturity pursuant to
                         Section 5.8.  In addition to the return of those
                         Matured Set Aside Purchase Notes, the Bank shall
                         (i) execute and deliver to the Company an
                         instrument prepared by the Company effecting a
                         release by the Bank of the existing assignment of
                         the security interest and Purchase Agreement
                         covering the related Purchased Partnership
                         Interest, (ii) file with the appropriate
                         governmental authorities indicated by the Company,
                         financing statements delivered by the Company to
                         the Bank recording the termination of the Bank's
                         security interest and assignment granted under
                         this Bank Agreement and (iii) return to the
                         Company the Consent and Agreement described in
                         Section 7.2(c) hereof and the Consent, Assignment
                         and Agreement described in Section 7.3(c) hereof,
                         each as relates to such Matured Set Aside Purchase
                         Note."

                    3.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    4.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.








                              [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


<PAGE>


                    5.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Mark G. Walsh   
             -----------------------                 ---------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Mark G. Walsh 
          Title:  President                       Title:  Assistant Vice
                                                            President




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(j)

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              11% DEBENTURES - SERIES 3


                    AMENDMENT NO. 2, DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 1998 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of October 17, 1991
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 11% Debentures due December
          31, 1996, Series 3 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management
          Company ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B
          Management Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart
          Development Corp. (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank
          of New York (the "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 - - - - - - - - - - 

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the following Section 5.6:

                         "Section 5.6.  Redemption.  Whenever the Company
                                        ----------
                         is required to effect mandatory redemption of part
                         or all of the Debentures, the Company shall give
                         written notice thereof to the Bank at least five
                         (5) days prior to the date set forth for redemption,
                         the manner in which redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof.  The Bank shall
                         not be required to give written notice to Purchasers

<PAGE>

                         of that redemption.  The Bank shall register the
                         cancellation of the whole or a portion of the
                         redeemed Debentures, as appropriate.  In any
                         event, new debentures will not be issued to
                         reflect the non-redeemed portion of the
                         debentures.  No interest shall be payable on the
                         redeemed portion of a Debenture from and after the
                         date of redemption."

                    2.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    3.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    4.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 2 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Robert Gennari  
             -----------------------                 ---------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Robert Gennari
          Title:  President                       Title:  Vice President




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(l)

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              11.5% DEBENTURES SERIES 4


                    AMENDMENT NO. 1, DATED AS OF APRIL 15, 1997 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of April 1, 1992 (the
          "Agreement"), with respect to 11.5% Debentures due April 15,
          2000, Series 4 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 - - - - - - - - - - 

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following:

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least forty (40)
                         days prior to the date set forth
                         for redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and

<PAGE>
                         all the relevant details thereof. 
                         The Bank shall give written notice
                         to the Purchasers of that
                         redemption at least thirty (30)
                         days prior to the date set forth
                         for redemption.  The Bank shall
                         register the cancellation of the
                         whole or a portion of the redeemed
                         Debentures, as appropriate.  In any
                         event, new debentures will not be
                         issued to reflect the non-redeemed
                         portion of the debentures.  No
                         interest shall be payable on the
                         redeemed portion of a Debenture
                         from and after the date of
                         redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.8:

                         "Section 5.8.  Principal Amount of
                                        -------------------
                         Debentures Payable  Without Presentment or
                         ------------------------------------------
                         Surrender.  The portion of the unpaid principal
                         ---------
                         amount of the Debentures and any interest due upon
                         any redemption or at maturity shall be payable
                         without presentment or surrender of the
                         Debentures.  Notwithstanding anything herein or in
                         the Debentures to the contrary, the unpaid
                         principal amount thereof recorded by the Bank in
                         its register shall be controlling as to the
                         remaining unpaid principal amount thereof."

                    3.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 7.9:

                         "Section 7.9.  Matured Set Aside Purchase Notes.
                                        --------------------------------
                         The Bank shall return promptly to the Company
                         matured Set Aside Purchase Notes (the "Matured
                         Set Aside Purchase Notes") after the delivery
                         by the Company to the Bank of sufficient
                         funds to make payment of all principal and
                         interest on the Debentures due upon any redemption
                         or at maturity pursuant to Section 5.8.  In
                         addition to the return of those Matured Set Aside
                         Purchase Notes, the Bank shall (i) execute and
                         deliver to the Company an instrument prepared by
                         the Company effecting a release by the Bank of the
                         existing assignment of the security interest and
                         Purchase Agreement covering the related Purchased
                         Partnership Interest, (ii) file with the
                         appropriate governmental authorities indicated by
                         the Company, financing statements delivered by the

<PAGE>

                         Company to the Bank recording the termination of
                         the Bank's security interest and assignment
                         granted under this Bank Agreement and (iii) return
                         to the Company the Consent and Agreement described
                         in Section 7.2(c) hereof and the Consent,
                         Assignment and Agreement described in
                         Section 7.3(c) hereof, each as relates to such
                         Matured Set Aside Purchase Note."

                    4.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    5.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    6.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Mark G. Walsh   
             ----------------------                  --------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Mark G. Walsh 
          Title:  President                       Title:  Assistant Vice
                                                            President




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(m)

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                             11.5% DEBENTURES - SERIES 4


                    AMENDMENT NO. 2, DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 1998 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of April 1, 1992 (the
          "Agreement"), with respect to 11.5% Debentures due April 15,
          2000, Series 4 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 - - - - - - - - - - 

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following:

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least five (5) days
                         prior to the date set forth for
                         redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof.

<PAGE>

                         The Bank shall not be required to
                         give written notice to the
                         Purchasers of that redemption.  The
                         Bank shall register the
                         cancellation of the whole or a
                         portion of the redeemed Debentures,
                         as appropriate.  In any event, new
                         debentures will not be issued to
                         reflect the non-redeemed portion of
                         the debentures.  No interest shall
                         be payable on the redeemed portion
                         of a Debenture from and after the
                         date of redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.6(c):

                         "Section 5.6(c) Application of Prepayment.
                                         -------------------------
                          In the event that the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption, at any time in its
                         sale and absolute discretions, of part or all of
                         the Debentures, without premium or penalty, it
                         shall be in the Company's sole discretion as to
                         the mandatory redemption that the prepayment,
                         resulting from the voluntary redemption, shall be
                         applied against."

                    3.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    4.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    5.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 2 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Robert Gennari
             -----------------------                 ---------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Robert Gennari
          Title:  President                       Title:  Vice President





                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(o)
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                               12% DEBENTURES SERIES 5


                    AMENDMENT NO. 1, DATED AS OF APRIL 15, 1997 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of October 30, 1992
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 12% Debentures due January 15,
          2003, Series 5 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                -------------------

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following:

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least forty (40)
                         days prior to the date set forth
                         for redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof. 
                         The Bank shall give written notice
                         to the Purchasers of that
                         redemption at least thirty (30)
                         days prior to the date set forth
                         for redemption.  The Bank shall
                         register the cancellation of the
                         whole or a portion of the redeemed
                         Debentures, as appropriate.  In any
                         event, new debentures will not be
                         issued to reflect the non-redeemed
                         portion of the debentures.  No
                         interest shall be payable on the
                         redeemed portion of a Debenture
                         from and after the date of
                         redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.8:

                         "Section 5.8.  Principal Amount of
                                        -------------------
                         Debentures Payable Without Presentment
                         --------------------------------------
                         Presentment or Surrender.  The portion of the
                         ------------------------
                         unpaid principal amount of the Debentures and any
                         interest due upon any redemption or at maturity
                         shall be payable without presentment or surrender
                         of the Debentures.  Notwithstanding anything
                         herein or in the Debentures to the contrary, the
                         unpaid principal amount thereof recorded by the
                         Bank in its register shall be controlling as to
                         the remaining unpaid principal amount thereof."

                    3.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 7.10:

                         "Section 7.10.  Matured Set Aside
                                         -----------------
                          Purchase Notes.  The Bank shall return promptly
                          --------------
                         to the Company matured Set Aside Purchase Notes
                         (the "Matured Set Aside Purchase Notes") after the
                         delivery by the Company to the Bank of sufficient
                         funds to make payment of all principal and
                         interest on the Debentures due upon any redemption
                         or at maturity pursuant to Section 5.8.  In
                         addition to the return of those Matured Set Aside
                         Purchase Notes, the Bank shall (i) execute and
                         deliver to the Company an instrument prepared by
                         the Company effecting a release by the Bank of the
                         existing assignment of the security interest and
                         Purchase Agreement covering the related Purchased
                         Partnership Interest, (ii) file with the
                         appropriate governmental authorities indicated by
                         the Company, financing statements delivered by the
                         Company to the Bank recording the termination of
                         the Bank's security interest and assignment
                         granted under this Bank Agreement and (iii) return
                         to the Company the Consent and Agreement described
                         in Section 7.2(c) hereof and the Consent,
                         Assignment and Agreement described in
                         Section 7.3(c) hereof, each as relates to such
                         Matured Set Aside Purchase Note."

                    4.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    5.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    6.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.           THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By: /s/ Bernard M. Rodin               By:  /s/  Mark G. Walsh  
              --------------------                     -------------------
            Name:  Bernard M. Rodin              Name:  Mark G. Walsh 
            Title: President                     Title: Assistant Vice President





                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(p)

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                               12% DEBENTURES SERIES 5


                    AMENDMENT NO. 2, DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 1998 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of October 30, 1992
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 12% Debentures due January 15,
          2003, Series 5 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                -------------------

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following:

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least five (5) days
                         prior to the date set forth for
                         redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof. 
                         The Bank shall not be required to
                         give written notice to the
                         Purchasers of that redemption.  The
                         Bank shall register the
                         cancellation of the whole or a
                         portion of the redeemed Debentures,
                         as appropriate.  In any event, new
                         debentures will not be issued to
                         reflect the non-redeemed portion of
                         the debentures.  No interest shall
                         be payable on the redeemed portion
                         of a Debenture from and after the
                         date of redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.6(c):

                         "Section 5.6(c)  Application of
                                          --------------
                         Prepayment.  In the event that the Company shall
                         ----------
                         effect a voluntary redemption, at any time in its
                         sale and absolute discretions, of part or all of
                         the Debentures, without premium or penalty, it
                         shall be in the Company's sole discretion as to
                         the mandatory redemption that the prepayment,
                         resulting from the voluntary redemption, shall be
                         applied against."

                    3.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    4.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    5.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 2 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By: /s/ Bernard M. Rodin                By:  /s/  Robert Gennari 
              --------------------                     --------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name: Robert Gennari
          Title: President                        Title: Vice President




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(r)

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              12% DEBENTURES - SERIES 6


                    AMENDMENT  NO. 1,  DATED AS OF  DECEMBER __,  1996 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"),  TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated  as of May  24, 1993 (the
          "Agreement"), with respect to 12%  Debentures due April 30, 2003,
          Series  6  (the  "Debentures")  between  J&B  Management  Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation  and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates")  and The Bank  of New York  (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 -------------------

                    WHEREAS,  J&B,   the  Affiliates  and  the   Bank  have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court  Lifestyles, Inc. (the  "Company")
          has acquired substantially all  of the assets of J&B,  subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to  each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company  and the Bank desire  to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the  foregoing and
          the  mutual covenants herein, the  Company and the  Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The  Agreement  is  hereby  amended   by  deleting
          paragraph  (a)  of Section  5.6 and  inserting  in its  stead the
          following paragraph (a):

                         "(a)    Whenever the  Company shall
                         effect  a  voluntary redemption  of
                         part  or  all  of  the  Debentures,
                         which shall be  without premium  or
                         penalty, or is  required to  effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of  the   Debentures,  the  Company
                         shall  give written  notice thereof
                         to  the Bank  at  least forty  (40)
                         days  prior to  the date  set forth
                         for redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption  shall  be effected  and
                         all  the relevant  details thereof.
                         The Bank shall give  written notice
                         to    the   Purchasers    of   that
                         redemption  at  least  thirty  (30)
                         days  prior to  the date  set forth
                         for  redemption.    The Bank  shall
                         register  the  cancellation of  the
                         whole  or a portion of the redeemed
                         Debentures, as appropriate.  In any
                         event, new debentures  will not  be
                         issued to  reflect the non-redeemed
                         portion  of  the  debentures.    No
                         interest  shall  be payable  on the
                         redeemed  portion  of  a  Debenture
                         from   and   after   the  date   of
                         redemption."

                    2.   The  Agreement is  hereby  amended by  adding  the
          following Section 5.8:

                         "Section 5.8.  Principal Amount of
                                        ----------------------
                         Debentures Payable  Without Presentment or
                         ------------------------------------------
                         Surrender.  The portion of the unpaid principal
                         --------- 
                         amount of the Debentures and any interest due upon
                         any  redemption  or at  maturity shall  be payable
                         without   presentment   or   surrender    of   the
                         Debentures.  Notwithstanding anything herein or in
                         the   Debentures  to  the   contrary,  the  unpaid
                         principal amount  thereof recorded by  the Bank in
                         its  register  shall  be  controlling  as  to  the
                         remaining unpaid principal amount thereof."

                    3.   The  Agreement  is  hereby amended  by  adding the
          following Section 7.9:

                         "Section 7.9.  Matured Set Aside
                                        -----------------
                         Purchase Notes.  The Bank shall return promptly to
                         --------------
                         the Company  matured Set Aside Purchase Notes (the
                         "Matured  Set Aside  Purchase  Notes")  after  the
                         delivery by the Company  to the Bank of sufficient
                         funds  to  make  payment  of  all  principal   and
                         interest on the Debentures due upon any redemption
                         or  at  maturity  pursuant  to Section  5.8.    In
                         addition to the return  of those Matured Set Aside
                         Purchase  Notes, the  Bank shall  (i) execute  and
                         deliver to the  Company an instrument  prepared by
                         the Company effecting a release by the Bank of the
                         existing  assignment of the  security interest and
                         Purchase Agreement covering the  related Purchased
                         Partnership   Interest,   (ii)   file   with   the
                         appropriate governmental  authorities indicated by
                         the Company, financing statements delivered by the
                         Company to the  Bank recording the  termination of
                         the  Bank's  security   interest  and   assignment
                         granted under this Bank Agreement and (iii) return
                         to the Company the Consent and Agreement described
                         in   Section  7.2(c)   hereof  and   the  Consent,
                         Assignment  and  Agreement  described  in  Section
                         7.3(c) hereof, each as relates to such Matured Set
                         Aside Purchase Note."

                    4.   Capitalized  terms used  herein and  not otherwise
          defined  shall have  the meaning  assigned to  such terms  in the
          Agreement.

                    5.   This   Amendment  may   be  executed   in  several
          counterparts, each of  which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    6.   Except as  provided herein, all  provisions, terms
          and  conditions of the Agreement  shall remain in  full force and
          effect.    As  amended  hereby,  the Agreement  is  ratified  and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No.  1 to be duly  executed as of the  date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.          THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:  /s/ Bernard M. Rodin             By:  /s/  Mark G. Walsh
            ---------------------                  ----------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin               Name:  Mark G. Walsh 
          Title: President                      Title: Assistant Vice President
            




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(s)
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              12% DEBENTURES - SERIES 6


                    AMENDMENT NO. 2, DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 1998 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of May 24, 1993 (the
          "Agreement"), with respect to 12% Debentures due April 30, 2003,
          Series 6 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 -------------------
 
                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following paragraph (a):

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least five (5) days
                         prior to the date set forth for
                         redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof. 
                         The Bank shall not be required to
                         give written notice to the
                         Purchasers of that redemption.  The
                         Bank shall register the
                         cancellation of the whole or a
                         portion of the redeemed Debentures,
                         as appropriate.  In any event, new
                         debentures will not be issued to
                         reflect the non-redeemed portion of
                         the debentures.  No interest shall
                         be payable on the redeemed portion
                         of a Debenture from and after the
                         date of redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.6(c):

                         "Section 5.6(c)       Application
                                               -----------
                         of Prepayment. In the event
                         -------------
                         that the Company shall effect a voluntary
                         redemption, at any time in its sale and absolute
                         discretions, of part or all of the Debentures,
                         without premium or penalty, it shall be in the
                         Company's sole discretion as to the mandatory
                         redemption that the prepayment, resulting from the
                         voluntary redemption, shall be applied against."

                    3.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    4.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    5.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 2 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Robert Gennari   
             ------------------------------          -----------------------
             Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Robert Gennari
             Title: President                        Title: Vice President




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(v)
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              11% DEBENTURES - SERIES 7


               AMENDMENT NO. 2, DATED AS OF APRIL 15, 1997 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of October 27, 1993
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 11% Debentures due January 15,
          2002, Series 7 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                --------------------

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following:

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least forty (40)
                         days prior to the date set forth
                         for redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof. 
                         The Bank shall give written notice
                         to the Purchasers of that
                         redemption at least thirty (30)
                         days prior to the date set forth
                         for redemption.  The Bank shall
                         register the cancellation of the
                         whole or a portion of the redeemed
                         Debentures, as appropriate.  In any
                         event, new debentures will not be
                         issued to reflect the non-redeemed
                         portion of the debentures.  No
                         interest shall be payable on the
                         redeemed portion of a Debenture
                         from and after the date of
                         redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.7:

                         "Section 5.7.  Principal Amount of
                                        -------------------
                          Debentures Payable  Without Presentment or
                          ------------------------------------------
                          Surrender.  The portion of the unpaid principal
                          ---------
                         amount of the Debentures and any interest due upon
                         any redemption or at maturity shall be payable
                         without presentment or surrender of the
                         Debentures.  Notwithstanding anything herein or in
                         the Debentures to the contrary, the unpaid
                         principal amount thereof recorded by the Bank in
                         its register shall be controlling as to the
                         remaining unpaid principal amount thereof."

                    3.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 7.13:

                         "Section 7.13.  Matured Set Aside
                                         -----------------
                         Purchase Notes and Matured Set Aside Investor
                         ---------------------------------------------

                          Notes.  The Bank shall return promptly to the
                         ------
                         Company matured Set Aside Purchase Notes (the
                         "Matured Set Aside Purchase Notes") and matured
                         Set Aside Investor Notes (the "Matured Set Aside
                         Investor Notes") after the delivery by the Company
                         to the Bank of sufficient funds to make payment of
                         all principal and interest on the Debentures due
                         upon any redemption or at maturity pursuant to
                         Section 5.7.  In addition to the return of those
                         Matured Set Aside Purchase Notes and Matured Set
                         Aside Investor Notes, the Bank shall (i) execute
                         and deliver to the Company an instrument prepared
                         by the Company effecting a release by the Bank of
                         the existing assignment of the security interest
                         and Purchase Agreement covering the related
                         Purchased Partnership Interest and Secured
                         Partnership Interests, (ii) file with the
                         appropriate governmental authorities indicated by
                         the Company, financing statements delivered by the
                         Company to the Bank recording the termination of
                         the Bank's security interest and assignment
                         granted under this Bank Agreement and (iii) return
                         to the Company the Consent and Agreement described
                         in Sections 7.2(c) and 7.4(c) hereof and the
                         Consent, Assignment and Agreement described in
                         Sections 7.3(c) and 7.5(c) hereof, each as relates
                         to such Matured Set Aside Purchase Note and
                         Matured Set Aside Investor Notes."

                    4.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    5.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    6.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 2 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin                By:  /s/  Mark G. Walsh
               ---------------------                    -------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                   Name:  Mark G. Walsh   
          Title: President                          Title: Assistant       
                                                           Vice President 




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(w)

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              11% DEBENTURES - SERIES 7


                    AMENDMENT NO. 3, DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 1998 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of October 27, 1993
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 11% Debentures due January 15,
          2002, Series 7 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 -------------------
 
                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following:

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least five (5) days
                         prior to the date set forth for
                         redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof. 
                         The Bank shall not be required to
                         give written notice to the
                         Purchasers of that redemption.  The
                         Bank shall register the
                         cancellation of the whole or a
                         portion of the redeemed Debentures,
                         as appropriate.  In any event, new
                         debentures will not be issued to
                         reflect the non-redeemed portion of
                         the debentures.  No interest shall
                         be payable on the redeemed portion
                         of a Debenture from and after the
                         date of redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.6(c):

                         "Section 5.6(c)       Application
                                               -----------
                         of Prepayment. In the event that the Company shall
                         -------------
                         effect a voluntary redemption, at any time in its
                         sale and absolute discretions, of part or all of
                         the Debentures, without premium or penalty, it
                         shall be in the Company's sole discretion as to
                         the mandatory redemption that the prepayment,
                         resulting from the voluntary redemption, shall be
                         applied against."

                    3.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    4.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    5.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 3 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Robert Gennari  
               ---------------------                   ------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Robert Gennari
          Title: President                        Title: Vice President




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(y)
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              11% DEBENTURES - SERIES 8


                    AMENDMENT NO. 1, DATED AS OF APRIL 15, 1997 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of November 29, 1993
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 11% Debentures due January 15,
          2002, Series 8 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                -------------------

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following:

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least forty (40)
                         days prior to the date set forth
                         for redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof. 
                         The Bank shall give written notice
                         to the Purchasers of that
                         redemption at least thirty (30)
                         days prior to the date set forth
                         for redemption.  The Bank shall
                         register the cancellation of the
                         whole or a portion of the redeemed
                         Debentures, as appropriate.  In any
                         event, new debentures will not be
                         issued to reflect the non-redeemed
                         portion of the debentures.  No
                         interest shall be payable on the
                         redeemed portion of a Debenture
                         from and after the date of
                         redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.7:

                         "Section 5.7.  Principal Amount of
                                        -------------------
                          Debentures Payable  Without Presentment or
                          ------------------------------------------
                          Surrender.  The portion of the unpaid principal
                          ---------
                         amount of the Debentures and any interest due upon
                         any redemption or at maturity shall be payable
                         without presentment or surrender of the
                         Debentures.  Notwithstanding anything herein or in
                         the Debentures to the contrary, the unpaid
                         principal amount thereof recorded by the Bank in
                         its register shall be controlling as to the
                         remaining unpaid principal amount thereof."

                    3.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 7.13:

                         "Section 7.13.  Matured Set Aside
                                         -----------------
                          Purchase Notes and Matured Set Aside Investor
                          ---------------------------------------------
                         Notes.  The Bank shall return promptly to the
                         -----
                         Company matured Set Aside Purchase Notes (the
                         "Matured Set Aside Purchase Notes") and matured
                         Set Aside Investor Notes (the "Matured Set Aside
                         Investor Notes") after the delivery by the Company
                         to the Bank of sufficient funds to make payment
                         of all principal and interest on the Debentures
                         due upon any redemption or at maturity pursuant
                         to Section 5.7.  In addition to the return of
                         those Matured Set Aside Purchase Notes and Matured
                         Set Aside Investor Notes, the Bank shall (i)
                         execute and deliver to the Company an instrument
                         prepared by the Company effecting a release by
                         the Bank of the existing assignment of the
                         security interest and Purchase Agreement covering
                         the related Purchased Partnership Interest and
                         Secured Partnership Interests, (ii) file with
                         the appropriate governmental authorities indicated
                         by the Company, financing statements delivered
                         by the Company to the Bank recording the termination
                         of the Bank's security interest and assignment
                         granted under this Bank Agreement and (iii) return
                         to the Company the Consent and Agreement described
                         in Sections 7.2(c) and 7.4(c) hereof and the Consent,
                         Assignment and Agreement described in Sections 7.3(c)
                         and 7.5(c) hereof, each as relates to such Matured
                         Set Aside Purchase Note and Matured Set Aside Investor
                         Notes."

                    4.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    5.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    6.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Mark G. Walsh   
               ---------------------                   ------------------
          Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Mark G. Walsh 
          Title: President                        Title: Assistant 
                                                         Vice President




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.5(z)
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              11% DEBENTURES - SERIES 8


                    AMENDMENT NO. 2, DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 1998 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of November 29, 1993
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 11% Debentures due January 15,
          2002, Series 8 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                -------------------

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following:

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least five (5) days
                         prior to the date set forth for
                         redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof. 
                         The Bank shall not be required to
                         give written notice to the
                         Purchasers of that redemption.  The
                         Bank shall register the
                         cancellation of the whole or a
                         portion of the redeemed Debentures,
                         as appropriate.  In any event, new
                         debentures will not be issued to
                         reflect the non-redeemed portion of
                         the debentures.  No interest shall
                         be payable on the redeemed portion
                         of a Debenture from and after the
                         date of redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.6(c):

                         "Section 5.6(c)  Application of
                                          --------------
                         Prepayment.    In the event that the Company shall
                         ----------
                         effect a voluntary redemption, at any time in its
                         sale and absolute discretions, of part or all of
                         the Debentures, without premium or penalty, it
                         shall be in the Company's sole discretion as to
                         the mandatory redemption that the prepayment,
                         resulting from the voluntary redemption, shall be
                         applied against."

                    3.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    4.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    5.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 2 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/ Robert Gennari
             ---------------------                   ----------------------
             Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Robert Gennari
             Title: President                        Title: Vice President





                                                           EXHIBIT 10.5(bb)
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              12% DEBENTURES - SERIES 9


               AMENDMENT NO. 1, DATED AS OF APRIL 15, 1997 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of September 12, 1994
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 12% Debentures due September
          15, 2001, Series 9 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management
          Company ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B
          Management Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart
          Development Corp. (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank
          of New York (the "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 -------------------

               WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have heretofore
          entered into the Agreement;

               WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company") has
          acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

               WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B relating
          to the Debentures;

               WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of the
          Affiliates; and

               WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual
          covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as follows:

               1.  The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting paragraph (a)
          of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the following:

                   (a)  Whenever the Company shall effect a voluntary
                   redemption of part or all of the Debentures, which
                   shall be without premium or penalty, or is required
                   to effect mandatory redemption of part or all of
                   the Debentures, the Company shall give written
                   notice thereof to the Bank at least forty (40)
                   days prior to the date set forth for redemption,
                   the manner in which redemption shall be effected
                   and all the relevant details thereof.  The Bank
                   shall give written notice to the Purchasers of
                   that redemption at least thirty (30) days prior
                   to the date set forth for redemption.  The Bank
                   shall register the cancellation of the whole or
                   a portion of the redeemed Debentures, as appropriate.
                   In any event, new debentures will not be issued to
                   reflect the non-redeemed portion of the debentures.
                   No interest shall be payable on the redeemed
                   portion of a Debenture from and after the date
                   of redemption."

               2.  The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following
          Section 5.7:

                   "Section 5.7.  Principal Amount of Debentures Payable
                                  --------------------------------------
                   Without Presentment or Surrender.  The portion of
                   --------------------------------
                   the unpaid principal amount of the Debentures and
                   any interest due upon any redemption or at maturity
                   shall be payable without presentment or surrender
                   of the Debentures.  Notwithstanding anything herein
                   or in the Debentures to the contrary, the unpaid
                   principal amount thereof recorded by the Bank in
                   its register shall be controlling as to the remaining
                   unpaid principal amount thereof."

               3.  The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following
          Section 7.13:

                   "Section 7.13.  Matured Set Aside Purchase Notes
                                   --------------------------------
                   and Matured Set Aside Investor Notes.  The Bank
                   ------------------------------------
                   shall return promptly to the Company matured Set
                   Aside Purchase Notes (the "Matured Set Aside
                   Purchase Notes") and matured Set Aside Investor
                   Notes (the "Matured Set Aside Investor Notes")
                   after the delivery by the Company to the Bank of
                   sufficient funds to make payment of all principal
                   and interest on the Debentures due upon any
                   redemption or at maturity pursuant to Section 5.7.
                   In addition to the return of those Matured Set Aside
                   Purchase Notes and Matured Set Aside Investor Notes,
                   the Bank shall (i) execute and deliver to the Company
                   an instrument prepared by the Company effecting a
                   release by the Bank of the existing assignment of
                   the security interest and Purchase Agreement covering
                   the related Purchased Partnership Interest and Secured
                   Partnership Interests, (ii) file with the appropriate
                   governmental authorities indicated by the Company,
                   financing statements delivered by the Company to
                   the Bank recording the termination of the Bank's
                   security interest and assignment granted under this
                   Bank Agreement and (iii) return to the Company the
                   Consent and Agreement described in Sections 7.2(c)
                   and 7.4(c) hereof and the Consent, Assignment and
                   Agreement described in Sections 7.3(c) and 7.5(c)
                   hereof, each as relates to such Matured Set Aside
                   Purchase Note and Matured Set Aside Investor Notes."

               4.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined
          shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

               5.  This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts,
          each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed an original
          and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but
          one and the same Amendment.

               6.  Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms and
          conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.        THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By: /s/ Bernard M. Rodin          By:  /s/  Mark G. Walsh       
             -------------------------         ---------------------------
              Name:  Bernard M. Rodin           Name:  Mark G. Walsh 
              Title  President                  Title: Assistant 
                                                       Vice President





                                                           EXHIBIT 10.5(cc)
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              12% DEBENTURES - SERIES 9


                    AMENDMENT NO. 2, DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 1998 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of September 12, 1994
          (the "Agreement"), with respect to 12% Debentures due September
          15, 2001, Series 9 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management
          Company ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B
          Management Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart
          Development Corp. (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank
          of New York (the "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 -------------------

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following:

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least five (5) days
                         prior to the date set forth for
                         redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof. 
                         The Bank shall not be required to
                         give written notice to the
                         Purchasers of that redemption.  The
                         Bank shall register the
                         cancellation of the whole or a
                         portion of the redeemed Debentures,
                         as appropriate.  In any event, new
                         debentures will not be issued to
                         reflect the non-redeemed portion of
                         the debentures.  No interest shall
                         be payable on the redeemed portion
                         of a Debenture from and after the
                         date of redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.6(c):

                         "Section 5.6(c)       Application
                                               -----------
                         of Prepayment.  In the event that the Company 
                         -------------
                         shall effect a voluntary redemption, at any time
                         in its sale and absolute discretions, of part or
                         all of the Debentures, without premium or penalty,
                         it shall be in the Company's sole discretion as to
                         the mandatory redemption that the prepayment,
                         resulting from the voluntary redemption, shall be
                         applied against."

                    3.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    4.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    5.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 2 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Robert Gennari  
             ---------------------                   -----------------------
             Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Robert Gennari
             Title: President                        Title: Vice President




                                                           EXHIBIT 10.5(ee)
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              12% DEBENTURES - SERIES 10


                    AMENDMENT NO. 1, DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 1998 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of July 12, 1995 (the
          "Agreement"), with respect to 12% Debentures due January 15,
          2004, Series 10 (the "Debentures") between J&B Management Company
          ("J&B") and its affiliates:  Leisure Centers Inc., J&B Management
          Corp., Sulgrave Realty Corporation and Wilmart Development Corp.
          (collectively, the "Affiliates") and The Bank of New York (the
          "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 -------------------

                    WHEREAS, J&B, the Affiliates and the Bank have
          heretofore entered into the Agreement;

                    WHEREAS, Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc. (the "Company")
          has acquired substantially all of the assets of J&B, subject to
          substantially all of J&B's liabilities;

                    WHEREAS, the Company has assumed the obligations of J&B
          relating to the Debentures;

                    WHEREAS, the Company is successor by merger to each of
          the Affiliates; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following:

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least five (5) days
                         prior to the date set forth for
                         redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof. 
                         The Bank shall not be required to
                         give written notice to the
                         Purchasers of that redemption.  The
                         Bank shall register the
                         cancellation of the whole or a
                         portion of the redeemed Debentures,
                         as appropriate.  In any event, new
                         debentures will not be issued to
                         reflect the non-redeemed portion of
                         the debentures.  No interest shall
                         be payable on the redeemed portion
                         of a Debenture from and after the
                         date of redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.6(c):

                         "Section 5.6(c)       Application
                                               -----------
                         of Prepayment.  In the event that the Company
                         -------------
                         shall effect a voluntary redemption, at any time
                         in its sale and absolute discretions, of part or
                         all of the Debentures, without premium or penalty,
                         it shall be in the Company's sole discretion as to
                         the mandatory redemption that the prepayment,
                         resulting from the voluntary redemption, shall be
                         applied against."

                    3.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    4.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    5.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Robert Gennari  
             -------------------------               -----------------------
             Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Robert Gennari
             Title: President                        Title: Vice President




                                                           EXHIBIT 10.5(gg)
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                          TO
                                    BANK AGREEMENT
                                         FOR
                              12% DEBENTURES - SERIES 11


                    AMENDMENT NO. 1, DATED AS OF JUNE 26, 1998 (THE
          "AMENDMENT"), TO BANK AGREEMENT, dated as of July 25, 1997 (the
          "Agreement"), with respect to 12% Debentures due June 30, 2004,
          Series 11 (the "Debentures") between Grand Court Lifestyles,
          Inc., (the "Company"), and The Bank of New York (the "Bank").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 -------------------

                    WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to amend the
          Agreement;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
          the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Bank agree as
          follows:

                    1.   The Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
          paragraph (a) of Section 5.6 and inserting in its stead the
          following:

                         (a)  Whenever the Company shall
                         effect a voluntary redemption of
                         part or all of the Debentures,
                         which shall be without premium or
                         penalty, or is required to effect
                         mandatory redemption of part or all
                         of the Debentures, the Company
                         shall give written notice thereof
                         to the Bank at least five (5) days
                         prior to the date set forth for
                         redemption, the manner in which
                         redemption shall be effected and
                         all the relevant details thereof. 
                         The Bank shall not be required to
                         give written notice to the
                         Purchasers of that redemption.  The
                         Bank shall register the
                         cancellation of the whole or a
                         portion of the redeemed Debentures,
                         as appropriate.  In any event, new
                         debentures will not be issued to
                         reflect the non-redeemed portion of
                         the debentures.  No interest shall
                         be payable on the redeemed portion
                         of a Debenture from and after the
                         date of redemption."

                    2.   The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
          following Section 5.6(c):

                         "Section 5.6(c)  Application of
                                          --------------
                         Prepayment.  In the event that the Company shall
                         ---------- 
                         effect a voluntary redemption, at any time in its
                         sale and absolute discretions, of part or all of
                         the Debentures, without premium or penalty, it
                         shall be in the Company's sole discretion as to
                         the mandatory redemption that the prepayment,
                         resulting from the voluntary redemption, shall be
                         applied against."

                    3.   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
          defined shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the
          Agreement.

                    4.   This Amendment may be executed in several
          counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be
          deemed an original and all of which counterparts, taken together,
          shall constitute but one and the same Amendment.

                    5.   Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms
          and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
          effect.  As amended hereby, the Agreement is ratified and
          confirmed in all respects.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed as of the date first above
          written.


          GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.            THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By:   /s/ Bernard M. Rodin              By:  /s/  Robert Gennari  
             --------------------------              ------------------------
             Name:  Bernard M. Rodin                 Name:  Robert Gennari
             Title: President                        Title: Vice President






                                                              EXHIBIT 10.13

          

          =================================================================










                                       FORM OF
                         AMENDED AND RESTATED REGULATIONS AND
                                 OPERATING AGREEMENT

                                          OF

                                     ------------







          




          =================================================================


    <PAGE>


                    Pursuant to the provisions of the       Limited
                                                      -----
          Liability Company Act,              (the "Company"), a limited
                                  -----------
          liability company which is subject to the provisions of the
          aforesaid Limited Liability Company Act, hereby adopts the
          hereinafter        Amended and Restated Regulations and 
                     ------
          Operating Agreement of its Operating Agreement dated as of
                     (the "Agreement").  Although this writing amends in
          ----------
          its entirety the Agreement, it is not intended by the parties to
          create a new limited liability company, but rather to confirm the
          continuation of existence of the existing Company, without
          interruption, while providing for (i) the transfer by Grand Court
          Lifestyles, Inc. a Delaware corporation ("Grand Court"), the sole
          member and the sole manager of the Company, of a portion of its
          interest in the Company to           ("     ") and (iii) other
                                     --------     ---
          various amendments to the Agreement in the manner hereinafter
          provided.

                    THE AMENDED AND RESTATED REGULATIONS AND OPERATING
          AGREEMENT OF       is made and entered as of by and
                       ----                            -----,
           among Grand Court, and
                                  ----.

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                - - - - - - - - - -

                    WHEREAS, pursuant to the Sale and Assignment Agreement
          dated as of 1999, a copy of the form of which is attached
                     ----,
          hereto as Exhibit A, by and among Grand Court, and Grand
                                                             ------,
          Court transferred to        fifty percent (50%) of its interest
                               ------
          in the Company; and

                    WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire that      be 
                                                            -----
          admitted into the Company as a Member (as such term is
          hereinafter defined) of the Company; and

                    WHEREAS, the parties hereto, each intending to be
          legally bound hereby under the laws of the State of Texas, desire
          to amend in the manner hereinafter set forth, and to redefine and
          restate in its entirety, the Agreement, while continuing the
          Company heretofore formed, without interruption (hereinafter the
          Agreement as amended and restated by this       Amended and
                                                    -----
          Restated Regulations and Operating Agreement shall be called the
          "Agreement"); and

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises
          of the parties hereto and of other good and valuable
          consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
          acknowledged, the parties do hereby covenant and agree as
          follows:

               1.   Grand Court assigns fifty percent (50%) of its interest
          as a member of the Company to     .
                                        ----

               2.          desires to, and hereby does, accept the
                    ------
           assignment by Grand Court of fifty percent (50%) of Grand
          Court's interest as a member of the Company.

               3.   All of the actions described in paragraphs 1 and 2
          above shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously.

               4.   By this writing, the parties hereto hereby amend,
          redefine and restate, in its entirety, the Agreement, so that
          said document shall for all purposes hereafter read as
          hereinafter set forth.


                                      ARTICLE I
                                    DEFINED TERMS
                                    -------------

                    1.1  Defined Terms.  Capitalized words and phrases used
                         -------------
           in this Agreement have the following meanings:

                    "Act" means the Texas Limited Liability Company Act, as
                     ---
          currently in effect and as may be amended from time to time.

                    "Capital Account" means an account established and
                     ---------------
          maintained for each Member pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.  The
          initial Capital Account Balances shall be based upon the Capital
          Accounts of the Members as reflected on Schedule A attached
          hereto.

                    "Capital Transaction" shall mean (i) a sale or other
                     -------------------
          disposition by the Company of all or any part of its assets
          (other than sales in the ordinary course of business), (ii)
          refinancing or recasting of any mortgage loan or secondary
          financing of the Company, (iii) advances or additional advances
          under any mortgage loan to the Partnership or the Operating
          Partnership, (iv) any sale-leaseback of the Company's property,
          (v) the taking or condemnation by any right of eminent domain of
          any part of the Company's property, or (vi) the destruction, in
          whole or in part, of the Company's property whether by fire,
          other casualty, or any other cause.

                    "Capital Transaction Gain" or "Capital Transaction
                     -----------------------       -------------------
          Loss" shall mean the Company's taxable gain or loss,
          ----
          respectively, with respect to a Capital Transaction.

                    "Cash from Capital Items" shall mean the net cash
                     -----------------------
          proceeds from any Capital Transaction received by the Company,
          after deducting (a) an amount sufficient to satisfy any unpaid
          principal and interest on loans from third parties, (b) an amount
          sufficient to satisfy any advances to the Company by the members,
          and (c) funds used, or applied for the establishment of any
          reasonable reserves, for working capital, or for alterations,
          repairs of capital improvements or other uses deemed advisable by
          the members whether or not for the foregoing purposes, provided
                                                                 --------
          that as the unused balance of such reserves are no longer needed
          to be reserved, the same shall thereupon be deemed Cash from
          Capital Items (such reserves to be deemed to include, without
          limitation, accruals for all management and other fees payable
          under any agreements with any member or any affiliate of any
          member).

                    "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the
                     ----
          United States of America, as amended, or any corresponding
          provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

                    "Company" means 
                     -------        ------------.

                    "Fiscal Year" means for both accounting and U.S. income
                     -----------
          tax purposes the calendar year, except that the first Fiscal Year
          of the Company shall be the period from the formation of the
          Company to December 31 of the same calendar year, and upon any
          termination of the Company on a date other than December 31, the
          final Fiscal Year of the Company shall be the period from the end
          of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year to the date of such
          termination.

                    "Liquidation" has the meaning ascribed thereto in
                     -----------
          Section 11.3 hereof.

                    "Liquidation Proceeds" has the meaning ascribed thereto
                     --------------------
          in Section 11.3 hereof.

                    "Liquidating Member" means Grand Court.  If there shall
                     ------------------
          be more than one Member, it shall mean the Member selected for
          such position by the vote of a majority of the Members.

                    "Loss(es)" means net losses other than Capital
                     --------
          Transaction Loss as determined under U.S. income tax accounting
          principles.

                    "Manager" means Grand Court and each of the parties who
                     -------
          may hereafter become an additional or substitute Manager.

                    "Members" means Grand Court and        and each of the
                     -------                        ------
          parties who may hereafter become an additional or substitute
          Member.

                    "Net Cash Flow" means, for each Fiscal Year or other
                     -------------
          period, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the gross
          receipts from operations of the Company from all sources, over
          (b) all cash expenditures of the Company due to operations,
          including (i) debt service under any indebtedness incurred by the
          Company, (ii) taxes and governmental fees, and (iii) reserves
          established from time to time in such amounts, at such times and
          for such purposes as the Members shall, in their reasonable
          discretion, determine.  Net Cash Flow shall not be reduced by
          depreciation, amortization, cost recovery deductions, or similar
          allowances, but shall be increased by any reductions of reserves
          previously established pursuant to this Agreement.

                    "Person" means any individual, partnership, joint
                     ------
          venture, association, corporation, trust or other entity.

                    "Profit(s)" mean net profits other than Capital
                     ---------
          Transaction Gain as determined under U.S. income tax accounting
          principles.

                    "Treasury Regulations" mean the regulations promulgated
                     --------------------
          by the U.S. Treasury Department with respect to the Code, as such
          regulations are amended from time to time, or corresponding
          provisions of future regulations.


                                      ARTICLE II
                                     ORGANIZATION
                                     ------------

                    2.1  Formation.  The Members hereby forms, pursuant to
                         ---------
          the Act, a limited liability company for the purposes and upon
          the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

                    2.2  Name.  The name of the Company shall be 
                         ----                                    --------.
          All business of the Company shall be conducted under such name. 
          The Members may change the name of the Company in accordance with
          the provisions of the Act.

                    2.3  Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal
                         ----------------------------------------------
          Place of Business.  The location of the registered office of the
          -----------------
          Company shall be           The Company's registered agent at
                           --------.
          such address shall be Capitol Commerce Reporter, Inc.  The
          Company's principal place of business shall be at One Executive
          Drive, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024.

                    2.4  Purpose.  The Company's business and purpose shall
                         -------
          consist solely of the construction, ownership, operation and
          management of an adult living center to be constructed in 
                    and such activities as are necessary, incidental or
          ---------
          appropriate in connection therewith.

                    2.5  Term.  The Company shall continue in existence
                         ----
          from the date hereof until December 31, 2020, or until terminated
          in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, whichever
          shall occur earlier.

                    2.6  Meetings.  All meetings of the Members shall be as
                         --------
          set forth in the Act.

                    2.7  Member Determinations.  Except as otherwise
                         ---------------------
          provided herein, all actions by the Members may be approved by a
          majority in interest of the Members voting on such matter. 
          Except as otherwise provided herein, Grand Court and        are
                                                               -------
          each 50% members of the Company.


                                     ARTICLE III
                                      MANAGEMENT
                                      ----------

                    3.1  Management.    (a)  The management of the Company
                         ----------
          shall be vested in Grand Court and such officers to whom it
          delegates authority.  If there shall be more than one Manager,
          any Manager shall have the authority to sign agreements and other
          instruments on behalf of the Company in the ordinary course of
          business without the joinder of any other Manager.

                         (b)  The Manager may engage in other business
          activities and shall be obliged to devote only as much of its
          time to the Company's business as shall be reasonably required
          for the efficient operation of the Company's business and
          objectives.  The Manager shall perform its duties as a manager in
          good faith, in a manner it reasonably believes to be in the best
          interest of the Company, and with such care as an ordinarily
          prudent person in a like position would use under similar
          circumstances.  A person or corporate entity who so performs his
          or its duties shall not have any liability by reason of being or
          having been a Manager of the Company.

                         (c)  The Manager is an agent of the Company for
          the purpose of its business, and the acts of the Manager,
          including the execution in the Company name of any instrument for
          apparently carrying on in the usual way the business of the
          Company, binds the Company, unless such act is in contravention
          of this Agreement or unless the Manager so acting otherwise lacks
          the authority to act for the Company and the person with whom it
          is dealing has knowledge of the fact that he has no such
          authority.

                    3.2  Powers of the Manager.  The Manager shall have the
                         ---------------------
          right and authority to take all actions which it deems necessary,
          useful or appropriate for the day-to-day management and conduct
          of the Company's business.  In particular, the Manager shall:

                         (a)  Assist the Company in the preparation and
          filing with relevant authorities various returns, reports or
          other documents required by the laws and regulations of the
          United States and the State of 
                                        -------;

                         (b)  Review the appropriateness, and arrange for
          payments, of the expenses incurred in connection with the
          operations of the Company;

                         (c)  Pay all expenses of the Company, (including
          any organizational expenses, legal fees, and administrative
          expenses; and

                         (d)  Perform such other services as may be deemed
          necessary for the operation of the Company.

                         (e)  Borrow money for the Company's business,
          execute any and all agreements or documents required for such
          borrowing and pledge the Company's assets to secure such
          borrowing.

                    3.3  Compensation of the Manager.  The Manager shall be
                         ---------------------------
          paid a fee by the Company for its services.  Such fee shall be
          set forth in a management agreement between Grand Court and the
          Company.

                    3.4  Termination of the Manager.          shall have
                         --------------------------  --------
          the right to terminate Grand Court as the manager of the
          Company's property for cause upon 30 days written notice to Grand
          Court.



                                      ARTICLE IV
                                CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
                                ---------------------

                    4.1  Capital Contributions.  As of the date hereof, the
                         ---------------------
          Members have made, will be treated as having made, or will make,
          as the case may be, the Capital Contributions set forth in
          Schedule A attached hereto.  The Members are not obligated to
          make any additional contributions to the Company.

                    4.2  Return of Capital.  Except as specifically
                         -----------------
          provided in this Agreement, the Members shall not have the right
          to withdraw from the Company all or any part of their Capital
          Contributions, nor shall any Member have any right to demand and
          receive property or cash of the Company in return of its Capital
          Contribution. 


                                      ARTICLE V
                                   CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
                                   ----------------

                    5.1  Capital Accounts.  (a)  A separate Capital Account
                         ----------------
          shall be established and maintained for each Member.

                    (b)  Each Capital Account shall be maintained and
          adjusted in accordance with the applicable requirements of the
          Code and the applicable provisions of the Treasury Regulations
          promulgated thereunder.  Each Member's Capital Account shall be
          increased by (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of
          property (net of liabilities that the Company is considered to
          assume or take such property subject to) contributed by such
          Member to the capital of the Company, and (ii) allocations to
          such member of Profits (or items thereof) and Capital Transaction
          Gain (or items thereof) pursuant to Article V.  Each Member's
          Capital Account shall be decreased by (i) the amount of cash and
          the fair market value of property (net of liabilities that such
          Member is considered to assume or take such property subject to)
          distributed to such Member, and (ii) allocation to such Member of
          Losses (or items thereof), Capital Transaction Loss (or items
          thereof) and deductions pursuant to Article V.

                    (c)  The provisions of this Agreement relating to the
          maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with
          Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 and shall be
          interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury
          Regulations.  In the event that the Members shall determine that
          it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts
          are computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulations,
          the Members may make such modification, provided that such
          modification is not likely to have a material effect on the
          amounts distributable to any Member pursuant to this Agreement.

                    5.2  Negative Capital Accounts.  At no time during the
                         -------------------------
          term of the Company or upon the dissolution and liquidation
          thereof shall a Member with a negative balance in his Capital
          Account have any obligation to the Company or the other Member to
          restore such negative balance, except as required by law.


                                     ARTICLE VII
                                     ALLOCATIONS
                                     -----------

                    6.1  Determination of Gains and Losses.  As of the
                         ---------------------------------
          close of business on the last day of each Fiscal Year, Profits,
          Capital Transaction Gain, Losses and Capital Transaction Loss of
          the Company shall be determined and shall be allocated as
          provided in this Article VI.

                    6.2  Allocation of Profits.  Profits shall be allocated
                         ---------------------
          to the Members 50% to             and 50% to Grand Court.
                                ----------

                    6.3  Allocation of Capital Transaction Gain.  Except as
                         --------------------------------------
          otherwise required by Section 6.8 hereof, Capital Transaction
          Gain of the Partnership for each Fiscal Period shall be allocated
          in the following priority:

                         (a)       To          until the cumulative amount  
                                     --------
                              of Capital Transaction Gain allocated to
                                         is equal to the cumulative Losses
                              ----------
                              allocated to            pursuant to Section
                                           ----------
                              6.4 hereof.; and, thereafter

                         (b)  To         until the cumulative Capital
                                 -------
                              Transaction Gain allocated to 
                                                            --------
                              pursuant to this Section 6.3(b) is equal to   
                                          and, thereafter
                              $---------;

                         (c)  To         in an amount equal to the Priority
                                 -------
                              Return, to the extent such amount has not
                              previously been distributed to him; and,
                              thereafter

                         (d)  To each Member having a negative Capital
                              Account, pro rata in accordance with the
                              ratio that his negative Capital Account bears
                              to the sum of all negative Capital Accounts
                              until there shall have been allocated an
                              amount equal to the sum of all negative
                              Capital Accounts; and, thereafter 

                         (e)  50% to Grand Court and 50% to 
                                                            -------.


                    6.4  Allocation of Losses and Capital Transaction Loss.
                         -------------------------------------------------

          Losses and Capital Transaction Loss shall be allocated 99% to
                    and 1% to Grand Court.
          --------

                    6.5  Qualified Income Offset.  Notwithstanding any
                         -----------------------
          other provision of this Agreement except as required by the
          Treasury Regulations, if any member has a deficit balance in his
          Capital Account from an unexpected adjustment, allocation, or
          distribution described in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-
          1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), or (6), there shall be specially
          allocated to such Member such items of Company income and gain in
          an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate as quickly as
          possible the deficit balance, to the extent required by the
          Treasury Regulations, without creating or increasing a deficit
          balance in the Capital Account of any other Partner.  This
          Section 6.5 is intended to be a qualified income offset, as such
          term is used in the Treasury Regulations.

                    6.6  Nonrecourse Deductions.  Nonrecourse Deductions
                         ----------------------
          for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated 99% to         and 1% to
                                                        -------
          Grand Court.

                    6.7  Tax Allocations:  Code Section 704(c).  Income,
                         -------------------------------------
          gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property
          contributed, or deemed to be contributed to the capital of the
          Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the
          Members in accordance with Code section 704(c) and the Treasury
          Regulations thereunder.  Any elections or other decisions
          relating to such allocations shall be made by the Members in any
          manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this
          Operating  Agreement.  Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.7
          are solely for purposes of Federal, state and local taxes and
          shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in
          computing, any Member's Capital Account or share of Profits,
          Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of
          this Partnership Agreement.

                    6.8  Compliance with Code.  Notwithstanding any
                         --------------------
          contrary statement or provision herein, the profits and losses of
          the Company for U.S. Federal income tax purposes will be
          calculated and allocated as required under the Code and Treasury
          Regulations thereunder.


     <PAGE>


                               INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK


     <PAGE>



                                     ARTICLE VII
                                    DISTRIBUTIONS
                                    -------------


                    7.1  Distributions of Net Cash Flow.  The Net Cash Flow
                         ------------------------------
          of the Company shall be distributed at such times as the Company
          shall determine.  The Net Cash Flow of the Company shall be
          allocated among and distributed to the Members in the following
          priority:

                         (a)       To         until the cumulative amount of
                                      --------
                              Net Cash Flow allocated to him for the Fiscal
                              Year equals $       (the "Priority Return");
                                           ------
                              and, thereafter

                         (b)       To the Members, 50% to Grand Court and
                                   50% to 
                              -------.

                    7.2  Distributions of Cash from Capital Items.    Cash
                         ----------------------------------------
          from Capital Items occurring at times other than dissolution
          shall be allocated among and distributed to the Members in the
          following priority:

                         (a)  To           until the cumulative amount of   
                                 --------
                              Cash from Capital Items distributed to        
                              equals $        ; and, thereafter
                                     ----------                --------

                         (b)  To          in an amount equal to unpaid
                                 --------
                              Priority Return; and, thereafter

                         (c)  To the Members, 50% to Grand Court and 50% to

                              -------.

                    7.3  Withholding.  The Company shall comply with all
                         -----------
          withholding requirements under Federal, state and local law.  The
          Company shall request, and the Members shall provide to the
          Company, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish
          an exemption from withholding with respect to the Members, and
          any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by
          the Company to assist it in determining the extent of and in
          fulfilling, its withholding obligations.  The Company shall file
          required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an
          exemption from withholding is properly established by the
          Members, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Member
          to applicable jurisdictions.  To the extent the Company is
          required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority
          with respect to any distributions or allocations hereunder, the
          amount withheld shall be deemed to be a distribution in the
          amount of such withholding.  In the event of any claimed over
          withholding, the distributee shall be limited to an action
          against the applicable jurisdiction.  If the amount withheld was
          not withheld from actual distributions, the Company may reduce
          subsequent distributions by the amount of such withholding.


                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                   INDEMNIFICATION
                                   ---------------

                    8.1  Indemnification.  (a) The Company shall, to the
                         ---------------
          fullest extent permitted by the Act, indemnify and hold harmless
          the Members from and against any and all liabilities, losses,
          damages and expenses arising out of or relating to the business
          of the Company (including without limitation (i) legal fees and
          expenses, (provided, that if a Member retains more than one legal
          counsel in any jurisdiction in connection with any claim, the
          indemnification provided by this Section 8.1(a) shall be limited
          to an amount equal to the aggregate of such legal fees and
          expenses divided by the number of such legal counsel), and (ii)
          any amounts paid in respect of any resulting judgments, finds or
          settlements) suffered or incurred in any actual or threatened
          claim, action, or proceeding as a result or by reason of (i) the
          fact that it is or was a Member, or (ii) any alleged action or
          inaction as a Member; provided, that the forgoing indemnity shall
          not apply to the extent that any action or inaction by a Member
          is determined by a final judgment to have constituted gross
          negligence, willful misfeasance, or bad faith, it being
          understood that included, without limitation, in the concept of
          "willful misfeasance or bad faith" is any action or inaction by a
          Member which is not authorized by or is inconsistent with the
          authorization of such Member pursuant to the Articles, By-laws
          and other agreements among the parties hereto.  

                         (b)  A Member may consult with legal counsel or
          accountants for the Company selected by the Member and any action
          or omission suffered or taken in good faith or reliance and
          accordance with the opinion or advice of any such counsel or
          accountants (provided that such counsel has been selected with
          reasonable care) shall be full protection and justification with
          respect to the action or omission so suffered or taken.


                                      ARTICLE IX
                           BOOKS, RECORDS AND BANK ACCOUNTS
                           --------------------------------

                    9.1  Books and Records.  Grand Court shall cause the
                         -----------------
          Company to keep proper and complete records and books of account
          of the Company's business, including all such transactions and
          other matters as are usually entered into records and books of
          account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of like
          character or as are required by law and including, but not
          limited to, the following:

                         (a)  if there shall be more than one Member, a
          current list of the full name and last known business or
          residence address of each Member set forth in alphabetical order,
          together with the Capital Contributions and the share in Profits
          and Losses of each Member;

                         (b)  a copy of the certificate of formation of the
          Company and all certificates of amendment, together with executed
          copies of any powers of attorney pursuant to which any
          certificate has been executed;

                         (c)  copies of the Company's income tax or
          information returns and reports, if any, for the six most recent
          taxable years;

                         (d)  a copy of this Agreement, and all amendments
          thereto;

                         (e)  financial statements of the Company for the
          six most recent Fiscal Years; and

                         (f)  the Company's books and records as they
          relate to the internal affairs of the Company for the current and
          past three Fiscal Years.

                    9.2  Inspection and Copying.  All records and books of
                         ----------------------
          account maintained in accordance with Section 9.1 shall be open
          to inspection and copying upon at least two (2) days' prior
          written notice by a Member or its authorized representatives at
          any reasonable time during business hours.

                    9.3  Accounting Basis and Fiscal Year.  The Company's
                         --------------------------------
          books and records (a) shall be kept on an accrual basis in
          accordance with the accounting methods followed by the Company
          for U.S. income tax purposes, (b) shall reflect all Company
          transactions, (c) shall be appropriate and adequate for the
          Company's business and for the carrying out of all provisions of
          this Agreement, and (d) shall be closed and balanced at the end
          of each Fiscal Year.


                    9.4  Tax Elections.
                         -------------

                         (a)  The Company, at the request of a Member or a
          transferee Member, shall elect where applicable, pursuant to
          Section 754 of the Code, to adjust the bases of the Company
          property.  The Member will furnish to the Company all information
          necessary to give effect to such election.


                                      ARTICLE X
                                      TRANSFERS
                                      ---------

                    10.1 Transfers.  A Member may not sell, assign,
                         ---------
          transfer, exchange, charge, pledge, give, hypothecate, or
          otherwise convey or encumber (any such sale, assignment,
          transfer, exchange, charge, pledge, gift, hypothecation,
          conveyance or encumbrance being hereinafter referred to as a
          "Transfer"), directly or indirectly, voluntarily or
          involuntarily, its interest in the Company without the unanimous
          consent of the Members which consent may be withheld within the
          sole discretion of the Members.  Any Transfer of any Member's
          interest without such consent shall be null and void and of no
          force whatsoever.


                                      ARTICLE XI
                             DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
                             ---------------------------

                    11.1 Events of Dissolution.  The Company may be
                         ---------------------
          dissolved, liquidated, and terminated pursuant to the provisions
          of this Article XI and in accordance with the Act.  The Company
          shall be terminated and dissolved upon the earlier to occur of
          the following events:

                         (a)  the withdrawal, resignation, bankruptcy, or
          dissolution of any Member, unless the remaining Members, if any,
          unanimously elect to continue the Company within 90 days of such
          event; 

                         (b)  The sale, exchange, or other disposition by
          the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's
          property; 

                         (c)  The expiration of the term of the Company; 

                         (d)  The election to do so by the Member; or 

                         (e)  The occurrence of any other event that would
          dissolve and terminate the Company under the Act.  

                    11.2 Liquidation.  In all cases of dissolution of the
                         -----------
          Company, the business of the Company shall be continued to the
          extent necessary to allow an orderly winding up of its affairs,
          including the liquidation and termination of the Company pursuant
          to the provisions of Section 11.1 and this Section 11.2, as
          promptly as practicable thereafter, and each of the following
          shall be accomplished:

                         (a)  The Liquidating Member shall cause to be
          prepared a statement setting forth the assets and liabilities of
          the Company as of the date of dissolution, a copy of which shall
          be furnished to the other Members, if any.

                         (b)  The property of the Company shall be
          liquidated by the Liquidating Member as promptly as possible, but
          in an orderly, businesslike and commercially reasonable manner. 
          The Liquidating Member may, in the exercise of its business
          judgment and if commercially reasonable, determine (i) to sell
          all or any portion of the property of the Company to another
          Member, if any, after using best efforts to sell such property to
          a person unrelated to any Member, provided that the purchase
          price is not less than the fair market value of such property, or
          to any other Person, or (ii) after using best efforts to sell
          such property to a person unrelated to any Member, not to sell
          all or any portion of the property of the Company, in which event
          such property and assets shall be distributed in kind pursuant to
          Section 11.3.

                         (c)  Any Capital Transaction Gain or Capital
          Transaction Loss realized by the Company upon the sale of its
          property shall be recognized and allocated to the Members in the
          manner set forth in Article V of this Agreement.  To the extent
          that an asset is to be distributed in kind, such asset shall be
          deemed to have been sold at its fair market value on the date of
          distribution, the profits or loss deemed recognized upon such
          deemed sale shall be allocated in accordance with Article V, and
          the amount of the distribution shall be considered to be such
          fair market value of the asset.

                    11.3 Distributions Upon Dissolution.  Upon dissolution
                         ------------------------------
          of the Company and the liquidation of its assets (the
          "Liquidation"), the Liquidating Member shall cause the remaining
          assets, including proceeds of sales or other dispositions in
          liquidation of assets of the Company ("Liquidation Proceeds"), to
          be distributed in accordance with the following priorities:

                         (a)  First, to the payment of the debts and
          obligations of the Company (including advances and loans by a
          Member), including sales commissions, taxes, and other expenses
          incident to any sale of the assets of the Company;

                         (b)  Second, establishment of such reserves as the
          Liquidating Member may deem reasonably necessary for any
          contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the
          Company.  Such reserves may be paid over by the Liquidating
          Member to a bank or other financial institution, to be held in
          escrow for the purpose of paying any such contingent or
          unforeseen liabilities or obligations and, at the expiration of
          such period as the Liquidating deems advisable, any remaining
          balance shall be distributed as provided in subsection (c) of
          this Section 11.3; and

                         (c)  The balance, if any, to the Members pro rata
          in accordance with their relative positive Capital Accounts
          (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and
          allocations for all periods).


                               INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK


     <PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE XII
                                    MISCELLANEOUS
                                    -------------

                    12.1 Notices.  Any notice, demand, request or report
                         -------
          required or permitted to be given or made to the Members under
          this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or
          made when delivered in person or when sent by first class mail or
          by other means of written communication to the Members at the
          address set forth opposite their names on Schedule A, or at such
          other address as the Members may from time to time designate to
          the others.  Facsimile notice shall be deemed to have been
          received twenty-four (24) hours after dispatch, but nevertheless
          is shall be confirmed by registered airmail within ten (10) days
          of dispatch.

                    A Member may designate another address (and/or change
          its address) for Notices hereunder by a Notice given pursuant to
          this Section 12.1.  Unless otherwise provided herein, a Notice
          sent in compliance with the provisions of this Section 12.1 shall
          be deemed delivered when actually received by the party to whom
          sent.  Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to
          deliver because of a changed address or addressee of which no
          Notice was given as provided in this Section shall be deemed
          receipt of the Notice sent.

                    12.2 Amendments.  Amendments may be made to this
                         ----------
          Agreement only with the written consent of all Members.

                    12.3 No Waiver.  The failure of any Member to insist
                         ---------
          upon strict performance of a covenant hereunder or of any
          obligation hereunder, irrespective of the length of time for
          which such failure continues, shall not be a waiver of such
          Member's right to demand strict compliance in the future.  No
          consent or waiver, express or implied, to or of any breach or
          default in the performance of any obligation hereunder shall
          constitute a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or
          default in the performance of the same or any other obligation
          hereunder.

                    12.4 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement (including the
                         ----------------
          Schedules attached hereto and all amendments and supplements)
          contains the full and complete understanding of the parties
          hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes
          any and all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings
          and negotiations between and among the parties concerning the
          subject matter hereof.

                    12.5 Captions.  The captions in this Agreement are
                         --------
          inserted only for convenience, form no part of this Agreement and
          shall not affect its interpretation.

                    12.6 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in a
                         ------------
          number of counterparts, any one of which need not contain the
          signature of more than one party, and all of which together shall
          for all purposes constitute one and the same Agreement.

                    12.7 Severability.  In the event that any of the
                         ------------
          provisions, or any portion or application thereof, of this
          Agreement is held to be unenforceable or invalid by any court of
          competent jurisdiction, the Members shall devise an equitable
          adjustment in the provisions of this Agreement with a view toward
          effecting the purpose and intent of this Agreement, and the
          validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions, or
          portions or applications thereof, shall not be affected thereby.

                    12.8 Applicable Law.  The validity of this Agreement
                         --------------
          and all rights, duties and obligations arising herefrom shall be
          governed by, and interpreted, construed and enforced in
          accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas.

                    12.9 Forum Selection.  The locale of any judicial
                         ---------------
          proceedings hereunder shall be under State court in the State of
          New Jersey or in the courts located in the State of New Jersey
          and not in any other Federal court in the United States or any
          court in any other country.

                    12.10     Binding Effect.  Subject to the limitations
                              --------------
          on transferability contained herein, each and all of the
          covenants, terms, provisions, and agreements contained herein
          shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
          hereto and their respective heirs, assigns, successors, and legal
          representatives.

                    12.11     Identification.  Whenever the singular is
                              --------------
          used in this Agreement and when required by the context, the same
          shall include the plural, and the neuter gender shall include the
          feminine and masculine genders.


                              [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


     <PAGE>

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed
          this Agreement as of the date first above written.


                                                                           
                                             -----------------------------




                                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.


                                             BY:                           
                                                 -------------------------   
                                                  Name:                    
                                                         -----------------   
                                                  Title:                   
                                                          -----------------

     <PAGE>                          

                                      SCHEDULE A
                                     ----------


                            MEMBER'S CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
                            ------------------------------



                    Name and Address                        Capital
                    Of Member                               Contribution
                    ----------------                        ------------


                    Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc.            $ 
                                                             ------------

                    2650 North Military Trail
                    Suite 350
                    Boca Raton, Florida  33431                  



                                                            $ 
                    ------------------                       -------------


    <PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT A

                                       FORM OF
                                       -------
                                 SALE AND ASSIGNMENT
                                 -------------------


               Grand Court Lifestyles, Inc., (hereinafter called "Seller")
          hereby sells, assigns, transfers and sets over to 
                                                            ---------
          ("Buyer") fifty percent (50%) of  Seller's  right, title and
          interest in                     (the "LLC") as more particularly
                      -------------------
          set forth in the Amended and Restated Regulations and Operating
          Agreement of the LLC dated as of                1999 (the  "LLC
                                           -------------,
          Interest"). The total purchase price for the LLC Interest shall
          be                     Dollars ($              .00). 
             ------------------             -------------       ------------
          is the owner of the adult living property located in 
                                                                --------.

               Seller hereby declares its intention that Buyer succeeds to
          fifty percent (50%) of Seller's interest in the LLC and that
          Buyer be admitted to the LLC as a member.  Buyer declares his
          intention to succeed to fifty percent of Seller's interest in the
          LLC and be admitted to the LLC as a member and agrees to be bound
          by all of the terms and provisions of the LLC Agreement, as
          amended.  

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and Buyer, intending to be
          legally bound hereby, have each duly executed this Sale and
          Assignment effective as of              1999. 
                                     -----------,

                                        Seller:

                                        GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.

                                        By:
                                           ----------------------------



                                        Buyer:


                                        ------------------------------



                                                                EXHIBIT 21


                                 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
                                         FOR
                             GRAND COURT LIFESTYLES, INC.


          1.   FL Executive Financing Corp., a Delaware Corporation

          2.   GCGP I, Inc., a Texas Corporation

          3.   GCGP II, Inc., a Texas Corporation

          4.   GCGP, Inc. III, a Kansas Corporation

          5.   GCGP, IV, Inc., a Texas Corporation

          6.   Grand Court-Amarillo, L.P., a Texas Limited Partnership

          7.   Grand Court-Greatwood, L.P., a Texas Limited Partnership

          8.   Grand Court-Overland Park, LLC, a Kansas Limited Liability
               Corporation

          9.   Grand Court-South Shore Harbour, L.P., a Texas Limited
               Partnership

          10.  Grand Court Development Corp., a Delaware Corporation

          11.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

          12.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., II, a Delaware Corporation

          13.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., III, a Delaware Corporation

          14.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., IV, a Delaware Corporation

          15.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., V, a Delaware Corporation

          16.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., VI, a Delaware Corporation

          17.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., VII, a Delaware Corporation

          18.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., VIII, a Delaware Corporation

          19.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., IX, a Delaware Corporation

          20.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., X, a Delaware Corporation

          21.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XI, a Delaware Corporation

          22.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XII, a Delaware Corporation

          23.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XIII, a Delaware Corporation

          24.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc, XIV, a Delaware Corporation

          25.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XV, a Delaware Corporation

          26.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XVI, a Delaware Corporation

          27.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XVII, a Delaware Corporation

          28.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XVIII, a Delaware Corporation

          29.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XIX, a Delaware Corporation

          30.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XX, a Delaware Corporation

          31.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XXI, a Delaware Corporation

          32.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XXII, a Delaware Corporation

          33.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XXIII, a Delaware Corporation

          34.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XXIV, a Delaware Corporation

          35.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XXV, a Delaware Corporation

          36.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XXVI, a Delaware Corporation

          37.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XXVII, a Delaware Corporation

          38.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XXVIII, a Delaware Corporation

          39.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XXIX, a Delaware Corporation

          40.  Grand Court Facilities, Inc., XXX, a Delaware Corporation

          41.  Grand Court Lifestyles Payroll Corp., a Delaware Corporation

          42.  J&B Financing, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company

          43.  Leisure Centers, LLC-I, a Texas Limited Liability Company

          44.  Leisure Centers, LLC-II, a Texas Limited Liability Company

          45.  Leisure Centers, LLC-III, a Texas Limited Liability Company

          46.  Leisure Centers, LLC-IV, a Texas Limited Liability Company

          47.  Leisure Facilities, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

          48.  Leisure Facilities, Inc., II, a Delaware Corporation

          49.  Leisure Facilities, Inc., III, a Delaware Corporation

          50.  Leisure Facilities, Inc., IV, a Delaware Corporation

          51.  Leisure Facilities, Inc., V, a Delaware Corporation

          52   Leisure Facilities, Inc., VI, a Delaware Corporation

          53.  Leisure Facilities, Inc., VII, a Delaware Corporation

          54.  Leisure Facilities, Inc., IX, a Delaware Corporation, doing
               business in Texas under the fictitious name of Liberty
               Place, Inc.

          55.  Leisure Facilities, Inc., X, a Delaware Corporation

          56.  Leisure Facilities, Inc., XII, a Delaware Corporation

          57.  Leisure Facilities, Inc. XV, a Delaware Corporation

          58.  T Lakes L.C., a Florida Limited Liability Company

          59.  Texas Properties, Inc., a Delaware Corporation





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-31-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               JAN-31-1998
<CASH>                                          22,784
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  237,213
<ALLOWANCES>                                    10,109
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     0
<PP&E>                                          35,597
<DEPRECIATION>                                     303
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 319,314
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                0
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           178
<OTHER-SE>                                      35,548
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   319,314
<SALES>                                         58,010
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                91,690
<CGS>                                           53,547
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    6,335
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                22,718
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              22,006
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (12,976)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (12,976)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (12,976)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.74)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.74)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission